HUGO'S FRENCH SIMPLIFIED

The book comprises the following :

I. A Simple bat Complete Grammar, containing all the mlef ne-

cessary for speaking and writing French correctly.
II. French Pronunciation; a series of Easy Anecdotes, with the
Translation and Pronunciation of every word, and complete
rules on Pronunciation.
III. French Idioms; Practical Sentences, introducing all the Im-
portant Idioms and peculiarities of French construction.
IV. A Key to the Conversational Exercises in the Grammar.
296 Pages. 12mo, Cloth, $1.00

HUGO'S FRENCH VERBS SIMPLIFIED

Rules for the formation of tenses and complete tables for refer-
;

ence, showing at a glance the conjugation of every verb, regular

Limp Cloth, 50 cents

HUGO'S SPANISH SIMPLIFIED

This book comprises the following :

I. A Grammar, containing all the rules necessary for speaking

and writing Spanish correctly.
II. Spanish Reading: Made Easy, a collection of Short Stories with
foot-notes to each page.
III. Spanish Conversation, being practical and colloquial sentences
introducing all the important idioms.
IV. A Key to the Exercises in Grammar.
220 Pages. 12mo, Cloth, $1.00

HUGO'S SPANISH VERBS SIMPLIFIED

An exhaustive treatise, with original rules on the formation of
tenses, showing the easiest and quickest way of learning all Spanish
verbs, Regular and Irregular. With tables for reference, which show
at a glance the complete conjugation of every Spanish Verb.
Complete Lists and Tables for Reference
96 Pages. Limp Cloth, 50 cents

HUGO'S RUSSIAN GRAMMAR SIMPLIFIED

The Only Real Self Instructor
Exercises, Key andVocabularies with the Pronunciation of
Every Word Exactly Imitated
The Russian is guaranteed correct, such as is used by the educa-
ted classes in Moscow and Petrograd. Every word has been written
by a Russian University man, and carefully revised by other edu-
cated Russians.
12mo, Cloth, $1.00

f>H
 HUGO'S
SPANISH
SIMPLIFIED
COMPLETE CONSISTING OF
I A SIMPLE BUT COMPLETE GRAMMAR
Containing all the Rules necessary for
Speaking and Writing Spanish correctly
The Pronunciation of Every Word Exactly Imitated

II. SPANISH READING MADE EASY

Consisting of Anecdotes and Short Stories, with about Sixty
foot-notes on each page, so that reading becomes a pleasant
recreation, even to beginners

III SPANISH CONVERSATION

Practical and Colloquial Sentences, in-
troducing all the important Idioms

IV A KEY to the EXERCISES in the GRAMMAR

PHILADELPHIA
DAVID McKAY, Publisher
604-8 S. Washington Square
 CONTENTS.
SECTION I. Grammar (with Exercises and Pronunciation).
II. Anecdotes (with Notes) for Reading Practice.
III. Idiomatic Conversation.
IV. Key to Exercises in Grammar.

INSTRUCTIONS TO STUDENTS.

After acquiring a general idea of the Pronunciation, learn

five or six lessons in the Grammar. This can best be done by
reading carefully several times through each rule, pronouncing the
new words aloud, and writing out the translation to the Exercise
oil that rule. Then compare your work carefully with the Key,
marking all errors, and afterwards reading again through the Ex-
amples to the rule forgotten. If necessary, translate the Exercise
a second or third time, and on no account attempt the Collective
Exercise until you can do the short Exercises correctly.

(Students who experience a difficulty in translating the Col-

lective Exercises may first translate them from the Key into

English.)
After having mastered five or six lessons in this way, a page
or two of the Reading matter may be advantageously translated
with each lesscta. This will relieve the -monotony of learning so
many rules, and greatly enlarge the number of words at the
student's command, if each page is gone through two or three
times. No attempt need be made to learn the words iu the
reading pages by heart ; they will be acquired gradually and
without effort.

Advanced Students great benefit from writing out the

will derive
literal translation of thesepages in English, afterwards re-trads-
lating without reference to the original.
The conversation pages will well repay the trouble of careful
study ; but 12 or 14 lessons should be learned before this section
* uttered.
JVJ120311
'RESERVATION
OPY ADDED

PREFACE.
All Hugo's Grammars are contained in about a fourth of the usual
compass, because rules which are the same in English are omitted ; but
everything necessary for practical purposes is fully given, and clearly
explained. It is not assumed that the student is an expert in English
grammar, a mistake which most grammarians make, with the result that
their rules are quite incomprehensible to the average man.
Our rules are given in the order best tending to rapid progress, and
in such a way that the student can at' once make practical use of what he
has learnt. This -departure from custom will be found of special ad-
vantage with the Verbs, which are given in the way that shows how each
Tense can be most naturally formed from another previously learnt.
After the Regular Verbs have been fuliy treated, the Irregular ones
follow, in order of importance.
As no one should attempt a systematic study of the Irregular Verbs
until he has thoroughly mastered the Regular ones, we have saved space,
and^iraplified the students work, by only giving the Tenses that need
be learnt. All other Tenses are regular, or formed according to our
ruleson the Irregular Verbs..
The Familiar Form, which is quite useless to foreigners, is dealt
with in a manner which still further simplifies the Verb. In the
conjugation of each Tense, this form merely appears as a note, so that
the student has only three or four endings to learn instead of six.
The Subjunctive Mood, a grammatical nicety which few natives
understand properly, was dealt with in the original edition for reference
purposes only. We have now added a simple explanation of all the im-
portant rules on the use of this Mood, together with practical exercises.
The Pronunciation is given in the first twelve lessons but as every
;

Spanish word is pronounced according to the few simple rules on pages

5 to 9, the student cannot fail to pronounce any new word correctly, long
before he has reached Lesson 12.
Special attention is called to the remarks on varying pronunciations
on page 9. The Spanish Academy says that B, D, and V should be pro-
nounced in Spanish as in French and English, and there is no reason
whatever for foreigners to depart from this rule, although they will often
hear educated natives do so.
 I
Tfae Augmentative and Diminutive terminations were needlessly
introduced in his grammar by a pedant more than a century ago and ;

his idea was copied by all succeeding grammarians, until we bad the

courage to ignore precedent, and relegate this utterly trivial matter to

the Appendix. These terminations have in the past made many a student
discontinue the study of Spanish in despair. Yet a knowledge of them is
absolutely useless, because io foreigner can possibly know to which words
they may be added. A dictionary will always tell him this^j it is the
grammarian's province to teach what CANNOT be found in dictionaries.
Hugo's Spanish Grammar, originally published in 1888, was the first
attempt ever made to simplify that language. All previous grammars
dealt with the ten parts of speech in the old-fashioned stereotyped order,
without any attempt at simplification, condensation, or what is most
important of all separation of trivial detail from matters of fundamental
importance. An enormous number of the original edition have been
sold, and the numerous highly flattering testimonials received from all
parts of the world testify to its clearness, conciseness, and simplicity.
The principle on which the work is written was copied almost imme-
diately in various quarters, often without acknowledgment. In one case,
a well-known firm of London publishers brought out a Spanish Grammar
which calmly appropriated, not only the wording and order of our original
rules, but even our exercises and vocabulary, with hardly a word altered.*
As our original edition applied for the first time the principles of
*
Hugo's French Simplified* to Spanish, it speedily became the standard
text-book on the subject but it bore many traces of the haste with which
;

it was written, to meet the sudden demand occasioned

by the Argentine
Republic boom of some twenty years ago. Since then, we have used the
book for teaching thousands of students, and consequently learnt its weak
points. Guided by this extended experience, We have re-writlen the work
with the utmost care, correcting errors, improving the rules, and adding
many additional explanations while every word /of the Spanish has been
;

revised and re-revised by competent educated natives.

Th3 work therefore now takes a permanent stereotyped form and we ;

hall watch that this present improved and revised edition is not copied.
Teachers and students are hereby warned that any other book
purporting to be Hugo's Spanish System is nothing of the so?*/, but
merely an imitation of the first edition, with just enough alterations
to spoil the arrangement, and make the exercises laughable.*

*We may mention a very amusing instance of this. Not to copy our
exercises exactly, the plagiarist altered one of our sentences, ' Is your bro-
' '
ther smoking ? to * la your sister smoking ? thus avoiding the of
charge
copying Word for word, but making himself ridiculous in the process*
 CONTENTS.
Syllables, Division Of
Accents, Signs of Punctua- 8
PAGE 9 words into ... ...
tion, etc. ...

Adjectives, Qualifying ... 20 Terminations, Augmenta-

tative and Diminutive ... 90
Adjectives, Feminine and
Plural of "to "before an Infinitive 74,75
... 20, 21

Adjectives, Contractions
Use of "a" before Object
of 57 when a person ... 31

Adverbs ... ... ... 49 REGULAR VERBS 23 to 51

Adverbs and Adjectives, Participles, Present and
Comparison of 36, 49, 72, 79 Past... ... 28,78,79
Alphabet ... ... 5 Present Tense ... 23, 24
Articles, Definite, Indefi- Perfect Tense ... ... 31
nite, and Partitive
11,12,56,58,71
Imperfect Tense ... 43

Demonstrative Adjectives Past Definite Tense 38, 39

and Pronouns ... ... 27 Future Tense ... 34, 35
Familiar Form ... ... 83 Conditional Mood ... 44
Hour of the Day ... ... 53 Imperative Mood ... 41
Indefinite Adjectives and Subjunctive Mood 50, 51
Pronouns ... 56, 58 Subjunctive Mood, use
Interjections 85 of ... ... 86 to 91
Interrogative
and Pronouns
Adjectives
... ... 30
IRREGULAR VERBS 67 to 85
Verbs changing stressed
Negations 10,14, 25, 50, 58 Vowel of Stem 63, 64, 81, 82
Nouns, Gender of ... 11
Auxiliary Verbs
Nouns, Plural of 1 1, 90 10, 14, 17, 28, 35, 39, 41, 43,
50,51,73,75, 76
Numbers, Cardinal ... 52
Reflective Verbs 59, 60, 61
Numbers, Ordinal ... 55
Personal Pronouns Impersonal Verbs 70, 71

10, 13, 44, 46 to 48 Negative and Interroga-

Polite form of address tive Forms ... 10,25,28
10,13
Possessive Adjectives ... 16 Passive Voice ... ... 61

Possessive Pronouns 33, 34

Changes in Stem of
Regular Verbs 62, 84
Prepositions and Conjunc- ' *
tions ... ... 13, 65
Conjugation of tener
(see Auxiliary Verbs)
Pronunciation ... 6 to 9, 22, 26 * '
Ser and estar,' 4
differ-
Relative Pronouns 39, 40 ence between ... 18
 SPECIAL NOTE. five preliminary pages need not be
These
learnt at They merely
first. contain the Rules of Pronunciation ;
and as the pronunciation of each new word is given as it occurs in
the Rules or Exercises, THE STUDENT SHOULD AT ONCE COMMENCE
AT THE FIRST LESSON (page 10). Pages 5 to 9 can best be mas-
tered gradually, by occasional perusal.

In studying the Lessons, first read each Rule carefully, com-

paring with the Examples underneath. Then translate and
re-translate (preferably in writing) the Exercise which follows,
until you can translate every sentence correctly and readily.

THE SPANISH ALPHABET (for reference only);

with the names of the 29 letters.
w only
ABCCHDJEFGHI
(K and

ah*
occur in words taken from other languages)

eff-ay* //ay* ah-chay ee

NOPQ
Pron. day ay
JKLLL M bay thay* chay
:

N
/fo-tah* kah ell-ay ^11-yay exnm-ay enn-ay enn-yay o* pay koo
RSTUV
airr-ay es-ay* tay
W
oo vay do-blay-vay ay-kis* ee gre'ay-gah thay-tah
X Y Z

*If our Imitated Pronunciation is pronounced as if each syllable were

part of an English word, it will always be understood but the exact
;

Hound will be still more nearly obtained if the following instructions are
borne in mind :

th must be pronounced like TH in

*

thin,' never like TH in *

they.*
H is to be pronounced gutturally.
'

3 is always to be pronounced like the S3 in missing/ never like the

Sin 'easy.'
a Thu Spanish a is pronounced like 'ah/ but shorter ^than in 'harm*
'
part/ 'cast.' We by 'ah/ because the sound is never
imitate it
' *
like a in
*
hat ;
but the ah must be pronounced short and sharp
'

O The Spanish o resembles the sound of o in ' not/ and even slightly
a** > roaches the aw in *
law.' It is not so long as in the o in go."
t
 PRONUNCIATION OF THE VOWELS.
The VOWELS in Spanish are a, e, i, 0, U, y. The remaining
letters are CONSONANTS.
EXAMPLES. PRONOUNCED :

A is pronounced like all AL, LA, AMAN ahl, lah, ,ah.-mahn*

E ay MEj DE, LE may, day, lay
I or Y ee MI, PEIMA, Y mee, pree-mah, ee
O o LO, NO, SIDO lo, no, see-do
U oo TU, SU, UNO too, soo, OO-no
*The syllable that takes the stress is printed throughout in thick type."

REMARKS. Each vowel has only one sound in Spanish, which sound
isnot quite so long and broad as the English equivalent given above. The
pronunciation of the vowels is also shortened, as in other languages, when
they occur in an unstressed word or syllable, or precede a consonant.

EMPHASIS OR STRESS IN PRONUNCIATION.

Words ending in a Consonant stress the last syllable ; words
ending in a Vowel stress the last syllable but one, thus :
papel baston tomar edad pluma rico golpe
paper stick to take age pen rich blow
pah-pel bah-ston to-mar ay-dahdf ploo-mah rree-ko goll-pay

But the Consonants (always n or s) which are merely added to

form the Plural do not then affect the stress, which is
always the
same in the Plural as in the Singular, thus :
la otra pluma, las otras plumas
the other pen
lahf o-trah ploo-mah
 PRONUNCIATION OF THE CONSONANTS.
Z is pronounced like th in MONTH or THICK, thus :

voz luz paz zapato capaz vez

voice light peace shoe capacious -time
voth looth pahth thah-pah-to kah-pahth veth (or vayth)

J is pronounced like the German guttural ch' (as in AUCH), or as

in the Scotch word LOCH, thus :

ojo jugar juzgar jefe bajo caja

eye to play to judge chief under box.
o-Ho #oo-gar #ooth-gar ^ay-fay bah-#o kah-jEfah

This sound is merely the English h, pronounced in the throat

an<jl ;

students who
experience any difficulty with the Spanish guttural are
advised to pronounce it like an aspirated h.

Z and J are the only two consonants pronounced quite unlike the

English way ;
but the following points should be noted.

C before e or i is pronounced like the Spanish z ; and

G j,thus:
cena cinco once general giganie Coger
supper five eleven general giant to seize

thay-nah thin-ko on-thay ^ay-nay-rahl ZTe-galm-tay ko-5air

O before any other letter like g in GO is ;

QU before e or i pronounced like the g in GO

is ; before any
other vowel like gw or goo ;

H is not pronounced at all, thus :.

gato guerra guia bablar ha hijo herir htuno

cat war guide to speak -has son to wound smoke
gab-to gairr-rah ghee-ah ah-blar ah ee-#o ay-reer oo-mo
(gh as in GHOST)
LL is pronounced nearly like 11 in MILLION ;

S" ni in COMPANION, thus :

calle silla liamar nino senor cuna

street chair to call child sir wedge
kah-1'yay see-ryah 1'yah-mar nee-n*yo say-a'yor koo-n'yah
QU is pronounced like k ;

CH as iii the English CHEAP or MUCH ;

R is rolled (on the tip of the tongue) more than in English,

especially at the beginning of a word or syllable ;

S is always pronounced sharp, as in SEE or LAST ; never like
Z, as in EASY, MISER, thus :
quo quince muchacha raro casa mesa
that fifteen girl rare house table
kay kin-thay moo-chah-chah rrali-ro kah-sah may-sah

DIVISION OF WORDS INTO SYLLABLES.

A^already shown, words ending in a consonant stress the last syllable,
while words ending in a vowel stress the last syllable but one. The
following rules are therefore important.
RULE.
When two vowels come together, they are pronounced separately,
and form DISTINCT SYLLABLES ; as,
deseo, desire ; teatro, theatre (PBON. day-say-o, tay-ah-tro).
EXCEPTION.
however, one of the vowels is i or u, the other vowel
If,
takes the stress, and the i or u is lightly pronounced in the SAME
SYLLABLE (i.e., with the same emission of the voice) ; as,
cuando, when ? jaula, cage ; aire, air ; viaje, voyage.
(PBON. koo'alin-do, /7ah'oo-lab, ah'e-ray, ve'ah-#ay)
Wheri i and u occur together, the stress is on the vowel which
comes last ; as, viuda, widow cuita, grief (ve'oo-dah, koo'ee-tah)
;

When not in accordance ^ith rule, an acute accent

the stress is
is always placed in Spanish* over the emp. asized vowel ; as,
alii, there ; h&bil, clever (?RON. ah-fyee, ah-bil).

*Until the latter half of the nineteenth century, the stress was not marked
in words ending in n or s, thus nacion, jamas. But ,as n and s are the
two consonants added when forming the* plural in Spanish, it is now cus-
tomary to add the. accent (naci6n, jamas, baston, despues, etc.), to
show that the n or s is not merely a plural termination.
Similarly, it is no longer customary to mark the accent in words ending
in n or s when the stress is not on the last syllable, thus antes, joven :

(pronounced ahn-tace, 176- ven), and formerly writ! en antes, jdven.

 9

VARYING PRONUNCIATIONS.
The lisping pronunciation of z, and of c before e or i (ce=ze, Ci=zi),
usual in Castile ; and as Castilian is considered the best
Spanish, we
is

advise Englishmen to adopt this pronunciation in preference, thus : luz

' '

(LIGHT), looth ; cinco (FIVE), thin-ko '

once (ELEVEN), on-tbay,
;

and so on. But in South and Central America, and in some parts of
Spain, it is usual to pronounce z, and c before e or i, like the English s.

Many Spaniards pronounce the final d like th in the English THIN,

MYTH and some pronounce d in the middle of a word something like th
;

in the English THEN/ Thus, edad (AGE)=ay-dahth

4

madre (MOTHER) ;

=mah-thray.
unusual for Spaniards to confuse the soumd of b with
It is also not
that of v. But foreigners should pronounce the Spanish d, to, V, exactly as
they are pronounced in English, not making the final d too sharp and distinct

ACCENTS, SIGNS OF PUNCTUATION, ETC.

The ACUTE ACCENT ( ') is the only accent used in Spanish. It
indicates that the STRESS or EMPHASIS is to be laid on the vowel over

which it is placed as, medico, physician (PRON. may-de-ko). It is also

;

used to distinguish between words similarly spelt, but of different meaning:

te, thee te, tea (PRON. of both, tay)
;
It never alters the pro-

nunciation of a letter.

The accent is. also used in such words as cuando (WHEN), donde
(WHERE), when they actually ask a question, thus When does the boat :

arrive ? i Cuando llega el buque ? but : Does he know when the boat
arrives 1 Sabe el cuando llega el buque 1

(Literally, when arrives the boat ? knows he when arrives the boat 7

pronounced :
sab-bay el kwahn-do 1'yay-gah el boo-kay).
The NOTES or INTERROGATION and EXCLAMATION are placed at both
ends of the phrase, the first one being inverted :
as,
I qu6 tiene el 7 what has he 7 j gracias a Dios ! thank God I

The DIARESIS ()
is placed over u (ii) preceded by g, to indicate

that the u must be pronounced as, agiiero, omen (PRON.; ah-goo'ay-ro).

;

The TILDE (~ ) is placed over n, when that letter is to be pronounced

like ni in union ; as, nifio, child (PRON.: nee-n'y)
 10

FIRST LESSON-

1. SINGULAR. PLUEAL.
1st Person we nOSOtrOS*
1st Pa-son I yo
2nd thou tli 2nd you vo&Otros*
3rd
*~ ],
61 ; she, ella
he,7
3rd they ellOS*
*
When these words are FEMININE, the ending OS is changed to as
FRON. yo, too, ell, ell-yah, nos-o-tros, vos-o-tros, ell-yos, etc.
The SECOND PERSON is only used in addressing near relations, very
intimate friends, children, and animals. The ordinary polite
form of address
is usted (SINGULAR), commonly
written V. or Vd., and nstedes (PLU-
RAL), written Vs. VV. or Vds.
PRON. oos-ted, oos-tay-dace.
Usted is a contraction of vuestra merced (your honor), and the
Verb of which it is the subject must therefore be in the THIRD PERSON :

you have (siNG.)=your honor has

Vd. tiene
(pLTJB,)=your honors have Vds. tienen
have you (STNG.)=has your honor ? i tiene Vd. ? etc.

The Second Person (i.e., the familiar form) is given throughout this book
for Reference only, as foreigners must always use
the polite form when ad-
dressing any adult. The employment of the Familiar Form will be
explained later on.

2. PRESENT TENSE 0/to have, tener.

we (M.) have nosotros I
I have
yo tengo we (F.) nosotras
tenemos
f
you; Vd. Vds.
he has 61
(
tiene you f
\
they (M.) ellos < tienen
she ella (
they (F.) ellas (

PRON. ten-go, te-ay-nay, tay-nay-mos, te-ay-nen.

Familiar Form thou hast, tu tienes you have, vosotros teneis.
:
;

3. NOT is translated by no, which is placed BEFORE THE VERB ; as,

I have not, yo no tengo has he not ? i no tiene 61 ?
;

EXERCISE I.

1. ellos tienen ; 2. i tengo yo ? 3. ,;

no tengo yo ? 4. ella
no tiene ; 5. i tenemos nosotros ? 6. Vd.no tiene ; 7. i no
tienen ellas ? 8. i tienen Vds.? 9. nosotros no tenemos.
she has
10. 11. have they not ? 12. have you (SING.)
; ?
13. Ihave not 14. you (PLUR.) have not
; 15. have I not ; ?
16. we have ; 17. have 'you (PLUR.) not ? 18. she has not.
 11

THE PLURAL OF NOUNS.

4. The PLURAL is formed by
adding
S to Nouns ending in a VOWEL ;
es to Nouns ending in a CONSONAOT or y.
boy, muchacho boys, muchachoS ; ; train; trea trains, trenES
; ;

pen, pluma pens, plumaS ;

;
king, rey kings, reyES.
;

If the SINGULAR ends in z, the PLURAL is formed by changing the z

into ces , voz , voices, voces.
as voice,
PRONUNCIATION: moo-chah-cho, moo-chah-chos ; trane, tray-nace ;
ploo-mah, ploo-mahs ; ray'e, ray-yace ; votb, vo-thace.

THE GENDER OF NOUNS.

(Names of living beings have the same Gender as in English.)

5. Nouns ending in a, ion, d, Z, are FEMININE. All others

are MASCULINE.
The Gender of Nouns will only be given in the Vocabularies when not
In accordance with the foregoing rule.

EXERCISE II,
Form the Plural of : 1. padre, father ; 2. libro, book ;

3.
t nuez, nut ; 4. seJaor, gentleman ; 5. Idpiz (MASC.),
pencil 6* pluma, pen
; 7. ciudad, town 8. hombre, ; ;

man; 9. luz, light; 10. tia, aunt; 11. iglesia, church;

12. ley (FEM.), law 13. sombrero, hat. ;

PRON.: Tpah-dray 2lee-bro 3 noo'aith 4say-n'yor 6 lah-pith ;

; ; ; ;

6 ploo-mah ; 7 the'oo-dahd 8om-bray 9 looth 10 tee-ah ; 11 e-glay- ; ;

:

se-ah , 12 lay-e r 3 3 som-bray-ro.

6 THE ARTICLES.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
a, an un (M.), una (F.) [
some, any unos (M.), Unas (F.)
the el (M.), la (F.) I
the los (M.), las (F.)
PRON.: oonn s 00-nah; el; lah(*ah' always pronounced short);
OO-nos oo-nahs ; ; los ; lahs.

Articles take the GENDER and NUMBER of the following NOUN , as,
a man, un hoxnbre ; an aunt, una tia
the man, el hombre ;
the aunt, la tia ;

some men, unos hombres : some aunts, unas tias ;

the men, los hombres ; the aunts* las tias.

 12

V. The MASCULINE ARTICLE is used before a FRMTNTNE SIN-

GULAR NOUN commencing with a or ha, if the a or ha takes the
stress ; as,
the wing, el ala (fern.) r a beech, un haya (fern.) ;

but . the flour, la harina a spider, una arafia. ,

REMARK. The Neuter Article lo, which has no plural, is only used
before other Parts of Speech used as JNouns, thus lo dificil, the difficult.
PRON,: ah-lah ah-ree-nah ah-rah-n'yah; de-fee-thill.
, ah-yah , ;

EXERCISE* III.
1. a brother 1 ; 2. a sister
2
; 3. some brothers 1 ; 4. some
sisters 2
the brother 5. 6. the brothers ; 7. the sister ;
;
;
4 5
3
8. the sisters ; 9. the houses ; 10. the water 11. a wing ; ;

6
12. the beautiful ; 13. a father 14. the books ; 15. a pen ,
;

8
16. the pencil ; 17 the ink 7 ; 18. some pencils ; 19. a village .

1 hermano 2 hermana 3 casa 4 agua

;
5 ala 6 hcrmoso 7 tinta;
, ; , ; ;

8 aldea. PRON. 1 air-mah-no 2 air-mah-nah 3 kah-sah 4 ah- , ;

or ah-goo'ah 5 ah-lah 6 air-mo-so 7 .tin-tab 8 ahl-day-ah^

gwah ; ; ; ;

EXERCISE IV.
TRANSLATE : 2. 1. Yo no
Tiene el tengo un libro.
las plumas ? 3. Nosotros tenemos una casa. 4. Yds. tienen
unas plumas nosotros tenemos unos libros.
;

5. You have a brother. 6. The bird

1
has two 2 wings.
7. You (PLURAL) have not the books. 8. Has he not the

9. The mother has two houses. 10. I have not a

3 2
ink ?
pen, but 4
my 5
friend 6
has some pens. 11. Has he the letter 7 ?
1 pajaro ;
2 dos ;
3 inadre , 4 pero , 5 mi ; 6 amigo 7 carta.
;

PRON. pah-/7ah-ro 1 ; 2 clos ; 3 mall -dray ;

4 pay-ro 5 ;
me ;

6 ah-tnee-go 7 kar-tah. ;

READING AND PRONUNCIATION EXERCISE.

Vd. los niimeros esparioles ? Si; son los
Know you the numbers Spanish ? Yes (they) are the ;

sah-bay oos-ted los noo-may-ros es-pah-n'yo-lace see son los

siguientes :
uno, dos, tres, cuatro, cinco, seis, siete, ocho,
following : one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight,
se-ghe-en-tace oo-no dos trace koo'ah-tro thin-ko say-is se-ay-tay o-cho

nueve, diez, once, doce, trece, catorce, quince,

nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen,
noo'ay-vay de-eth on-thay do-tbay tray-thay kah-tor-tbay kln-thay
 SECOND LESSON.
8. OF or FROM is translated by de (PRON. day) ;
TO or AT is translated by a (PRON. ah).
de el is contracted to del, and d el to al as, ;

of the man, del hombre to the father, al padre ,

de and & are NOT contracted with any word but el, thus ;

of the houses, de las caaas ;

to the men, a 16s hombres ;
of a pen, de una pluma , to a father, a un padre.
9. Thfcre is NO POSSESSIVE CASE in Spanish. The construction
must therefore be changed as in the following examples,
my friend's houses=the houses of my friend, las casas de mi amigo ;

the man's hat =the hat of the man, el sombrero del hombre ;

the boys' books =the books of the boys, los libros de los muchachos.

EXERCISE I.

1. of the man 1 from the church8 4. of

; 2. to a man 1 ; 3. ;

3
the water of the pond 5. to a book 6. of the mothers
; ; ;
4
7. to the stones 8. of some letters
; 9. from the wings of a ;

bird 10. to some books 11. of some birds

; 12. to a house;
; ;

13. to the book 14. of the ink ; 15. of the brothers

; 16. of ;

the wings of the birds 17. the boy's 5 book 18. a soldier's 6
; ;

horse7 \ 19. the soldier's horses.

hombre
1 2 iglesia
; 3 pantano 4 piedra 5 muchacho 6 sold ado
; ; ; ; ;

7caballo. PRON. 1 om-bray 2 e-glay-se-ah 3 pahn-tah-no

;
4pe-ay- ; ;

drah 5 moo-chah-cho 6 sol-dah-do , 7 kah-bah-1'yo.

; ;

10. The "Pronoun which is the SUBJECT of a Spanish Verb is

generally omitted, if the meaning is clear without it ; as,

I have a pen, tengo una pluma or yo tengo una pluma ,

have I a pen ? j tengo una pluma 1 or i tengo yo una pluma ?

It is, however, never wrong to insert the Pronoun ; and it

cannot be omitted when emphasized, thus :
SHE has two books, and WE have three, ella tiene dos libros, y
nosotros tenemos tres.
Usted cannot be omitted, as ifc stands for vuestra merced (your
tartt), and is therefore really a Noun.
 u
11. PRESENT TENSE <?/to hare, haber.
I have yo he we (M.) have nosotros )
A%v^,
we (P.) nosotras f
nemos
t,

y
ou Vd. )
you Yds. i

h e has 61 > ha they (M.) ellos > han

she ella ) they(r.) ellas )
PRON.: ay, ab, ay-mos, ahn.
Familiar Form : them hast, tii has you have, vosotros habeis.
,

There are two Spanish Yerbs meaning to have.' Tener is

'
12.
used as a principal Verb, meaning to hold, to possess.
Haber is only used as an AUXILIAKY ; i.e., to form the
COMPOUND TENSES of other Verbs. It must therefore
precede a Past Participle.
'

possess can be substituted for have,' tener must be employed.

* l

].i
Thus, in the Collective Exercise below, sentences 3 and 4 might be worded '
'
:

4
Do we not possess the hats ? Does the church possess an altar I
'

Therefore, tener is the verb to employ.

But in sentences 1 and 2, we possess written,' you possess not
* 4

seen,' makes no sense whatever. Haber must therefore be used.

The Student should carefully compare the following examples :

I have a house I have seen a house

(Yo) tengo una casa (Yo) he visto una casa
They have the letter They have written the letter
(Ellos) tienen la carta (Ellos) han escrito la carta
You have a book You have taken a book
Vd. tiene un libro Vd. ha tornado un libro

13. (A) In Compound Tensfcs, no

precedes the AUXILIARY ; as,
He has not written the letter, (el) no ha escrito la carta.

(B) In Compound Tenses formed with the Present Tense of

haber, the Subject in questions is usually placed AFTER the Past
Participle, this construction being considered more elegant ; as,
Have you seen the house ? j Ha visto Vd. la casa ?
Has he not taken the nuts ? j No ha tornado el las nueces ?
Have the men written 1 i Han escrito los hombres ?

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. We
have written 1 some letters. 2. You have not seen 2
the houses. 3. Have \ve not the hats 3 ? 4. Has the church
an altar4 ? 5. I have seen2 the altar4 of the church. 6. The
7. Who
5
kings have the horses. has taken6 the in<<c ?
 15

8. The man lias an axe 7 9. The vessel 8 has an anchor.

11 10 12 13
10. Has the servant given a chair to the gentleman ?
11. I have not an envelope, 14 but my 15 brother has some

envelopes. 12. What have you (PLUR.) done ?

16
13. Have
17

you seen the king's gardens

18 ?
14. The men have some
horses. 15. Why 19 have you not written 1 the letters ?
16. A man has spoken 20 with 21 the servant. 11 17. Have we
not a book for22 the ? woman 23
18. Yes,24 we have a book
and two pens. We
have not seen the man's house.
19.
'20. The girls 21. You have
25
have not taken 6 the pens.
some letters. 22. You have not the books. 23. The girl's25
brother has not written a letter to the gentleman. 13

1 escrito 2 visto ;
, 3 sombrero ; 4 altar ; 5 qui&i ? 6 tornado ;

7 hacha ;
8 buque ; 9 ancla ; 10 dado 11 criado 12 silla ;
;
13 caba- :

llero ;
14 sobre ; 15 mi ; 16 qud ? 17 becho 18 jardin 19 por qu 1 ; ;

20 hablado ; 21 con ;
22 para ; 23 mujer ;
24 si ;
25 muchacha.
PBON.: 1 es-kree-to ; 2 vis-to
3 som-bray-ro ; 4 ahl-tar ; ,

5 ke-en ; 6 to-mah-do ; 7 ah-chah ; 8 boo-kay 9 ahn-klah ; ;

10 dah-do ; 11 kre-ah-do; 12 see-l'yah 13 kah-bah-l'yay-ro ; ;

14 so-bray ; 15 me 16 kay 17 ay-cho 18 JiTar-deen

; ;
19 por kay ; ; ;

20 ah-blah-do; 21 kon ; 22 pah -rah ; 23 moo-J2air ; 24 see;

25 moo-chah-chab.

READING AND PRONUNCIATION EXERCISE.

Los otros numeros son : dieciseis or diez y seis, dieeisiete,
The other numbers are . sixteen, seventeen,
los o-tros noo-may-ros son de-eth-e-say-is, de-eth-e-se-ay-tay

dieciocho, diecinueve> veinte, etc.

eighteen, nineteen, twenty, etc.
de-eth-e-o-cho de-eth-e-noo'ay-vay vay-in-tay et-thay-tay-rah

<;
C6mo esta Vd. ? Muy bien, gracias. La Have
How are you ? Very well, thanks. key
ko-mo es-tah oos-ted moo'e be-en grah-the-ahs lab Tyah-yay
de la puerta no esta aqui. <; Quien esta hablando
door is here. Who is speaking
day lah poo'air-tah no es-tah ah-kee ke-en ee-tah ah-blahn-do

en la calle ? La cerveza no es buena.

in street? beer is good,
en lah kah-1'yay lah thair-yay-thah no ess boo'ay-nah
 16

THIRD LESSON,
14. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
1st Person my mi our nuestro*
2nd thy tu your vuestro*
3rd his, her, its su their SU
*
When the following Noun is FEMININE, the final o is changed to a ;

thus : nuestrA, vuestrA.

mi, tu, su, are ALIKE in Masculine and Feminine.
PBON. me, too, soo, noo'es-tro, noo'es-trah, etc.

15. The PLURAL formed by adding s to the

of these words is
Singular, thus miS, nuestroS, nuestraS, suS.
:

Possessive Adjectives always take the GENDER and NUMBEB of the

following NOUN, thus :

my house, mi casa ; my houses, mis casas ;

his, her or their pencil, su lapiz her or their pencils, SUS lapices ;
;* his,
our book, nuestro libro , our books, nuestros libros ;
our church, nuestra iglesia : our churches, nuestras iglesias ;
my brother, mi hermano ; my sisters, mis hermanas ;

his, her or their aunt, su tia ; his, her or their aunta, sus tiaa,

16. YOUR (polite form), su (singular), SUS (plural).

Foreigners cannot employ tu (thy) or vuestro (your), any more than

tu (thou) or vosotros (you). As all adults must be addressed as Usted
'
(=your honor), phrases like have you lost your hat ? become * has your
'

honor lost HIS hat ? ' Q perdido Ha

Vd. su sombrero ?) and so on.

Consequently, su is used, not only for HIS, HER, THEIR, but also for YOUB,
the context usually showing which is meant. In conversation, su usuaUy
means YOUR, unless another person has just been mentioned. When it is
desired to make a distinction, the hat of you,' the books of her,' * the '

mother of them/ etc., must be employed, thus el sombrero de Vd., los :

libros de ella, la madre de ellos (or ellas).

[After a Preposition, HIM is el, HER ella, and THEM ellos, ellas,
see paragraph 65.]

The construction u sombrero de Vd., sus libroa dt ella, u

madre de ellos, is also occasionally used
 if
EXERCISE I.
'

1. my garden ; 2. his ink ; 8. her ink ; 4. their ink ;

5. our glass1 ; 6. our village ; 7. my aunt2 ; 8. my aunts2 ;

9. their cat3 ; 10. their cats 3 ; 11. our gloves4 ; 12. his shoes 5 ;
13. his sisters 14. her sisters 15. their money 6 ;
; 16. my ;

7 8 9
servant ;
our hands 18. his
17. eyes ; 19. her wish ; ;

9 10
20. his wish ; 21. their namos 22. your pen ; 23. your ;

book 24. your (PLUR.) house

; 25. your (SING.) hands 7 ; ;

26. your (PLUR.) hands 27. lie has not broken 11 his pipe 12 ; ;

28. Have the children 13 taken your gloves4 ? 29. Have you
taken your money 6 ?

1 vaso 2 tla 3 gato 4 guante

; ; ; ;
5 zapato ; 6 dinero ; 7 mano (PEM.);
8 ojo ; 9 deseo 10 nombre
;
11 roto ; ; 12 pipa ; 13 nino.
PEON. 1 vah-so 2 tee-ah ; 3 gali-to ; ;
4 goo'ahn-tay ; 5 tbah-

pah-to 6 de-nay-ro 7 mah-no ; 8 o--fo 9 day-say-o

; ; ; ; 10 nom-bray ;

11 rro-to ; 12 pee-pah ; 13 nee-n'yo.

17. PEESBNT TENSES of to be, estar and ser.

estar ser estar ser
I am estoy soy we are estamos somos

PBON. es-to'e, es-tah, es-tah-mos, es-tahn ; so'e, ess, so-mos, son.

Familiar Form of estar : estas (sing.), estais (plur.) ;

,, of ser : eres (sing.), sois (plur.).

The full conjugation is as follows :

estar ser estar ser

f art yo estoy yo soy we are nosotros estamos nosotroa somos
tbou art tu estas tu erea you are vosotros estais vosotros sois
he is 41 esta 61 es tbey are ellos estau ellos SOQ
be is ella esta ella es (F.) ellas estan ellas son

EXERCISE II. (on ser).

somos ; 2. no son 3. & soy yo ? 4. ella no es 5. no
1. ; ; <{

somos nosotros ? 6. no soy 7. es Vd*? 8. Yds. no son. ; <j

9. is she ? 10. he is not 11. are they (FEM.) not ? 12. you ;

(PLUR.) are 13. are you not ? 14. are we ? 15. am I not ?
;

16. I am ; 17. she is not ; 18. I am not.

#.&*
 18

EXERCISE III. (on estar).

no estoy;
t. 2. i esta el ? 3. <;
no estamos nosotros?
4. Vd. no esta 5. , I estan ellos ? 6. <?
esta Vd. ? 7. Vds. estan.

8. \ve are ;
:
are you not ? 10. they (F.) are not
9. ; 11. am
I ? 12. you (PLUR.) are 13. is he not? 14. she ; is not ;

15. are we ? 16 you are not ; 17, I am not ; 18. are

18. Estar is used in speaking of any TEMPORARY condition or

action, or of the place in which a person or thing is, thus :

be is at the door, esta a la puerta* ; I am here, estoy aqui

we are speaking, estamos hablando ;
they are not busy, no estan ocupados

Ser is used in speaking of a PERMANENT state or condition,

a profession or calling, or a natural characteristic.

am I tall ? j soy yo alto 1 he is not English, no es ingles ;
they are soldiers, son soldados ;

the paper is white, el papel es bianco ;

he is the manager of the firm, es el gerente* de la casa.

SPECIAL REMARKS.
Estar
of course used before any Present Participle, as the phrase
is

then expresses WHAT

ONE is DOING at the time only.
I am smoking estoy fumando
PLACE is always expressed by estar, no matter how long the person
or thing has been in the place referred to. Estar is really almost equiva-
4
lent to stand,* thus :
Madrid is (=stands)in Castile, Madrid esta en Castilla*
the Bank of England is in London,
el Banco de Inglaterra* esta en Londres*
^ST Ser should always be employed, unless the action or condi-
tion spoken of must necessarily by its nature be temporary.
Property in (i.e. possession of) anything is always expressed by ser,
thus : this book is mine, este libro es mio.
The Passive Voice is always expressed by ser : he is loved, es amado
'PRONOUNCED :
poo'air-tah, /fey-ren-tay, kah-stee-l'yah,
in-glab-tairr-rah, Ion-dress.

EXERCISE IV. (on ser and estar).

1. We are not workmen. 2. Are you ready 2 1
? 3. They
5. I am not lis-
3
(PEM.') are here. 4. Are you
[a] soldier ?
tening.
4
6. Who 5
is in the street ? 7, He is 6
very indus-
 19

trious.7 8. I am [an*] Englishwoman.

8
9. I am not
[an]
Italian.* 10, We 10
are speaking with his cousin. 11 11. Are
they nob princes
12
? 12. We are sailors. 13 13. He is not
writing.
14
[a] postman. We are not smoking.
14. He is 15
15. 16

17
16. Are you [a] Spaniard ? 17. They are my uncles. 18.
18

My aunt is not here. 8 19. She is not at home. 19 20. We 19

are waiting. 20 21. He is [a] professor.

21

obrero 2 listo ; 3 aqui ; 4 escuchando ; 5 calle (FEM.) ; 6 muy 7

1 ; ;

laborioso 8 inglesa ; 9 italiano 10 hablando ; 11 primo(M.), prima (F.) ,

: ;

12 prlricipe ; 13 marinero ; 14 cscribiendo ; 15 cartero 16 fumando ; 17 ;

espaflol 18 tto ; 19 en casa ; 20 aguardando ; 21 profesor.

;.

PRON. 1 o-bray-ro ; 2 lis-to ; 3 ah-kee ; 4 es-koo-chahn-do ;

6 kah-1'yay 6 moo'e ; 7 lah-bo-re-o-so 8 in-glay-sah 9 e-tah-le-ah-
; ; ;

no ; 10 ah-blahn-do 11 pree-mo ; 12 prin-the-pay 13 mah-re-nay-

; ;

ro? 14 es-kree-be-en-do 15 kar-tay-ro ; 16 foo-mahn-do ; 17 es-pah- ;

n'yol 18 tee-o 19 enn kali-sab ; 20 ah-goo'ar-dahn-do 21 pro-fess-or.

; ; ;

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. Our friends 1 are in2 the garden, looking3 for 3 their dogs. 4
2. Are you my friend's uncle ? 3. No, 6 sir,6 I am not his
uncle, I am his father. 4. My friend is in 2 the street,
smoking a cigar.
7
5. Who is there 8 ? 6. What are you
(PLUB.) looking
3
for3 ?
writing a letter to your 7. I am
father. 8. Your children 9 are growing10 very 11 fast. 11 9. My
friend's brother "is not industrious. 12 10. Have you a servant ?
11. Our sister is clever. 13 12. Your mother is in the garden.
2
13. My shoes are on the floor, 14 near 15 the chair. 14. You
are not soldiers. 15. My book is in the drawer. 16 16. Is

your brother smoking ? 17. To whom have you written a

b b a 17

18. We are not studying

18
our lessons. 19
'

letter ?

1 amigo (M.), amiga (F.) ; . 2 en ; 3 buscando ; 4 perro ; 5 no 6 ;

senor 7 cigarro ; 8 alii

;
9 hi jo (*OTI); 10 crcciendo 11 mucho (much') ;
; ;

12 laborioso ; 13 babil ; 14 suelo ; 15 cerca de 16 caj6n ; 17 quin ; 18 ;

estudiando; 19 leccion.
PRON. 1 ah-me-go 2 enn 3 booss-kahn-do
;
4 pairr-ro 5 no
; ; ; ;

6 say-n'yor ;
7 the-gahrr-ro ; 8 ab-l'yee 9 ee-Ho 10 kray-the-en- ; ,

do 11 moo-cho 12 lah-bo-re-o-so 13 ah-bil 14 soo'ay-lo 15 thair-

; ; ; ; ;

kab day 16 kah-TZon

;
17 ke-en 18 es-too-de-ahn-do 19 lek-the-on.
; ; ;

*In the Exercises, words not to .be translated are placed between square
brackets [ ],
and words which are required in Spanish, but not in Eng-
lish, between parentheses ( ).
 20

FOURTH LESSON.
QUALIFYING ADJECTIVES.
19. Adjectives agree in Gender and Number with the Noun
ihey qualify ; and generally FOLLOW that Noun. Thus :
a cheap watcb, un reloj barato; cheap watches, relojes baratoa
a cheap chain, una cadena barata ; cheap chains, cadenas baratas
an English newspaper, un pefiodico ingles
English newspapers, periodicos ingleses
French literature, la literatura francesa
Spanish grammars, gramaticas espanolas
Adjectives generally PRECEDE the Noun they qualify
. if they
are, shorter than the Noun, or are used figuratively ; as,
a poor(=in poverty) writer un escritor pobre
a poor(=unfertunate) writer un pobre escritor
PRON. ray-lo#, bah-rah-to, kah-day-nah, pay-re -o-de-ko, in-gless,
le-tay-rah-too-rah frahn-thay-sah, grah-mah-te-kahs es-pah-n'yo-labs,
cs-kre-tor, po-bray.

Btieno (good) and malo (bad) usually precede the Noun.

They acfe then contracted to buen and mal, but in the MASCULINE

SINGULAR ONLY,- see Paragraph 94.

PRON. boo'ay-no, mah-lo, boo'en, mahl.

An. Adjective is sometimes put before the Noun for EMPHASIS :

a magnificent day, un magnificodia a splendid day, un csplendido dia

;

PRON. mahg-nee-fe-ko, es-plen-de-do, dee-ah.

The position of the Adjective before or after the Noun which it qualifies
is largely a matter of taste and euphony, respecting which no exact rules
ca be fiven.

A few Adjectires nearly always precede the Noun, see pars. 9*1, 95.

THE FEMININE OP ADJECTIVES.

80. 'If the MASCULINE ends in o, the FEMININE is formed by
changing the o into a ; as,

industrious, laborioso (masc.), laboriosA (fern.)

Busritn, ruso (masc.), rusA (tern.)
 21

81. If the Adjective denotes NATIONALITY,* and ends in a con-

sonant, the Feminine is formed by adding a to the Mas-
culine ; as,

Spanish, espafiol (m.), espafiola (f.); English, ing!6s(m.), inglesa (f.)

REMARK I. Adjectives denoting NATIONALITY can also be used as

Nouns : an- Englishman, un Ingles an Englishwoman, una Ingksa.
;

REMARK II. Most other Adjectives which can be used as Nouns de-
noting a person add a in the FEMININE, \vhether used as Nouns or Adjec-
tives. These generally end in n or or. Thus :
an idle servant, un criado holgazan (m.), una oriada holgazanA (.)
an idler, un holgazdn (m.), una holgazanA (f.)

22. Adjectives not included in the foregoing Rules DO NOT

CHANGE in the Feminine ; as,
an easy book, un libro f&cil ; easy books, libros faciles
an easy lesson, una leccion facil ; easy lessons, lecciones faciles
PBON. ol-gah-thahn, fah-thil, leck-the-on.

THE PLURAL OP ADJECTIVES.

23. The is formed in the same
Plural of Adjectives way as the
Plural of
Nounsf (see paragraph 4) as, ;

a skilful workman, un obrero hdbil skilful workmen, obreros habiles

:

a happy girl, una muchacha feliz happy girls, muchachas felloes

;

a sick child, un nino enfermo sick children, ninos enfermos

;

an English manuscript, ufca escritura inglesa

English manuscripts, escrituras inglesas
PBON. fay-leeth or fay-lith, en-fair-mo, es-kre-too-rah.

EXERCISE I.

Form the Feminine Singular, and the Masculine and Feminine Plural,
of the following Adjectives :

1. good, bueno caro

; 2. dear, ; 3. capacious, oapaz ;

4. diligent, aplioado, laborioso ; 5. French, franoes ;

6. easy, fdoil 7. cheap, baratO

; ; 8. dry, seco ;
9. brave,
* These
Adjectives do not commence with a capital letter in Spanish.

f The Plural is of course formed from the Singular of the

valiente ; 10. cold, frio ; ll. hot, cdlido ; 12. German,
alemdn ; 13. difficult, difioil ; 14. English, ingles ;

15.heavy, pesado ; 161 Persian, persa.

17. a good horse 18. good horses 19. a bad pen ; ; ; 20. bad
pens 21. a difficult lesson ; 22. difficult lessons.
;

PRON. 1 boo'ay-no; 2 kah-ro 3kah-pahth; 4 ah-ple-kah-do ; ;

5frahn-thess 6fah-thil ; 7bah-rah-to 8say-ko; 9 vah-le-ezm-tay;

;

10 free-o 11 kah-le-do 12 an-lay-malm

; 13 de-fee-tbil 14 in- ; ; ;

gless ;
15 pay-sah-de ,*
16 pair-sah.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1; His friends are not brave. 2. The French milliner 1 has
sold 2 a cheap hat. 3. Our lessons 3 are very easy. 4. Have
you a good servant ? 5. No, sir, my servants are not good
[ones]. 6. I have seen (to)* a brave soldier. 7. 1 have [some]
cold meat. 4 8. We are English sailors. 9. Why are you
6
(PLUR.) not studying your lessons ? 10. The German girls
are happy 6 11. To whom 7 have you given your books ? 12.
.

I have given my Spanish books to my friend's cousin. 13.

Our lesson is very difficult. you ? 15. Very 14. How 8 are
9 10 10
well, thank you but I have been 11 ill. 12 16. Your sister is
;

not ill.
12
17. Your (PLUR.) aunts are very clever. 18.
Her brothers are ill. 19. Your friend (FBM.) is [an]
Italian. She is not Italian, she is Spanish.
20. 21. What
have you done with my book ? 22. It is on the table. 18
1 modista ;
2 vendido ;
3 Iecci6n ; 4 came (FEM.) 5 estudiando ; ; 6.
feliz ;
7 quten ? 8 como ? 9 bicn ; 10 gracias (thanks) ; 11 estado ; 12
*
enfermo 13 mesa. ;
see paragraph 37.
PBON. 1 rno-dis-tah 2 ven-dee-do 3 lek-the-on ; 4 kar-nay ; ; j

5 es-toode-ahn-do 6 fay-leeth 7 ke-en 8 ko-mo 9 be-en 10 grab-

; ; ; ; ;

tbe-ahs 11 es-tah-do 12 en-fair-mo

;
13 may-sab. ; ;

SPECIAL REMARK. It must be constantly borne in mind that the

English and Spanish vowel sounds do not correspond exactly, and that the
Spanish sounds are not so long as those given in our Imitated Pronuncia-
tion. THEY SHOULD ALL BE PRONOUNCED SHORT (especially ah and ' '

*ay ). To remind students of this, we give such words as Irenes, feliz, in-
differently as trenn-ess or trane-acc, fay-leeth, lay -lith, or fell-ith.
 FIFTH LESSON.
REGULAR VERBS
The INFINITIVE of every Spanish Verb ends in ar, er, or ir.
The part PRECEDING these terminations is called the STEM.
Thus INFINITIVE
: to speak hablAR STEM : habl... :

to owe debER deb...

to live vivIR viv...
PRESENT INDICATIVE OP REGULAR VERBS.
24. The
Present Indicative of Verbs ending in ar is formed by
adding to the STEM the following terminations :
SING. 1st Pers. 2nd Pers. 3rd Pers. PLUR. 1st Pers. 2nd Pers. 3rd Pers.

O as A AMOS ais AN
The full Conjugation of the Present Indicative is therefore as follows ;

I speak (yo) hablO we speak (nosotros) hablAMOS

you speak Vd. -u^-un A
)
you Vds.
hablA
bespeaks (el) they} (ellos)
PRON. ah-blo, ah-blah, ah-blah-mos, ah-blahn.
Familiar Form thou speakest, (tu) hablas ; you speak, (vosotros) bablais.
:

NOTE. Except in the FIRST PERSON SINGULAR, these terminations

are the same as those of estar (see Paragraph 17) ; but in Regular Verbs
the STRESS IS REGULAR (see page 6).

EXERCISE I.
1. 1 buy
1
buy
; 3. he buys
2f y<jsu 4. we buy 5.; ; ;

8. we find
2 3
you (PLUR.) buy 6. they buy 7. he takes
; ; ; ;

9. 1 find 10. they (F.) take ; 11. you find

; 12. you (PLUR.) ;

take ;13. he smokes* 14, they smoke 15. you carry 5

; ; ;

16. I carry 17. we send;

6
18. you (PLUR.) send. ;

1
comprar 2 tomar 3 hallar ; ; ;
4 f umar ;
5 llevar ; 6 enviar.
PRON. 1 kora-prar 2 to-mar ; ; 3 ah-l'yar ; 4 foo-mar : 5 1'yay-
var; 6en-ve-ar.

25. The Present Indicative of Verbs ending fn er is formed

like that of Verbs ending in ai% except that E is substituted
for A in the terminations.
 24

The full Conjugation of the Present Indicative is as follows:

I owe (jo) debO we owe (nosotros) debEMOS

debE
PRON. day-bo, day-bay, day-bay-mos, day-ben.
Familiar Form thou owest, (tu) debes you owe, (vosotros)
: ;
debeis.

EXERCISE II.

drink
1. I 2. you drink 3. he drinks
1
;
4. we drink 5. ; ; ;

8. we
2
drink 6. they drink 7. he believes
you (PLUR.) ; ; ;

4
believe; 9. they eat
3
10. I eat 11. you learn 12. you (P.) ; ; ;

5
believe 13. he learns ;
;
14. 1 possess 15. they possess. ;

1 beber ;
2 creer 3 comer 4 aprender
; ; ,
5 poseer. PRON. 1
bay-bair ;

2 kray-air ;
3 ko-mair 4 ah-pren-dair
; ; 5 po-say-air.

26. In the Present Indicative of Verbs ending in ir, is IMOS

added to the Stem to form the IST PERSON PLURAL, and IS
to form the 2ND PERSON PLURAL.
^- The terminations of the er and ir Verbs are otherwise
EXACTLY ALIKE, in every other Mood and Tense.*
The full Conjugation of the Present Indicative is as follows:

I live (yo) VivO we live (nosotros) vivIMOS

y'ou live Vd. you Vds.
e lives (el) they,, (ellos)
PRON. vee-vo, vee-vay, ve-vee-mos, vee-ven.
Pam. Form : thou livest, (tii) vivcs you live, (vosotros) vivls (vc-veess)
;

EXERCISE III.
1. 1 receive 1 ; 2. you receive ;
3. he receives ;
4. we receive;
5. you (PLUR.) receive ; 6. they receive 7. he writes 2 ; ;

8. we write
3
9. you supply 10. I supply
;
11. he divides 1 ; ; :

12. we divide 13. you (PLUR.) wrftef; 14. we supply.

;

1 recibir ;
2 escribir , 3 surtir ,
4 dividir.

PRON. 1 rray-the-beer ;
2 es-kre-beer ;
3 soor-teer ; 4 de-ve-deer.
* the Plural Familiar Form of the Impera-
The only (tther exception is
tive (sec par. 57). It is therefore the simplest plan for foreigners, who
should never use the Familiar Form, to consider the ir Verbs as conjugate!
exactly like the er Verbs throughout, except that the former take IMQ3
instead of EMOS
in the First Person Plural of the Present Indicative.
 25

NOTE. -ALL REGULAR VERBS ending in are conjugatedAR like

hablar, all in ER
like deber, and all in IR like vivir,

Tener, haber, ser and estar are irregular.

27. QUESTIONS are formed by putting the Verb before the

Subject ; DO, DOES, DID, are not translated. Thus :

does he speak ?=speaks he ? i habla el ?
does his friend smoke ?=smokes his friend ? i fuma sn amig-o ?
do you owe ?=owe you ? debe Vd. ?
do the men write ?=write the men ? i escriben los hombres ?

28. NEGATIONS are formed by putting no before the Verb or

Auxiliary (see paragraph 13) ; DO, DOES, DID, are not
translated. Thus :

you do not buy=you buy not Vd. no compra

do you not buy ?=buy you not ? i no compra Vd. ?
the boy does not learn=the boy learns not el muehacho no aprende
does not the b$y learn ?=learns the boy not ? I no aprende el muohacho ?
does the train start ?=starts the train 1 i sale el tren ?
does not the boat arrive=arri ves not the boat ? i no llega el buque ?

EXERCISE IV.
1. you find, you do not find ; 2. do you find ? do you
not find ? 3. the men
drink, the men do not drink ; 4. do
the men drink ? do the men not drink ? 5. we discover}

we do 6. do we discover ? do we not dis-

not discover
;

cover 7. I receive, I do not receive ;

; 8. do I receive ? do
I not receive ? 9. the girl owes, the girl does not owe ; 10.
does the girl owe ? does the girl not owe ? 1. descubrir.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. Do you owe [any] money to my friend ? 2. 1 do not
owe [any] money your friend.
to 3. The Spanish servant

calls 1 to his dog. 4. We do not smoke cigars. 5. The indus-

*
trious pupil 2 learns his b less<msb easily.
3*
6. What does

7. Do they (PEM.) not work well?

4 5
your mother want ?
'Words and phrases marked A precede in Spanish those marked &,
 M
8. Who livet in your aunt's hous ? 9. My ooueina
there, but uncle i* in Madrid. 6 10. The officer 7 drinks a
my
delicious 8 wine. 9 11. receive letters from your uncles We
every day.
10 11
12. I do not want* a stick 12 because 13 ,
I have
an umbrella. 14 13. We believe that 15 his samples 16 are in the
shop.
17
14. How 18 much 18 money do we owe ? 15. I believe
that we owe four 19 shillings 20 to the shopkeeper, 21 and three 22
shillings to the servant. 16. Perhaps* 3 he does not smoke.
17. Who lends 24 money to my friend ? 18. I often 255 lend*
money your friend. to time 26 does the train 27 19. At- what
for London 28 leave 29 ? 20. My train 27 does not start 29 yet. 80
21. I do not fear 31 the punishment 32 ; it is not very great. 8 *
22. The boys do not throw 34 stones. 23. You do not drink
beer. 35 24. Do you not understand 36 the lesson ? 25. I
understand 36 the lessons very well. 26. Do they understand
your explanation ? 27. Where do your cousins live ? 28.
37 38

My cousin (FEM.) lives in Madrid, and I live in London. 28

1 llamar 2 discipulo (M.), disclpula (F.) ; 3. facilmente
;
4. desear ; ;

5 trabajar ;
6 Madrid 7 oficial S delicioso 9 vino ;
10 cada (e.acli) 1 1 dla.; ; ; ;

(MASC.) 12 bast6n 13. porque

;
14 paraguas (SING, and PLUB. the , ;

same) 15 que ;
16 muestra ; 17 tienda 18 cuanto? 19 cuatj-o
; 20 ; ;

chelin ; 21 tende.ro ; 22 tres ;

23 tal vez ;
24 prestar ;
25 amenudo ;

26 hora 27 tren; 28 Londres

; 29 salir (par. 148); 30 todavia ; ;

31 temer ; 32 casiigo 33 grande 34 tirar $5 cerveza 36 comprender ; ; ; ; ;

37 explicaci6n 38 d6nde ? ;

PEON.* 1 ryah-mar ;
2 dis-thee-poo-lo 3 fah-thil-men-tay 4 day- , ;

say-ar ;
5 trah-bah-//ar ;
6 mah-drid ; 7 o-fee-the-ahl 8. day-lee-the- ;

O-so ;
9 vee-no ; 10 kah-dah ; 11 dee-ah ;
12 bahs-ton ;
13 por-kay ;
14 pah-rah-goo'ahs ; 15 kay ;
16 moo'ess-trah ; 17 te-en-dah 18 ;

koo'ahn-to 19 koo'ah-tro ;20 chay-leen 21 ten-day-ro 22 tress ; ; ; ;

23 tahl veth 24 pres-tar 25 ah-may -noo-do

; 26 o-rah 27 tren ; ; ; ;

28 Ion-dress 29 sab-leer 30 to-dah-vee-ab 31 tay-mair

; 32 kahs- ; ; ;

tee-go 33 grahn-day
; 34 te-rar 35 thair-vay-thab 36 kom-pren- : ; ; ,

dair 37 ex-plc-kah-the-on 38 don-day.

; ;

*
Respecting tbe Imitated Pronunciation, note once more tbat TH
must always be pronounced as in montb,' and S SHARP, like SS in 'hiss. ' 1

Tbe vowel sounds must not be made too long peseta (franc), for ;

example, which we give as

'
pay-say-tah/ might almost as weJl be
'
imitated thus :
pess-ett-ab.'
 2?

SIXTH LESSON.
DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES & PRONOUNS.*
29. MASC. FEM> MASC. FEM.
this este esta these estos estas
(this) that ese esa (these) those esos esas
that aquel aquella those aquellos aquellas
PRON. es-tay, ay-say, ah-kel ; es-tah, ay-sah, ah-kell-yah; es-tos, etc.

Note that the Feminine Plural is formed by adding s to the Singular,

and that the Masculine Plural only differs'from the Feminine in the vowel
of the termination. Examples :

this man, este hombre these men, estos hombres

that pencil, ese or aquel lapiz those pencils, esos or aquellos l&pices ;

this letter, esta carta these letters, estas cartas

that house, esa or aquella casa ;
those houses, esas or aquellas oasas
; Este usually indicates something near the speaker, ese something
near the person addressed, and aquel something near neither. Thus : these
chairs (close to me), estas sillas those chairs (close to you), esas ;

'Sillas those chairs (close to neither), aquellas eillas.

;

pQ/ The forms for THIS

(esto) and THAT. (6SO,
Neuter
same way as the above.
differ in the
They have
o"|tquellO)
no plural, and neither precede nor replace a Noun, thus :

*
Who has done this ? i Quien ha hecho esto ?
I have not heard that. No he oido eso.
Kjuello is seldom used unless three things are referred to as, ;

I take my friend takes that, and his brother takes that

this,

yo tomo esto, mi amigo toma eso, y su hermano toma aquello

EXERCISE I.

1. that boy ;
2. these women ;
3. those envelopes 4. this ;

table ; 5. that church ;

6. those streets : 7. these horses ;

8. this ink those pictures 1 ; 11. that bread2 ;,

; 9. this cat ;
10.
3
12. this town ; 13. these numbers ; 14. that lady
4
15. we ;

are not sure 5 of that ; 16. I do not' believe this.

1 cuadro ;
2 pan 3 niimero 4.senora ; 5. seguro.
;
PEON.
;
1 koo'ah-
dro ;
2 pahn ; 3 noo-may-ro 4 say-n'yo-rah
;
5 say-goo-ro. ;

'ADJECTIVES are always followed by a Noun, and take the Gender

and Number of that Noun. PRONOUNS are used instead of a Noun,
and take the Gender and Number of that Noun.
 II

PRESENT AND PAST PARTICIPLES.

31. The Participles are formed bj adding to the STEM the
following terminations :

PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE.

Verbs ending in ar ...ANDO ADO
erorir ...IENDO ...IDO
EXAMPLES.
1 speaking, hablando ; spoken, hablado ;

2 owing, debiendo ; owed, debido ;

3 living, viviendo ; lived, vivido ;

4 sending, enviando ; sent, enviado ;

5 receiving, recibiendo ; received, recibido ;

6 believing, creyendo* ; believed, creido.

An unaccented i between two vowels is always changed toy.
The Stress in Past Participles is invariably on the first vowel <

termination

PRON. ah-blahn-do, ah-blah-do

1 2 day-be-en-do, day-' ;

3. vee-ve-en-do, ve-vee-do4 en-ve-ahn-do, en-ve-ah-do

;
5 rray ;

be-en-do, rray-the-bee-do 6 kray-yen-do, kray-ee-do.*

;

The Participles of tener, haber, ser, and estar are regular,^

1 having, teniendo, habiendo ;
2 had, tenido, habid
3 being, siendo, estando ;
4 been, sido,
estado-^
PBOK. 1 tay-ne-en-do, ab-be-en-do 2 tay-nee-do, ;
ah-tp
3 se-en-do, es-tafcn-do 4 see-do, es-tah-do.;

32. When the Subject in questions is a Noun, it is ft buaes

put last ; as,

Is the girl industrious ?

i Es aplicadala muchachs
Is my
servant waiting ? i Esta agruardando mi cfl
Are not the men drinking ?
i No estan bebiendo lo ^pbbrtft ?
Is that wine good ? i Es bueno ese vino ?
(see also Paragraph 13)

This is optional, the English construction being preferable

when the
meaning would otherwise be doubtful. Thus Is the boy ill-treating the :

dog ? i Esta muchacfco maltratando el perro ?

el The other con*
Is the dog ill-treating the boy V
9
ftiuotion might mean '
 ft
EXERCISE II.

smoking, smoked
1. 2. owing, owed 3. living, lived ;
; ;

4. asking, 1 asked 5. reading2 read 6. have you not had ?

; , ;

7. 1 am not having
8
8. being soldiers 9. being in the room ;
; ;

10. not having written the letter 11. Have you been in ;

Spain ? 12. We have not been sailors.

4
13. She is not

reading. 14. What is he drinking ? 15. Where has the man

been ? 16. Are not the English soldiers brave ? 17. Is not
this lady speaking ? 18. My uncle has not arrived. 5
1 preguntar ;
2 leer ; 3 cuarto or babitucion ;
4 Espana ;
6 llegar.
PBON. pray-goonn-tar ; 2 lay-air
1 ; 3 koo'ar-to, ah-be-tah-the-on ;

4 ess-palm-n'yah 5 1'yay-gar. ;

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. Have you not read that letter ? 2. Why is that boy not
studying his lessons ? 3 Those servants have drunk a bottle 1
of good wine, and five 2 bottles of German beer. 4. Are
3
they smoking cigars ? 5. Having read the book, I shall send
6. When 4 does the boat start ? 7. How
5
it* to my brother.
much money has the merchant 6 sent to his banker7 ? 8.
Have not the pupils learned these lessons ? 9. These white8
envelopes are my uncle's [translate of my uncle]. 10. :

Those ladies are my nieces. 9 11. The Spanish professor is

speaking now.
10
12. I am reading a French newspaper. 11 13.
We have been in the country. 12 14. These bottles 1 are not
full. 18 15. I have been [a] carpenter. 14 16. Have you had
time 15 to 16 read 16 this letter ? 17. Have you forgotten 17 this ?
18. Are those ladies looking for a cab 18 ? 19. Do you believe
that ? 20. I do not understand this. 21. Not being satisfied 1 *
with the book, I 20 shall sell it. 20 22. Is not that dog ugly 21 ?
1 ;
2 cinco ; 3 lo enviare* (see pars. 43 and 67) ; 4 cuando ?
botella
5 buque 6 comerciante ; 7 banquero ; 8 bianco ; 9 sobrina ; 10 ahora ;
;

11 periddico 12 campo ; 13 lleno ; 14 carpintero ; 15 tiempo ; 16 para

;

leer*; 17 olvidar ; 18 cocbe 19 satisfecho 20 lo vender^ ; 21 feo.

; ;

PEON. 1 3 lo en-ve-ah-ray ; 4 koo'ahn-do ;

bo- tell -yah ; 2 thin-ko ;

5 boo-kay 6 ko-mair-the-ahn-tay 7 bahn-kay-ro ; 8 blahn-ko ; 9 so-

; ;

bree-nab ; 10 ab-o-rab 11 pay-re-o-de-ko ; 12 kahm-po ; 13 Pyay-no ;

;

14 kar-pin-tay-ro ; 15 te-em-po ; 17 ol-re-dar ; 18 ko*chay ; 19 sab-tig-

fay-cho 20 to ven-Hay-ray ; 21 fay-o.
;
 so

SEVENTH LESSON.
INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS.
33. who ? whom ? quien ? (SING.) qui^nes ? (PLUR.)
WHOSE ? I de quien ? literally : of whom ?

Who is upstairs ? ^Quien esta arriba ?

To whom are you speaking ? ^ A quien esta Vd. hablando ?
Whose are these pens 1 i De quien son estas plumas ?
Whose hat is this ? ^ De quien es este sombrero ?

34. which or which one ? cudl ? which or which ones ?

what ?
que ? (SING. PLUR.) &
which brother ? cual hermano ? which house ? cual casa ?
which men ? cuales hombres ? which chairs ? i cuales sillas ?
what dog ? i que perro ? what village ? que aldea ?
what churches ? i que iglesias ? which churches !
i cuales iglesias ?
what is that ? i que es eso ?

WHAT ? is translated by cudl ? cudles ? if preceding part of ser

followed by a Noun.
What is your opinion ? i Cual es su opinion (de Vd.) ?
What are his intentions ? i Cuales son sus intenciones ?

35. que is also used for WHAT A ! in exclamations ; as,

what a misfortune que desgracia
\
\
I what a hat \ que sombrero ! !

what pictures I
j qu6 cuadros ! what a mistake que error ! !
\

KoTE. If an Adjective occurs in such exclamat ions, tan (so) is generally

inserted for emphasis ; as,
what an ugly dog ! | quo" perro
tan feo (=so ugly) !
what beautiful horses I j que caballos tan hermosos f

EXERCISE I.

1. which gentleman ? 2. which gentlemen ? 3. which

chair ? 4. which streets ? 5. what name ? 6. which shoe ?

7. what men ? 8. what a noise 9. which train ?
1
10. !

what a fog2 11. what a pity

!
3
12. which woman ? !

4 5
13. which days ? 14. which lamps ? 15. which cup ?
6
16. what hats 1 7. Whose is this knife ?
! 18. Whose ink
is this ? 19 % Whose friends are these ladies ? 20. Whose is
this ? 21. What idle 7 boys 22. What a great mistake 8 ! !

23. What 9
is the price of this ? 24. What is the number 10 ?
1 ruido 2 niebla 3 lastima
; 4 lampara 5 taza
; 6 cuchillo ; 7 hol- ; ; ;

gazan 8 error 9 precio 10 numero. PRON. 1 rroo-ee-do ; 2 ne-ay-blah ;

; ; ;

3 lahss-te-mah 4 lahm-pah-rah ; 5 tah-thah 6 koo-chee-l'yo ; ; ;

7 oll-gah-thahn 8 airr-ror ; -9 pray-the-o ; 10 noo-may-ro.

;

36. The Past Tense can sometimes be rendered in Spanish by

the Perfect Tense,* thus :
PAST. PERFECT,
he spoke he has spoken ha hablado
did hq speak ? has he spoken ? i ha hablado (el) ?
he did not speak he has not spoken no ha hablado
did he not speak ? has he not spoken 1 i no ha hablado (el) ?

[NOTE CAREFULLY that the Past Participle must be preceded by part of

haber (to have). For instance, Vd. visto, yo escrito, etc., is an incorrect
1
construction, just as 'you seen, 'I written,' etc., is impossible ill
English.]
EXERCISE II.
1. he (has) bought 2. have they bought ? 3. 1 have not ;

bought 4. have you not bought ? 5. have they (FEM.)

;

2
spoken ? 6. the girl has spoken 7. has the doctor written ?
1
;

3
8. the merchant has not sold 9. have not the ships arrived ? ;

10. 1 have not dined (Beaten) 11. has not the shopkeeper ;

sent ? 12. you have written 1 13. you (PhUR.) have seen 4 14. ; ;

have they not found ?

1 escrito ;
2 m<Sdico ;
3 to sell, vender ;
4 visto.
PRON. 1 ess-kree-to ;
2 may-de-ko ;
3 ven-dair ;
4 viss-to.

37. When the Object of a Verb is a person or persons, & (to)

should precede the Object ; as,
I do not understand your friend. No comprendo 4 sn amigo.
Do you believe the boys ?
I Cree Vd. a los nnichachos ?
BUT : I do not understand this letter. No comprendo esta carta.
Do you believe that story ? I Cree vd. ese cuento ?
Tener is an important exception to this Rule, thus :

I have a sister. Tengo una hermana.

*
The ordinary English Past Tense (I spoke, he wrote, we did not lend,
rendered by the Spanish Past Definite. The formation
etc.) is usually best
of the Past Definite is explained in Lesson 9 student* may meanwhile ;

translate the English Past by the Spanish Perfect Tense,

 EXERCISE HI.
1. We
have seen a very celebrated general.2 2. Have 1

you (PLUR.) found your friends ? 3. Has he [any] brothers ?

4. I'have seen that
gentleman in Madrid. 5. Do you expect 3
your nieces to-day 4 ? 6/We do not expect? [any] letters.
7. We are 5 5
looking for our keys. 6 8. Are you looking for
5 5

7
your nephew ? 0. i have not seen the b king b<fe>-day. a
1 cdlebrc 2 genera! 3 esperar 4 5 buscar (to seek, look for)
; ; ; boy ; ;

C Have (FEM.) ;
7 sobrino:
PRON. 1
thay-lay.bray ;
2 //ay-nay-rahl ; 3 Css-pay-rar ;
4 oh-e ;

booss-kar ; C i'yah-vay ; 7 so-bree-no.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
Have you found my brother in the garden ? 2. Which
1.

book have you had ? 3. Whose is thai horse ? 4. What man

does not love his mother? 5. Whose is this umbrella ? 6.
1
.

Have you (PLUR.) seen the English travellers 2 ? 7. What a

b
8. The
3
cheap watch you have bought* this morning
4 51
!

clerk has received that money. 9. Who is smoking in this

5

room? 10.Hehasnotsentthegoods$ in(=:to)time. 7 11. "What

b
easy lessons you have
a
! 12. For whom are these letters ?

13. To whom have you lent your knife ? 14. Who are these
men ? 15. What people 8 are9 there9 in the house ? 1C. Have
you not called the servant (FEM.) ? 17. Which cups has she
broken ? 18. In which room have you found the red 10 ink ?
19. What a b'ad pen this5 isa ! 20v\Vhich [ones] do you
want? 21. Which is the "way 11 'to the station 12 ? 22.
What is the cause 13 of his silence 14 ? 123. What are their
plans ? 24. What is (hat ?
15
__

1 amar
2 viajcro ;3 reloj 4 maftana f>
depcndientc
;
6 gcneros , ; ;

(PLUR.) tiempo
; 8 gente (FEM.)
7 ;hay 10 rojo 11 camino ; , ; ;

12 cstaci6n 13 causa; 14 silencio

;
15 plan. ;

PRON. 1 ah-mar; 2 ve-ah-7/ay-ro, 3rray-lo//; 4 mah-n'yah-nah ;

5 de-penn-dc-enn-tay C //ay-nay-ros 7 te-em-po

;
8 /fenn-tay ; ; ;

9 ah'e or i 10 rro-//o ; ;
11 kah-mee-no ;
12 es-tah-the-on ; 13 kafc'oo-
aab ; H
se-lenu-the-o ; 15 piabu.
 33

EIGHTH LESSON.
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
38. mine, mio ; ours, nuestro ; his, hers, theirs,
FAMILIAR FORM 2nd : Pers. thine, tuyo ? yours, vuestro.
The Feminine formed by changing the o into a, and the Plural by
is

adding 3 to the Singular (Ex. mia, mios, mias, suya, snyos, suyas, etc.)
PRON. me-o, noo'es-tro, soo-yo. too-yo, vob'es-tro, me-os, me-ahs, tc.
Your sister is in London, and Su hermana de Vd. esta en Londres,
mine is in the country. y la mia esta en el campo.
His friends are English, and Los amigos de el son ingleses, y los
ours are Americans. nuestros son americanos.

These words are preceded by the Definite Article, except when

used with ser, in a phrase meaning TO BELONG TO.
This pipe is not his it is mine. Esta pipa no es de el (or suya),* es mia.
;

Those pictures are not ours. Esos cuadros no son nuestros.

This trunk is mine. Este baiil es mio 5 BUT.
Here is your trunk where is ; Aqui est& su baiil ; i donde est&
mine ? el mio ?
Mine (FEM.) is on the table. La mia esta sobre la mesa.
NOTE that Possessive' Pronouns take the Gender and Number of the
Noun they stand for, NOT the Gender and Number of the Possessor.
*
de el, de ella, etc., being clearer, are preferable to suyo, suya.
EXERCISE I.

1. This stick is not mine. 2. Is that house his ? 3. These

letters are ours. 4. Your pupils
are industrious, and mine
are idle. 5. These pencils are hers. 6. Our friend (F.) is

here, but hers has not arrived yet. 7. That key is mine.

8. Our lessons are difficult, but theirs are very easy.

39. If any emphasis is placed on the Possessive Adjectives (see

par. 14), mio, SUyo, etc, are used instead, after the Noun :

It is not HIS mistake! No es error suyo. J

It is OUR fault. |
Es culpa nuestra.
'
40. The phrases of mine, of ours, of his/ etc. are also usually
translated mio, nuestro, SUyO, etc. ; as,
a relation of mine I un pariente mio
two friends of bis \ dos amigos suyoo
 u
41. YOURS (polite forin) is translated suyo, or (preferably) el
de Vd., la de Vds., etc. Examples :

He Has brought my letters, but he Ha traido mis cartas,pero ha

has forgotten yours. olvidado las de Vd.
Is this cab ours, or yours (plur.) ? I Es este coche nuestro, 6 de
Vds.?
'This hat is .yours. Este sombrero es de Vd.*
Are not those cigars yours ? i No son de Vd. esos oigarros ?

42.* De Vd., de 61, de ella, etc., are usually employed in

preference to suyo, suya, suyos, suyas, for greater
clearness,
my gloves, his and hers, mis guantes, los suyos y los de ella.
*Este sombrero es el de Vd. would mean This hat is THE ONE WHICH
*

belongs to you (in contradistinction to another that does not).

The phrases el de Vd., la de ella, etc., must be employed

in such phrases as the following :

my house or my father's mi casa 6 la de mi padre [amigos

our'horses and our friends* nuestros caballos los de nuestros y
neither his mistake nor his servant's ni su error ni el de su criado

EXERCISE II.
1. my oak 1 and mahogany 2 tables 2. my dear3 mother ; ;

3. an aunt of his ; 4. my wishes, hers, and theirs 5. This is ;

HEE work (= a work of-hers). 6. He is a clerk of -mine. 7.

Is this garden yours (PLUR.) ? 8. Those keys are not yours,

they are mine. 9. Is this newspaper yours ? 10. They are
frien'ds of -ours, 11. That is not MY mistake ; it is hers-
12. Neither4 hi$ shop nor 5 his neighbour's is open. 7
6

f roble ,
2 caoba (translate tables of oak and the of mahogany)
: 3 ,

querido (beloved)'', 4 m ;
6 vecino 7 abierto (translate are open).
5 ni , ,
:

^
'
PEON. 1 rro-blay ';
2 kab-o-bab 3 kay-ree-dp 4, 5 ne
; 6 vay-thee- , ;

QO 1 ah-be-air-to.

THE FUTURE TENSE.

43. The Future Tense of all Regular Verbs is formed by adding
to the Infinitive the following terminations :

SING. 1st Pers. 2ndPers. 3rd Pers. PLUE. 1st Pers. 2nd Pers. 3rd Pers.

E 4s A EMOS eis AN
These terminations ace the same as those of the Present Tense of haber.
 S5

The full conjugations are therefore as follow :

I shall speak hablare debere

h will hablara debera 5 *. vivira
we shall hablaremos 73
JJ
deberemos 10
viviremos
hablaran
"*
o deberan l
~'~ viviran
they will ,,

PEON, ah-blah-ray, ah-blah-rab, ah-blah-ray-mos, ah-blah-ralm ;

day-bay-ray, etc, ve-ve-ray, etc. ;

Fam. Forms :
hablaras, hablardis ; deberas, debereis ; viviras, vivirdis.

44. The Future Tense of tener is formed by adding these

terminations to tendr..., and of haber by adding them to
habr...
The Future Tenses of ser and estar are REGULAR.
The full conjugations are as follow :

~
I shall have tendre habre I shall be sere estare
he will tendra habra he will sera estara
we shall tendremos habremos we shall seremos estaromos
they will tendran habran they will , v seran estaran
PRON. ten-dray, etc. ; ah-bray, etc. ; say-ray, etc. ; es-tah-ray, etc.
F. Form :
tendras, tendr^is ; habras, habr^is ; seras, sereis ; estaras, estar^is.

EXERCISE III.

estaremos 2. i no tendra (el) ? 3. ^ hablaran Vds. ? 4. no

1. ;

recibire ; 5. Vd. no bebera ; 6. hallara (ella) ? 7. escribiran. <j

8. shall I take ? 9. you will not have (tener) ; 10. will

they be (ser) ? 11. We shall not be (estar) ; 12. he will

divide ; 13. you will not have sold ;
14. they will smoke ;

15, shall we have sent ? 16. shall I have (tener) ?

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
2
1. The professor has corrected
1
my exercises, but not
yours. 2. Where
you be to-morrow ?
3
3. My friend
shall
4
will be [a] doctor. 4. I shall not have enough money. 5.

We shall speak to your father. 6. How much will you

receive ? 7. My friend has sold his house, and his son's 5 ; he
will now 6 live in mine. 8. I shall buy a table and six
7

8
chairs. 9. That mistake will be very serious. 10. They
will break that window*9 11. I shall not buy this house. 12
I shall have sent his orders 10 and his neighbours'. 13. His
sister has found her gold 11 and her silver 12 rings. 13 14. Here
Is my stick f where is yours ? 15. We have seen our mother
and but not hers. 16. It will be his fault, 14 not yours.
his,
17. Why have you brought 16 your umbrella, and not mine ?
18. We shall keep
16
this watch, and .(shall) sell the other. 17
1 corregir ; 2 tema(MASC.) ; 3 mafiana ; 4 bastante ; 5 hijo ; 6 ahora ;

7 seis ; 8 grave ; 9 ventana 10 pedido ; 11 oro ; 12 plata ; 13 sortija

; ;

14 falta i 15 traido ; 16 guardar , 17 otro.

PEON. 1 kor-rray-#eer 2 tay-mah 3 mah-n'yah-nah
; 4 bahs- ; ;

tahn-tay 5 ee-Ho ; 6 ah-o-rah 7 say-iss S grah-vay 9 ven-tah-

, \ ; ;

nah 10 pay -dee -do

; 11 o-ro 12 plah-lab
; 13.sor-tee-fab
; 14 ; ;

fahl-tah; 16 trah-ee-do ;
16 goo'ar-dari 17o-tro.

NINTH LESSON.
COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES.
more, m6s ; less, menos; than, que.
PEON, mahss, may-nos, kay.
EXAMPLES.
IB the Czar more powerful than I Es el Zar mas poderoso que
the German Emperor ? el emperador aleman ?
These flowers are less beautiful than Estas fiores son menos hermo-
the others. sas que las otras.

The Comparative is always formed vith mds, thus :

She is worse (i.e more

ill) to-day. Esta hoy mas enferma.
The climate of Norway is colder than El clima de Nornega es mas frio
the climate of England. que el clima de Inglaterra.

THAN'IS translated by de before a Number, and by de lO

before a Verb. Examples :

I have more than ten pounds.

Tengq mas de diez libras.
His trunk is heavier thaif he says. Su baul es mas pesado de lo qne dice.

46. The following Comparatives are irregular :

great, grande greaterj mayor bad, malo worse, peer

small, pequeno smaller, menor high, tall, alto higher, superior
good, bneno better, mejor low, short, bajo lower, inferior
These words can also be compared regularly (mas grande, etc.) ; but
mas bueno and maB malo are hardly ever employed.
PEON, grahn-day, mah-yor pay-kay-n'yo, may-nor ;
; bcx/ay-no^
mali-lo, pay -or ; ablto, soo-pay-re-or ; bah-JSTo, in-fay-re-or
;
 87

EXERCISE I.
1. The coffee 1 is colder than the tea. 2 2. That man is
8
stronger than you. 3. The apples4 are not riper 6 than the
6
pears This water is
. 4. not colder than the other. 5.
7
London larger than Paris.
is 6. Is not the city of Madrid
smaller than Paris ? 7. This beer is very good, but the wine
is better. 8. I shall not receive less than five shillings,

9. This house is cheaper than you believe.

1 cafe" ;
2 te ; 3 fuerte : 4 manzana ; 5 raaduro ;
6 pera ;
7 Paris.
PRON. 1
kah-fay ;
2 tay 3 foo'air-tay
; ; 4 mahn-thah-nah ;
5 man-
dOO-ro ;
6 pay-rah ;
7 pah-riss.

47. The Superlative is the same as the Comparative, but the

former is always preceded by
" THE "
; as,

His exercise is the worst. Su tema es el peor.

The largest towns of France. Las ciudades ms
grandes de Francia
They are the least clever of Son los menos habiles de mis disci-
my pupils. pulos.
48. When MOST means VERY, EXTREMELY,* it is generally
translated muy.
NOTE. A more emphatic way is to add isimo (-ma, -mos, -mas) to
the Adjective, omitting final vowels (see par. 157), thus :

They are most polite. Son corteses or Son cortesisimos muy

She is most diligent. Es aplicada or Es aplicadiaima muy
*
*.e., when it is not used in a Comparison.

EXERCISE II.
1. He
the idlest of your servants. 2. It is most difficult
is

3. That picture is the most beautiful in 1 the collection.*

4. This water is the clearest. 3 5. These windows are the
4
smallest. 6. The smallest mistake has at times most serious
5
consequences . 7. Our house is the most convenient.
1 IN after a Superlative is de 2 coleccio'n 3 claro 4 vez ; 5 consecuencia.
:
; ;

2 ko-lek-the-on 3 klah-ro ; 4 veth ; 5 kon-say-koo'en-the-fih.

;

49. as...as, tan...como; as much.. .as, tanto...como.

PRON. tahn, ko-mo tahn-to, ko-mo. ;

REMARK I. tan is invariable, and is used before Adjectives and Ad-

verbs tanto takes the Gender and Number of the following Noun.
;
 3$
REMARK II. When following a NEGATION, the first AS is generally
changed to SO in English ; but the Spanish is the same. The Plural of
MUCH is MANY. Examples :

She as diligent as you.

is Es tan aplicada como Vd.
They arc not so good as his. No son tan buenos como los de el.
I eat as much meat as
you. Como tanta carne como Vd.
You have not found so many Vd. no ha hallado tantos nombres
names as your sister. como su hermana.
EXERCISE III.
Have you received as much, money to-clay as yesterday?
1.

2. Your son is as clever as [he is] industrious. 3. These

chairs are as cheap as those. 4. Have y nl as many pens as
I [have] ? 5. This lady is not so tall as you. 6. He has brought

asmany presents as she 1

[has]. 7. We have not bought so
much furniture 2 as you.
1 regalo ;. 2 rauebles (PLUR.). PRON. 1 rray-gah-lo ;
2-mbo' ay-bless.

50. THE PAST DEFINITE is formed by adding to the STEM

,the following terminations :

SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Verbs ending in AR : 6 aste 6 amOS asteis aron
ER or IR : i iste 16 imos isteis ieron
The full conjugation is as follows :

I apoke hable I owed debi I lived vivi

he hab!6 ne debio he vivi6
we hablamos we debimos we vivimos
they hablaron they debieron they vivieron
PRON. ah-blay, ah-blo, ah-blah-mos, ah-blah-ron ; day-bee, day-
be-o,day-bee-mos, day-be-ay-ron ve-vee, etc. ;

Fam. Forms hablaste, hablasteis debiste, debisteis ;

: ; viriste, vi?isteis.

51. The Past Definite Stem of tener is tUV. .

., that of haber
is hub..., and that of estar is estuv...

52. Whenever the STEM of the PAST DEFINITE is irregular, the

Singular terminations are the same as those of the ar Verbs/

and the Plural terminations the same as those of the er and
ir Verbs. The STRESS in the Singular, however, is regular.
'Except the Familiar Form, where the Termination is iste, not aste.
 Ser is quite irregular (see last column of table).

The full conjugations are as follow :

I had tuve hube I was cstuve fui

he tuvo hubo he
estuvp fue
we tuvimos hubimos we were estuvimos fuimos
they fcuvieron hubieron they estuvieron fueron
PEON, too-vay, too-vo, too-vee-mos, too-ve-ay-ron ; oo-bay, etc. ;

es-too-vay, etc. ; foo'ee, foo'ay, foo-ee-mos, foo-ay-ron.

Fam. Forms :
tuviste, tuvisteis ; hubiste, hubisteis ; estuviste, estuvisteis ;

fuiste, fuisteis.

EXERCISE
IV. (on the-PAST DEFINITE*).
1. I sold ; 2. did they buy ? 3. you (PLUR.) received ; 4.

did she not arrive ? 5. they had not (tener) ; 6. was he

(estar) ? 7- did we fear ? 8. I smoked ; 9. we did not find ;

10.you were not (ser) 11. did you send ? 12. had I not
;

(haber) ? 13. we wrote ; 14. you (PLUR.) had not

learned 15. were they not in the room ?
;

*
is used in speaking of an event entirely past. The Perfect
This Tense
Tense (see par. 36) can be employed instead, as in English, if a recent past
is referred to. Thus : I (have) received your letter this morning ;
Recibi (orHerecibido)su carta esta maiiana-

TENTH LESSON.
RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
Relative Pronouns relate or refer to a preceding word or sentence.
In Spanish, they are the same as thfe Interrogative Pronouns (see Para-
graphs 33, 34), except that the Relative Pronoun cual, cuales is preceded
*
by the Definite Article, and that WHOSE/ when Relative, is usually
translated (koo-yo), enya, cuyos, ciiyas, instead of de quien.
cuyo
the gentleman whose bouse is there el senor cuya casa esta alii

63. WHO, WHICH, THAT (relative) are generally translated

que.
the man who has done this el hombre que ha hecho esto
the girls who are downstairs las muchachas que estanabajo
the houses which they built las casas que edificaron
the money that the child has lost el dinero que el nino ha perdido
Paragraphs 54 and 55 show when que is NOT employed.
 40

64. WHOM after a Preposition is translated qtlien, quiene&; as,

the person of whom you spoke la persona de quien Vd. hablo
the gentleman with whom we dined el senor con quien comimos
the lawyer whom I shall consult el abogado a quien consultare

WHO is translated quien, quienes after part of 'TO BE'

and a Noun or Pronoun as, ;

Is it he who has made the mistake ? IEs el quien ha hecho el error ?

It is this workman who smokes. Es este obrero quien fuma.
It ia we who have spoken to the Somos* nosotros quienes ne-
banker. mos hablado al banquero.
*Note that ser takes the same Number and Person as its SUBJECT.

55, WHO and WHICH, preceded by a comma,* are generally trans-

el cual, la cual, los cuales, las cuales ; as,
lated
Your aunt, who was here yesterday, Su tia, la cual estuvo gqui
I

will return to-morrow. ayer, volvera mafiana.

|

*i e., when the Relative Sentence is as

important as the Principal Sen-
tence, not subordinate to it.

REMARK I If cual is indirectly Interrogative, it is not preceded by

the Definite Article ; as, He does not know which of the two I shall
choose, No sabe cual de los dos eligire.
REMARK II. WHICH is translated lo que if referring to a preceding
sentence instead of to a word. He has forgotten the pronunciation, which
is not very surprising. Ha olvidado la pronunciaci6n, lo que
no es muy estrano.
56. The Relative Pronoun can NEVER be omitted as in English :

the man he met el hombre 4 quien encontro

This is not the hat I bought. Este ho es el sombrero que compre.
The Subject in Relative Sentences is frequently put LAST, if the trans-
position does not make the meaning doubtful (see par. 32) as,
the windows you have broken, las ventanas que ha roto Vd.
the goods the shopkeeper sells los g6neros que vende el tendero

EXERCISE I.
The house you (PLUR.) have bought is more convenient1
1.
than mine. 2. Is this the captain 2 whose ship you have seen ?
3. The gentleman who spoke with the children is their
uncle. 4. We are not sure which [ones] he will keep. 5. Tho
 41

boy we saw (translate: have seen) is ill. 6. Have you forgot-

ten the name of the gentleman I live with (=with whom I
live) ? 7. He has read the letter I received, which is a pity.
8. The horseI have bought is not very strong. 9. I have
3
brought six books, which I shall lend this evening to your
brother. 10. No, it is not this gentleman who is smoking.

1 convenient ; 2 capitan ; 3 tarde (FEM.).

PEON. 1 kon-vay-ne-en-tay ; 2 kah-pe-tahn ; 3 tar-day.

67. The IMPEBATIVE MOOD is formed by adding to the STEM the

following terminations :

SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Verbs ending in ar : E emos EN
erorir: A axnos AN
The Imperative (Familiar Form excepted) can therefore be formed from
the Present Indicative, simply by REVERSING THE TERMINATIONS that ;

is, by substituting E for A in the ar Verbs, and A for E in the others.

The following are the full conjugations :

letus speak hablemos let us owe debamos I let us live I vivamos
speak hable (s.), hablen (pi.) owe deba, deban |
live viva, |
vivan
PRON, ah-blay-mos, ah-blay, ah-blen day-bah-mos, day-ban, day* ;

bahn ; vee-vah-mos, vee-vab, vee-vahn.

Familiar Forms habla, hablad j debe, debed vive, vivid.
:
;

Vd. is generally added to the Polite Form of the Imperative :

Do not read the letters. No lea las cartas.

Send (PLUR.) the goods. Manden los generos.
more elegantly, no lea Vd. las cartas, manden Vds. los generos.

68. The Imperatives of TO HAVE and TO BE are as follow :

tener. haber. ser. estar.
let tengamos hayamos let us be seamos estemos
us have
have Jtenga haya sea est6 . (

(tengan hayan sean esten (

PRON. ten-gab, etc.; ah-yah, etc.; say -ah, ete.;es-tay, es-tay-mos,

es-ten^
Familiar Forms :
ten, tened ; he\ habed ; s<5, sed ; esta, estad.

her owe/ c let them live/

'
59. Such phrases as let him speak/ *
let
are usually rendered by putting que before the 3rd Person of
the Imperative, thus :
let him wait
que espere (61)
let them send the wine que manden el vino
 When LET means TO ALLOW, it is translated by dejar.

Let the children (=allow them |

Dejen Vds. & los
to) play in th*. room. |
en este cuarto.
EXERCISE II.
1. Bebamos agua. caballo. 3. No aguar-
2. Venda (Vd.) su

dernos. 4. No compre (Vd.) estos cigarros. 5. No guardemos

estas muestras. 6. No fumen (Vds.) todavia. 7. Este (Vd.)en
tiempo. 8. \ Tenga (Vd.) lastima ! 9. Tome (Vd.) esta silla.
10. Lend your umbrella to my cousin. 11.Let the boy
speak == allow the boy to speak. 12. Let us dine now. 13.
Let them wait. 14. Let her buy the dress.
1
15. Be there

this evening. 16. Send the 2

parcels to my house. 17* Have
3 4 6
the kindness to wait a little .

1 vestido ;
2 paquete;
3 bondad ; 4 de ;
5 poco.

PRON. 1 ves-tee-do ;
2 pah-kay-tay 3 bon-dahd ; ;
4 day ; 5 po-ko.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. Take the umbrella which 2 Do not is in the corner. 1 %

break the plates I bought yesterday. 3. Do not forget

2

4. Do not lend
(PL.) to buy [some] tea, coffee, and sugar.*
3

5 6
[any] money to that man. 5. Let us eat this fruit. 6. Look
at 6 those shops. 7. Do not break that glass. 8. Do not let us

speak to that man. 9. The person for whom he works is

7

8
here. 10. The officers you (have) found downstairs will
be here to-morrow. 11. The bread you ate is as good as this.
12. They have not received the newspapers I sent, which is
10
very strange. 13. Guess which of the girls is the best. 14.
9

I have found several 11 important 12 documents, 13 which I shall

send to our lawyer. 15. Do not answer 14 (to) that question. 16
16. Is it they who are working ? 17. Do not be so impolite. 1

1 rinc6n 2 plato
;
3 de 4 aziicar 5 fruta
;
6 mirar ; 7 persona
; ; ; ;

8 abajo ; 9 estraiio 10 adivinar ;

11 varies 12 importante ; 18 docu
; ;

mento ; 14 contestar ; 15 pregunta 16 descorte"s. ;

PRON. rrin-kon
1 2 plah-to 4 ah-thoo-kar ; 5 froo-tah ; 6 me*
; ;

rar ;
7 pair-SO-nah 8 ah-bah-^o 9 es-trah-n'yo
;
10 ah -de ve-nar } ; ;

II vah-re-os 12 im-por-tahn-tay 13 do-koo-mea-to 14 kon-tess-t&T

; ; ;

15 pray-00un-tah ; 16 dess-kor-tess.
 41

ELEVENTH LESSON.
REGULAR VERBS (continued.)
The six remaining Tenses are formed according to this simple Rule :

60. In the Imperfect, the Conditional, and the four Tenses of the
Subjunctive, the Third Person Singular is like the First.
The remainder of the Tense can always be formed by adding
to the First Person Singular the following terminations :

SING. 1st Pers. 2nd Pers. 3rd Pers. PLUR. 1st Pers. 2nd Fers. 3rd Pers.

s MOS is N
These endings are the same as in the PRESENT TENSE.

5* In all parts of the Verb except the three Present Tenses (Indica-
tive, Imperative, and Subjunctive) the STRESS is on the
FIRST SYLLABLE OF THE TERMINATION.

61. THE IMPERFECT TENSE is formed by adding to the STEM

the following terminations :

Verbs ending in ar : ABA ; Verbs ending in er or ir : iA*

The following are the full conjugations t

JL j
was speaking or used to speak hablaba
we were habldbamosJ
they were hablaban
I was owing or used to owe, etc., debia, debiamos, debian
I was living or used to live, etc., vivia, viviamos, Vivian
PRON. ah-blah-bah, ah-blah-bah-mos, ah-blah-bahn ; day-bee-ah,
day-bee-ah-mos, day-bee-ahn ; ve-vee-ah, etc.
Familiar Forms : hablabas, hablabais : debias, debiais ; vivias, viviais.

62. The Imperfect of SEE is era, dramos, eran.

Fam. Forms : eras, erais. PRON. ay-rah, ay-rah-mos, ay-rahn.

Tener, haber and estar are, regular in the Imperfect, thus :

tenia, etc. habia, etc. estaba, etc.

; ;

63. HAD, WAS, WERE are generally rendered by the Imperfect

Tense; as,
he had forgotten, habia olvidado it was not mine, no era mio
;

we were not writing, no est&bamos escribiendo, or no escribiamos

 44

EXERCISE L (on the IMPERFECT*),

1. yon used to have 2. were they not smoking ?
; 3. 1
used not to divide ; 4. was she eating ? 5. I used to b
(S8r) ; 6. we were not (estar) ; 7. had you (PLUR.) not

taken ? S. used you not to smoke ? 9. we used not to be

(ser) ; 10. had he dined ? 11. he was listening 12. used ;

you to read ? 13. we were working ; 14. were they not

calling ? 15. They were friends of mine. 16. He hadn't

time. 17. We had forgotten her name.
*The Imperfect Tense is used in referring to a CONTINUOUS, an INCOM-
PLETE, or a FREQUENTLY REPEATED past action.

64. THE CONDITIONAL MOOD is formed by adding ia to the

STEM, of the Future, thus :

I should speak I T. Q ^ IQ Q ^
we should speak hablariamos
I

he would l&aDiana they would hablarian

|

I should owe, etc., deberia, deberiamos, deberian

I should have, etc., tendria, etc. ; habria, etc.

I should be, etc., seria, etc. ; estaria, etc.

PBON ah-blah-ree-ah, ah-blah-ree-ab-mos, ah-blah-ree-ahn ; day-

bay-ree-ah, etc. ten-dree-ah, etc.
; ah-bree-ah, etc. say-ree-ah, etc. ;
, ;

es-tah-ree-ah, etc. Familiar Forms :

hablarias, hablarlais ; deberias, deberlais ; tendrlas, tendrfais, etc.
REMABK. As in the Imperfect, the Stress is invariably on the first Vowel
of the Termination.

EXERCISE II. (on the CONDITIONAL).

1.they would receive ; 2. I should riot find 3. would ;

you believe ? 4f we should have ; 5. I should not have

sold ; 6. would he be (ser) ? 7. you would not be (estar) ;
8. would you (PETJR.) not have spoken ? 9. we should
break ; 10. she would not write ; 11. we should send ; 12.
would you learn

DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

(i.e., NOT Object of the Verb)
65. me, ml ; himself, herself, itself, themselves, )
gj
thee, tl ; yourself, yourselves (Polite Form) }
 45

These forms are used after Prepositions, thus :

for me, para mi ; without thee. sin ti of herself, de si. ;

conmigo is used for con mi (with me), contigo for con ti, and
consigo for con si. PEON, mee, tee, see ; kon-mee-go, etc.
After Prepositions, the other Pronouns retain the forms given in Para-
graph 1 but si is used in preference for Pronouns of the 3rd Person, and
;

for Vd., Yds., when the person has already been mentioned in the sentence,

by us, por nosotros ;

with him, con el or consigo
to her, & ella ; for them,para ellos or para si
for you, para Vd. or para si.

EXERCISE III.
2
1. for her towards 1 us
; 2. 3. by him 4. of you ; 5. ; ;

8
without them (FEM.) ; 6. with you (PLUR.) 7. in him ; ;

8. at me ; 9. to her 10. from them 11. with me ; 12. by

; ;

us (F.) ? 13. without him ; 14. against4 you ; 15. among5 your-
selves ; 16. for them 17. with her ; 18. for yourself.
;

1 hacia ,
2 por ;
3 sin ;
4 contra j
5 entre.
PEON. 1 ah-the-ah ;
2 por ;
3 sin ;
4 kon-trah ;
5 en-tray.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. We
were working with him. 2. We should study
3. The milk was in the jug. 2 4. Would you
1
Spanish.
? 5. The paper was not good, but the
3
speak to the merchant
4
pens were very good. 6. They have always beei} with me.
7. Who used to be the captain of this ship ? 8. Used we not
9. Was (PAST DBF.)
5
to have seven chairs in this room ?
it not you who brought this present for me? 10. The
6
spoons were not ours. 11. It was (fueron) these soldiers
who won7 the battle.8 12. Was it not early 9 when he arrived ?
13. Would you buy these knives and forks 10 ? 14. I should
not keep that dress. 15. He used always 4 to speak of himself.
16. We used not to travel 11 without him. 17. At what time
used you to dine 12 ? 18. Take 13 your children with you.
1 leche (FEM.) 2 jarro ; 3 papel ; 4 siempre ; 5 siete
; 6 cuchara ; ;

7 ganar ; 8 batalla 9 temprano ; ;10 tenedor 11 viajar ; 12 comer ; ;

13 llevar (convey, carry).

PRON. 1 lay-chay ; 2 jE/ar-rro 3 pah -pel 4 se-em-pray 5 se- ; , ;

ay-tay ; 6 koo-chall-rah 7 gah-nar 8 bah-tah-Fyah ; 9 tem-prah ; ;

no ; 10 tay-nay-dor ; 11 ve-ah-Z/ar ; 12 ko-mair , 13 Tyay-var.

 46

TWELFTH LESSON.
66. me, to me, me ; us, to us, nos
thee, to thee, te ; you, to you (Fam. Form); OS
him, lo ; her, la ; to him, to her, le ;
to them, les
it, lo (MASC.), la (FEM.) ; them, los (MASC.), las (FEM.)
PRON. may, tay, lo, lah, lay ; uos, os, less, loss, labss.

The above words (called Conjunctive Personal Pronouns) usually

PRECEDE the Verb of which they are the Object.
I have it lo tengo he does,not send me no me envia
do you lend us 1 i nos presta Vd.? shall I have them ? ; los tendre ?
I should not wait-for her No la' esperaria
In the polite form of address, YOU must be rendered thus :

MASC. SING. FEM. SING. MASC.PLUR. FEM.PLUR.

YOU lo la los las
TO-YOU le le les les
I do not understand you (PLUR.) no los (or las) comprendo
we send to you (PL.) les enviamos he lends (to) you le presta

In the Masculine Singular, le is often used instead of lo, as a

translation of YOU or HIM. But this substitution of le for lo is only
permissible when ONE MALE person is spoken to or of, thus :

Don't you believe him ? No lo (or le) cree Vd. ?

Don't you believe it ? I No lo cree Vd. ?
Don't you believe her ? I No la cree Vd. ?
Don't you believe them ? I No los (or las) cree Vd. ?

67. In Compound Tenses, these words PRECEDE the Auxiliary, as :

He has given me ten shillings. .Me ha dado diez chelines.
|

Have you sold him your house ? i Le ha vendido Vd. su casa ?

I

That man had spoken to us. Ese hoinbre nos habia hablado.
|

EXERCISE I.

1. We
have it (P.). 2. He
has taken them. 3. Do you
understand me ? 4. 1 shall buy it to-morrow. 5. The shop-
2
keeper does not believe us. 6. Have you paid 1 him the bill ?
7, We have seen them in the street. 8. 1 should not wait
3

for 3 them. 9. Would you have sold it ? 10. My friend

will keep them (F.). 11. Your uncle had forgotten us.
12. I shall speak to you this evening,
1 pagar ; 2cuenta ; Saguardar. 1 pah-gar j 2 koo'en-tah 3 ah-goo'ar-dar.
;
 47

88. When two Pronouns are Objects of the same Verb, the
Indirect Object (i.e.
the PERSON) is put first.
The Object is always Indirect when preceded by TO, or when TO can
be placed before it without altering its meaning. Examples :

Does he sell it (F.) to us ? I N

os la vende ?
He will lend it (to) me. Me lo prestara.
My friend has not sent them to me. Mi amigro no me los ha enviado.
09. When both the Object Pronouns are in the Third Person,
the first (i.e. le
or les) is changed to se ; as,
I used to owe it (F.) to them. (Yo) se la debia.
We often lend them to her. Se los prestamos amenudo.
She Bas brought them to him. Se los ha traido.
My clerk will send it to you. Mi dependiente se lo enviara.
We shall not sell them to you. No se los venderemos.

70. d 61, & Vd. etc., (see page 45) may be placed after
ellas,
the Verb, to make
the meaning of se, le or les clearer, thus :
Why does he not sell it to them ? I Por que no se lo vende a ellps ?
The banker will lend them to him. El banquero se los prestara a 61.
Who has given you the key ? I Quien le ha dado la Have a Vd?
We do fcot owe her the money. No le debemos el dinero a ella.
71. a mi, d 61, d nosotros, d Vd. etc., MUST be added, as
shown in the preceding paragraph, if there is any emphasis on
the Indirect Object :
He has written to us and to you. Nos ha escrito a nosotros y a Vd
[ them to her, but not to
shall lend Se los prestare a ella, pero no a
her sister. su hermana.
They owe the money to me, but not Me deben el dinero a mi, pero
to my cousin. no a mi primo.
EXERCISE II.
They used to send it to me every day.
1. 2. Has she sent
them to us ? 3. He has written to her, and (to) her mother.
4. His aunt has spoken to me, but not to you. 5. Did she read
it to them yesterday ? 6. The banker will lend it to them,

but not to their lawyer.

1
7. Have you explained 2 it to them ?
8. I have riot explained it to them yet, but I shall explain it
to them to-night 3 . 9. We sell to you (PLUR.), not to them.
10. He (FEM.) to us to-morrow. 11.
will sell it The clerk has
not explained them (FEM.) to me.
1abogado 2 explicar ; 3 this night (noche, FEM.).
;

PEON. 1 ah-bo-gah-do 2 ex-ple-kar 3 no-chay.

; ;
 48

72. The 'Object Pronouns are placed AFTER* the Infinitive and
the Present Participle and when they follow the Verb, they
;

form one word with it, but do not alter the Stress. Examples :
to find them, to lend them to me, prest&rmelos^
hallarlos I

owing you debiendoles

(PL.), sending it to him, envi&ndoselo
j

*
This is* optional when an Auxiliary Verb, or a Verb used as an
Auxiliary, precedes. Examples She was writing to us, estaba escri-
:

biendonos or, nos estaba escribiendo

;
I want to speak to you,
;

deseo hablarle or, le deseo hablar.

;

73. The Object Pronouns are also placed AFTER the Imperative,
unless in the Negative, thus :
it is

buy them, comprelos Vd. do not buy them, no los compre Vd

send (PL.) it to me,- envienmelo do not send it to me, ne me lo envien
Yds. Vds. [ Vd.
lend it presteselo Vd.
to her, do not lend it to her, 510 se lo presto
send it to them (p.), and not to me, envieselo Vd. d ellas, y no a mi.
let him read it, que lo lea (Subjunctive, therefore Pronoun precedesX

EXERCISE III.
1. Read it to me. 2. Read me the letter. .3. Read that
letter to us. 4. Do not read them (FEM.) to us. 5. Sell them
your watch. 6. Do not send her the letter. 7. Buy (PLUR.)
it. 8. Was he speaking to you, or to your .father ? 9. Lend it

to them. 10. Do not lend him [any] money. 11. It is not

1
easy [to] understand him. 12. Teach (PLUR.) it to them. 13.
Do not teach 1 (PLtTR.) it to them. 14. Let him listen 2 tome.
lensefiar; 2escuchar. PRON. 1 en-say-n'yar ;
2 es-koo-cfcar.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. Look at him, not at me. 2. Let me (i.e. allow me to)
have it. Why have you sold her your ring ? 4. He will
3.
not forget you (TLUR.). 5. Do they owe it to us ? 6. Do

not listen to him. 7. He has not brought them (FEM.) to us.

8. He used to lend money to you, but not to me, 9. When

shall you (PLUR.) buy it ? 10. Who has done it ? 11. How
much money do we owe him ? 12. 1 have lent them to her,
13. He will have them to-morrow. 14. Sell (PLUR.) them
to him. 15. Do not send it to me. 16. Does he owe it to
as ? 17. Let us keep it. 18. Do you expect him to-day ?
 THIRTEENTH LESSON.
74. Adverbs which are formed in English by "adding LY to the
Adjective are formed in Spanish by adding MENTB to
the Feminine Singular of the Adjective. Examples :
A^- f
Adjectives
f dear caro
| ^ AA
Adverbs
ficil
f dearly

PRON.. kah-rah-men-tay fah-thil-men-tay.

caraxnente
I

;
,

| ^y facilmente

NOTE. If two or more Adverbs ending in mente occur together, the

termination is added to the LAST only ; as,
They have fought bravely, enthusiastically, and nobly.
Han peleado valiente, entusiastica y noblemente.
EXERCISE I.

1. surely ;
2. cheaply ; 3. heavily ; 4, coldly ; 5. cleverly ;
1 2 8
6. bravely ; 7. gladly ; 8. doubly ; 9. purely.
1 glad, alegre ; 2 double, doble ; 3 pure, puro.

75. The Adverb usually follows the Verb (or the Participle in
Compound Tenses), and precedes the Noun which is the
Direct Object of the Verb.*
*
This is customarily the case ; but the position of the Adverb is varied,
as in other languages, for emphasis or euphony. It is therefore to a large
extent optional. Examples :

The child does not always read. El nino no lee siempre.

I am now writing to my uncle. Estoy escribiendo ahora & mi tio
They often used to speak to me. hablaban amenudo. Me
He will not find the house easily. No hallara facilmente la casa.
EXERCISE II.
1. Copy the names
1
Are they still 2 listening ?
carefully. 2.
3. Yesterday I, bought a watch, and to-morrow I shall sell it.
4. This man does not always work well. 5. Hardly had I fi-
3

nished4!^ work when my friends arrived. 6. We always drink

tea and coffee. 7. To-morrow we shall receive eight5 pounds.*

1 copiar ;
2 aiin ;
3 apenas ;
4 acabar ;
5 ocho ;
6 libra.

76. Adverbs are compared like Adjectives (see 9th Lesson) ; as,

coldly friamente easily fdcilmente

more coldly mas
friamente more easily mas fdcilmente
the most coldly lo mas friamente the most easily lo mas facilmentO
most surely, muy
seguramente, or segurisimamente
B.8.S.4.)
 NEGATIONS.
77. never, nunca, jam&s*; nobody, nadie ; nothing, nada:
neither... nor, ni...ni ; no, not any, ninguno, ninguna.
PKON. noonn-kah, /Zah-mahs, nah -de-ay, nah-dah ; nee, nin-goo-no.

When the above words follow a Verb, no must precede the

Verb, thus :

I have never seen it. No lo he visto nunca.

He spoke to nobody. No hablo a nadie.
I have neither your pen nor your pen- No tengo ni su pluma ni su lapiz.
He has no houses. [cil. No tiene ningunaf casa.

If, however, these words precede the Verb, no is not used ; as,

Nobody has been her^e. Nadie ha estado aqui.

Never will I believe that. Jamas (or Nunca) creere eso.
To-day no letter has arrived. Hoy no ha llegado ninguna carta
EXERCISE III.
'

1. I have any difficulty. 1

shall not 2. Neither my bus-
band nor my son is 3 upstairs. 4
2
3. The servant has neither

brought coffee nor tea. 4. Nobody is do\vnstairs. 5. 1 met no-

b
6. No house would be large enough.
44
body in the garden.
7. Nothing is more certain. 5 8. This boy understands nothing.

1 dificultad ;
2 esposo j
3=are ;
4 arriba ;
5 seguro.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

(for Reference only)

78. The Third Person Singular of the PKESENT Subjunctive is

the same as the Imperative, thus :

liable- deba tenga haya sea este
hablemos debamos tengamos hayamos seamos estemos
bablen. deban tengan hayan sean esten
Fam, Forms :
babies, hableis ; debas, debais ; tengas, tengdis ; hayas,
hayais ; "seas, seals ; est^s, est^is.

*
Jamas is seldom used except with a Future Tense.
t The Plural Forms ningunos, ningunas, are not used.
 51

79- TbT Stem of "the IMPERFECT,^ FUTURE

Subjunctive is obtained by taking ron from the 3rd Person
Plural of the Past Definite (see Paragraphs 50 to 52), thus :
habla..., debie..., vivie..., tuvie..., hubie..., fue..., estuvie...

To this STEM the following Terminations are added :

IMPERFECT se ; FUTURE re ; CONDITIONAL ra

The full Conjugations are therefore as follow :

IMPERFECT :
hablase, hablasemos, hablasen ; debiese, etc. ;

tuviese, etc. ; fuese, etc.

FUTURE : hablare, hablaremos, hablaren ; debiere, etc. ;

tuviere, etc. ; fuere, etc.

CONDITIONAL : hablara, hablaramos, hablaran ; debiera, etc. ;

tuviera, etc. ; fuera, etc.

Fam. Forms : IMPERFECT hablases, hablaseis, etc.

: FUTURE hablartfi, ;
:

hablareis, etc. CONDITIONAL hablaras, hablarais, etc.

;
:

The STRESS is always on the vowel preceding the termination

se, re or ra.
NOTE. The Subjunctive is used under certain conditions, no rdatter
what the English construction is. We therefore refrain from the mis-
leading custom of giving MAY, MIGHT, etc., as the English of the
Subjunctive, because this would often be a totally incorrect translation.
The use of this Mood is explained in Lesson 24.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. I have a blue 1 dress here. 2. He hardly* waitedb a
2
minute. Perhaps I shall receive some presents to-
3.
morrow. That customer 3 has already4 bought the lamp.
4.
5. I shall certainly 5 speak to them to-night. 6. Did you
not find my umbrella here ? 7. Nobody is listening. 8.

He firmly 6 refused 7 [to] continue. 8 9

9. Sometimes 1 drink
10
beer, but I never drink wine. 10. I want principally [to]
speak to him, not to his partner.
11
11. He spoke clearly and
energetically.
12
12. Do you expect a letter to-day ? 13. It
is of no consequence. 14. He believes nothing. 15. They
found nobody at home. 16. Never have I read [a] better b book, a

1 azul ; 2 minuto ; 3 parroquiano ; 4 ya ; 5 de seguro 6 firme ;

(Adjective) 7 rehusar ; 8 continual ; 9 4 veces ; 10 principal (Adjective) ;

;

11 socio 12 eneVgico (Adjective).

;
 ^FOURTEENTH LESSON.

80. CARDINAL NUMBERS.

(Those printed in thick type are all that need be learned. The
remainder are Compound Numbers formed regularly.)
1 uno (M.), una (F.) 101 ciento uno, (una, F.)
200 doscientos (M.), dos-
cieutas (F.)
300 trescientos, -tas
400 cuatrocientos, -tas
500 quinientos, -tas
600 seiscientos, -tas
700 setecientos, -tas
800 ochocienlos, -tas
900 novecientos, -tas
1.000 mil
1.001 mil uno, (una F.)
1.100 mil cien(lo)t
1.101 mil ciento uno
1,200 mil doscientos, -tas
2,000 dos mil J
100.000 cien mil
200',000 doscientos mil
1,000,000 un millon
2,000,000 dos millones

PEON. 1 OO-no, 00-nah 2 doss 3 tress ! 4 koo'ah-tro 5 thin-ko ;

; ; ;

6 say-iss 7 se-ay-tay
;
8 o-cho noo'ay-Tay
; ;
10 de-eth ;
Jl on- ;

thay ;12do-thay; 13 tray -t bay ; 14 kah-tpr-thay 15 kin-thay ;

;

16 de-eth-e -say-iss 20 vay-in-tay

;
30 tray-in-tah, etc.
;

* The
Compoiuid Numbers (17 to 99, except the even tens) can also be
spelt diez y seis, veinte y dos, cuarenta y cinco, etc.
t The numbers 1,100, 1,200, etc., cannot be translated oncecientOS,
etc. The correct form is mil cien(to), mil doscientos, etc.
J mil employed as a Numeral has no plural as, ;

6,000 iBeis mil BUT, 300 trescientos; 8,000,000 -ocho millones.

;

81. TJHO is contracted to un

if a Noun or an Adjective follows,

and Ciento to cien, unless a Numeral Adjective follows.

fifty -one books, cincuentiun libros

cien buenos marineros
cien mil gracias
cien millones de hombres
mil and millon are considered as Nouns. de is always placed
after millon, millones, if the -Noun immediately follows.
 53

82. All the Cardinal Numbers are invariable except UHO and
CientOS, which change in the Feminine to una, Cientas :

one woman, una mujer four hundred houses, cuatrocientas casaa.

;

EXERCISE I.

1. thirty-five childrennineteen days 3. six weeks 1 ;

; 2. ;

2 3
4. twelve months 5. eighty-eight years
; 6. one minute ; ;

7. one week
1
8. ninety-seven pounds ;
; 9. twenty-three

shillings 10. eighteen pence 4 ;

; 11. forty-two dollars 5 ;
12. one hundred and seven books 13. five hundred and ;

seventy-three shillings 14. thirteen hundred ; and fifty-one

houses ; 15. five thousand and twelve hours 6 ; 16. sixteen
thousand seven hundred and sixty-four miles7 ; 17. a hun-
dred million pounds; 18. a hundred schools 8 19. five ;

million two hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred

and fifteen inhabitants. 9

1 semana ; 2 mes 3 aiio; ;

4 penique ;
5 duro or peso ; 6 hora ;

7 milla ; 8 escuela 9 habitante.

;

83. The HOUR OF THE DAY is expressed in Spanish thus :

one o'clock, la una two o'clock, las dos five o'clock, las cinco, etc.
; ;

la, las are used because hora (hour), which is understood, is feminine.

84. QUARTER is translated cuarto, and HALF media.

PRON. koo'ar-to, may-de-ah.
Note the following expressions :
twelve minutes past six, las
a quarter past four, las cuatro y cuarto seis y doce
half past four, las cuatro y media twenty minutes to seven, las
a quarter to five,las Cinco menos cuarto siete menos veinte

85. "!T is" is translated es before la una, and son before

the other hours, thus ?

it is one o'clock, es la una ;

is it half past two ? i son las dos y media ?

EXERCISE IT.
1. eleven o'clock ; 2. twenty-five minutes to eight ; 3,

half past ten 4. a quarter to eleven ;

;
5. five minutes past

one ; 6. ten minutes to eight 7. It is a quarter past nine. ;

8. Is it one o'clock ? 9. It is not twelve o'clock yet. 10.

It is nineteen minutes to three.
 54

86. The names of the DAYS and MONTHS are as follow *

Sunday, Domingo January, Enero , July, Julio

Monday, Lunes February, Febrero August, AgostO
Tuesday, Martes March Marzo
r September, Septiembre
Wednesday, Miercoles April, Abril October, Oetubre
Thursday, Jueves May, Mayo November, Noviembre
Friday, Viernes June, Junio December, Diciembre
Saturday, Sabado
PRON. do-min-go, loo-ness, mar-less, me-air-ko-less, #ooay-vess,
ve-air-ness, sah-bah-do; ay-nay-ro, fay-bray-ro, mar-tho, ah-bril,
mah-yo, ^Too-ne-o, J3bo-le-o, ah-gos-to, sep-te-em-bray, ok-too-bray,
no-ve-em-bray, dee-the- em-bray.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. What time (trans, hour) is it ? 2. I
1
do not know1
what time it is. 3. It is half past twelve. 4. The train
starts at twenty -three minutes past eight. 5. He has
travelled two hundred and eighty-one miles. 6. We have
in the bank 2 1,954 17s. 6d. 7. This country 3 has [a] hun-

dred million inhabitants. 8. I lent them eighteen hundred

and fifty pounds. 9. There 4 are4 not [a] hundred good soldiers
in the regiment. 5 10. He will be here at ten minutes to one.
11. It is a quarter to twelve. 12. That merchant has 500,000.
13. Fourteen thousand eight hundred and fifty soldiers
6
fought in that battle. 14. It is not a quarter past three yet.
15. They have sent [off] ninety-two parcels, haven't7 they 7 ?
16. How 8 many 8 days are4 there4 in a week ? 17. There 4 are*
seven days, a hundred and sixty-eight hours, or ten thou-
sand and eighty minutes in a week. 18. What are
the names of the days ? 19. Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wed-
4 4
nesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday. 20. There are twelve
months, or three hundred and sixty-five days, in a year. 21. The
months are : January, February, March, April, May, June,
July, August, September, October, November, December.

1 no *6 ; 2 banco ; 3 pals 4 hay

; 5 regimieflto
; ; 6 peleor ;
7 i no ot veidad ? (is it not truth ?) ; 8 cudntos ?
 55

FIFTEENTH LESSON.

87. ORDINAL NUMBERS,

1st primero 6th sexto llth undcimo or d&fmo
2nd segundo 7th septimo primero
3rd tercero 8th octavo 12th duodecimo or dcimo
4th cuarto 9th noveno, nono 20th vig&imo [segundo
6th quinto 10th decimo 21st vige*simo priraero, etc.

(The student need only learn the first ten words in the above list.
Beyond the TENTH,' Cardinal Numbers are nearly always used in prefe-
*

rence to the Ordinal, the latter being very lengthy and cumbrous. Thus :
the 36th page, la pagina trigesima sexta but better, la pagina ;

treintiseis ;
the 27th chapter = chapter 27, el capitulo veintisiete).

88. All the ORDINAL NUMBERS form their Feminine and Plural
in the usual way, thus :
the fifth street* la quinta calle ; the first names, los primeros nombrea

89. The Cardinal Numbers are used for expressing the DAYS OB
THE MONTH, the first (el primero) excepted ; as,
the 1st of July el primero de Julio ; the 2nd of August el dos de Agoato
the 1 1 th of March el once de Marzo ; 30th of May el treinta de Mayo

90. In writing the date with figures, no letters corresponding to

the English th. are used after the figure, THE IST (1) again
excepted, thus :
London, July 1st. Londres, (el) 1 de Julio.
Madrid, August 21st. Madrid, (el) 21 de Agosto.
Dates can also be written thus :
Agosto 21 de 1907, etc.

91. After the names cf monarchs, etc., the Ordinal Numbers are
used (WITHOUT the article) up to the 10th. Beyond the
lOfch, Cardinal Numbers are generally employed ; as,

Henry II., Enrique II. (segundo) Catherine III., Catalina

;
III. (ter-
ccra) BUT Louis XIV., Luis XIV. (catorce).
;

EXERCISE I.

1. the first inhabitants ; 2. the eighth part1 ; 3. the tenth

2
mistake ; 4. the fifth shop ; 5. the second classes ; 6. the
 se

3
seventh street on 3 the right ; 7. the third window on4 thd
4
left ; 8. the 15th of October ; 9. the first of May ; 10;
the 25th of August ; 11. Pius 5 the ninth ; 12. Isabella6 II. ;
13. Charles 7 XII. ; 14. Paris, June 18th, 1907,

1 parte(FEM.) ;
2clase (FEM.) ;
3 la derecha* 4a la izquierda* ; 5 Pio
; J
*
6 Isabel ; 7 Carlos. Feminine, Jsecaupe mano (hand) is Feminine.

INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS.t

92. The following words form their Feminine and Plural in the
usual way (see Paragraphs 20 and 23) :
any, some, alguno ; no, none, not -any, ninguno ;t
muoh,J mucho how much ? <{ cudtito ?

other, otro ; same, mismo ; all, the whole, everything, todo ;

too much, demasiado ; little, a few, poco.

PRON. ahl-goo j no nin-goo-.no; moo-cho
; ; koo'ahn-to j 0-tro ;

mi3-mo: to-do; day-mah-se-ah-da ; po-ko.

the other men, los otros hombres much patience, mucha paciencia
allthe ink, toda la tinta many numbers, muchos numeros
how much money ? ;cu,nto dinero ? the same book, el mismo libro
ti many streets ? i cuantas calles 1 the same cups, las mismas tazas

93. The following words do not change :

anyone, anybody, alguien ; nobody, nadie ;

each, every, cada ; nothing, nada something, anything,

;

PKON. ahlg-e-cn ; nah-de-ay ; kah-dah nah-dah ahl-go. ; ;

EXAMPLES :
every three weeks, oada tres semanas ;
is (there) any one at home ? I hay alguien en casa ?

EXERCISE II.
1. I have found nothing. 2. A rich 1 man always has
[a great] many They looked at it every ten
friends. 3.
minutes. 4. How many pounds 2 do I owe you ? .5. Do not

drink all the water. 6. Have you bought any books to-day ?
7. Is 3 there 3 anybody upstairs ? 8. We sold it to them the

other day. 9. You have too many dogs.

1 rico ;
2 libra ;
3 hay.

tw* foot-notas, pages 27 and 50. \ The Plural of MUCH is MANY,

 5?

04. The final o of primero (first), tercero (third), bueno

(good), malO
(bad), alguno (some, any), and ninguno
(no, none), is omitted if a Noun immediately follows ; as,
have you any money ? tiene Vd. algiin dinero ?
i
the first day, el primer dia a good soldier, un buen soldado
;

BUT : a good and brave soldier, un bueno y valiente soldado

The final A of Feminine Forms is not omitted ; as,

the third door la tercera puerta
This is not a good pen. Esta no es una buena pltuna.
95. When grande (great, large) precedes the Noun, the final
de is generally omitted.
grande precedes the Ncun when refferjing
to QUALITY instead of to
tactual size (see Remark to Paragraph 19), fcbijs :
a great queen, una gran reina ;
a great friend of mine, un gran
amigo mio ;
BUT a great (i.e., large) ship, un buque grande.
06. Santo (Saint) is contracted to San when preceding the
name of a saint ; as,
St. Peter, San Pedro ;
a great saint, un gran santO
EXERCISE III.

La bad a voyage 111 ; 2. a great a noise b 3. a great chimney 2 ; ;

4. a great favor3
4
5. St. Paul ; 6. the third boy in the first
;

5 5
class ; 7. There is a little (of) coffee, but I have neither

sugar nor milk. 8. He never spends [any] money here.

9. I have a bad pen, but good paper.

1 viaje ;
2 chimenea ;
3 favor ;
4 Pablo ;
5 hay.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. Alexander1 died 2 December 1st, 1825. 2. How much
1.

ink 8 3 b
is there in the inkstands 4 ? 3. This is a good* boy, but

4. He is the first in
5
the others have not done any work.
his class, which is very large. 5. My cousins (PEM.)
are almost6 always the first in the list, 7 and my sister is the
last. 6. Who was (PAST DEF.) the first King of Spain 8 ? 7.

Copy every fourth line.

9
8. How many words10 have, you
(PLUR.) written ? 9. Catherine 11 II. was 12 born 12 May 2nd,
 sa

2
1729, and died Nov. 17th, 1796. 10. This is the first tim*
that I have found anyone at home. 11. The second lesson
12. On the contrary, 1 think that
13 13 14
is the most difficult.
the first lessons are very easy, and that the eighth is the most
13. Do yomnot think that the Iast 15a chapters 16b of
14
difficult.
this book are very amusing 17 ? 14. She was (PAST DBF.) a great
queen.
18
15. This is the first mistake I have made to-day. 16.
I have filled 19 this inkstand, 4 and my brother has filled all the
others. 17. How many brothers have you ? I have only^one.

1 Alejandro2 mnri6 (see par. 163)

; 3 hay 4 tintero 5 de ; 6 casi
; ; ; ;

7 lista ;
8 _9 renglbn
Espana ;
10 palabra ;] 1 Catalina ; 12 nacio" (see
;

par. 168); 13 al contrario ) 4 use creer (to

; believe) 15iiltimo; 16oa ;

pltulo ; 17 divertido ; 18 reina ; 19 llenar ; 20 solamente.

SIXTEENTH LESSON.
INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES & PRONOUNS (concluded).

97. SOME and ANT before a Noun in the Singular are either not
translated, or rendered un poco orun poco de (A LITTLE) :
He has given me some sugar. Me ha dado un poco (de) azucar.
98. SOME and ANY before a Noun in the Plural (i.e. meaning A
FEW) are either not translated, or rendered by unos or
algunOS; as,

Have you any.nuts * nueces,

,{ Vd.^ece^^algunas
99. After a Negation, ANY is translated ninguno, and ANY-
BODY
(or ANYONE) nadie, thus :
They have not built anyhouse[s]. No han edificado ninguna casa.
I have not seen anybody. No he visto a nadie.
EXERCISE I.

2. We have some salt, but we

2
1. Lend him some tools.
1

have neither mustard 3 nor pepper. 4 3. Have you not met5

anybody ? 4. Has the waiter 6 brought [any] bread and
cheese ? 5. My wife 7 has bought some furniture. 6. Haven't
you seen any samples to-day ? 7. This pupil hasn't [any]
 59

ink. 8. That servant (PEM.) has broken some plates, but

she has not broken any glass [es]. 9. He has given me
8
some presents for my daughter.
1 herramienta 2 sal (PEM.)
;
3 mostaza ; ; 4 pimienta ; 6 encontrar ;

6 mozo ; 7 esposa (or senora) 8 hija. ;

REFLECTIVE VERBS.
When the Object of a Verb is the same person or thing as its Subject,
the Verb is REFLECTIVE.
called Examples :

NOT REFLECTIVE. REFLECTIVE.

He amused me. I amuse him. He amused himself. I amuse myself.
The boys amused us. The boys amused themselves.

100. The Reflective Pronouns MYSELF, THYSELF, OURSELVES,

YOURSELVES (Fam. Form), are translated me, te, BOS, OS.
Note that these are the same as the ordinary Object Pronouns (see Par. 66).
himself, herself, itself, one's self, )
a translated q
themselves, yourself, yourselves (Pol. Form) )

101. These words immediately precede or follow the Verb, in ac-

cordance with the Rules in the 12th Lesson, thus :

to wash one's lavarse self, washing one's lavandose

self,
I wash myself, me lavo we wash nos lavamos
ourselves,
you wash yourself, Vd. se lava you wash yourselves, Vds. se lavan
has the boy washed himself ? j se ha the childrenwill not wash themselves
lavado el nmchacho ? los ninos no se lavaran
wash yourself, lavese Vd. letus wash ourselves, lavemonos*
do not wash yourself, no se lave do not let us wash ourselves, no nos
Vd. lavemos, etc., etc.
*
The final S or D of the Imperative is omitted "before the Reflective
" "
Pronouns nos and os. Thus, the Familiar Form for wash yourselves
is lavaos, not lavados.

EXERCISE II.
1. I wash myself 2. we are not washing ourselves ;
shall ;

3. have they not washed themselves ? 4. you will tire 1 your-

5. she would congratulate 2 herself

1
self ; 6. do not tire ;

3
yourselves ; 7. has he hurt himself ? 8. have you not
hurt 3 yourselves ? 2
9. they congratulate themselves ; 10.
wash yourselves ; 11. the workmen used to tire1 them-
selves ; 12. we shall congratulate 2 ourselves.

1 cansar ; 2 felicitar ;
3 lastimar.
 60

102. Many Verbs are reflective in Spanish, but not in

EngKdi.
to make a mistake, equivocarse 1 made a
mistake, me he equivocado
to get up, levantarse he used to get up, se levautaba
to complain, qnejarse we do not complain, no nos quejamos
to aJight, apearse or bajarse you will alight, Vd se apeara or bajar

EXERCISE III.
1.do not complain 2. ; my friend has made a mistake;
3. why do you interfere 1 ?. they used
4. I shall interfere ;
5.
not to interfere ; 6. 2
has the
escaped ? man
7. get up im-
8. I am getting4 tired4 ; 9. has he not
3
mediately !
alighted
yet ? 10. we should get up ; 11. let us rejoice 5 12. get down ;

(=alight) here ; 13. they have got married, 6

1 to interfere, meterse ; 2 to escape, escaparse ; 3 inmediaiamente ;
4 to get tired, cansarse ; 5 to rejoice, alegrarse ; 6 to get married, casarse. *

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. is very careless, 1 but he thinks2 that he
That clerk -

never makes a mistake. 2. They alighted at the door 3 of the

church. 3. I do not complain of this, but4 of that. 4. Why
does that boy not wash himself ? 5. 1 have not made a mistake
this time. 5 6. We get
up every day at half past six. 7. We
6
shall not interfere in that. 8. The children laave behaved

themselves very well. 9. Your friend, congratulated himself

6

too 7 soon. 8 10. Do not tire yourselves. 11. We do not want

[to] tire ourselves. 12. Let us get out (
= alight) at 9 this
station. 13. They sold me some good and him
tobacco,
10

some very b goodb cigars. a 14. This is a good pupil ; he

11
rarely makes a mistake. 15. At what time do they get up ?
16. We shall alight at the door 3 of the hotel. 12 17. He
7 13 these
always gets up too late. 18. Don't interfere in
matters. 1* 19. When will they get married ? 20. They
have already got married* 21. Why don't you get up ?

1 descuidado ; 2 creer (to believe) 3 puerta 4 sino (see par. 115)

; ; ;

5 time=iocca8ion, vez ; 6 comportarse 7 demasiado

;
8 pronto ; 9 =2 ; ;

10 tftbaco ; ILraramente ; 12 hotel ; 13 tarde ; J4 asunta

 61

SEVENTEENTH LESSON.
THE PASSIVE VOICE.
A Verb is made Passive by changing its Object into the Subject, thus :

ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE.

I

Our mother loves us We are loved by our mother

I did not write the letter | The letter was not written by me

103. The
Passive Voice is formed in Spanish with Ser, the
Past Participle taking the Gender and Number of the Subject.
1 am respected, soy respetado
(M.) they (F.) are not .respected, no
I (F.) am respected, soy respetada _son respetadas
will she be respected ? i sera respetada ? were we (M.; not respected ?
is he not respected ? j no es respetado ?
i no eramos respetados ?

EXERCISE (on the PASSIVE VOICE).

I.

1. they are not believed 2. are you (PEM.

;
SING.) not
feared ? 3. we were called ; 4. is she loved ? 5. the glasses will
be broken 6. the window was broken by the servant; 7. the
;

queen is loved 8. am I not believed ?

; 9. they are not loved.

104. After the Passive Voice, BY is usually translated de if the

Verb expresses a MENTAL action otherwise por is used. ;

He was respected by all his family Fue respetado de toda su familia

The houses were built by these Las casas fueron consfruidas por'
masons estos albaniles

105. The Passive Voice is not much used in Spanish, the

Reflective Form (or the Active Voice) being generally em-
ployed instead, thus :
it is believed se cree
Spanish spoken se habla* espanol
that house was sold esa casa se vendio
*In such phrases, the Subject is often placed after the Verb.

106. The Reflective Form is also generally used in phrases like

PEOPLE BELIEVE, THEY (not meaning certain persons)
BELIEVE, etc.

they expect, people expect, it is expected = it expects itself, se espera

NOTE. The Form
should be avoided if the Verb expresses
Reflective
a mental actipn. For instance, 'the Queen is loved' is better translated
la reina es amada, because la reina &e ama means the Queen
*

loves herself.'
 62

EXERCISE II.

(In translating this ExercisS, only use the Passive Voice befor^BY.)
2
1. Foreign
1
money is changed in that shop. 2. Are these
'books lent to 3 read 3 People believe that the queen is
? 3.
4 5 6
very ill. 4. These oranges are sold at sixpence a dozen.
8
7
5. Those masters are respected by their servants. 6. Milkc
b a 9
.
sold b here. a 7. Cigars sold here. 8. The box was (PAST 6

10 9. It .is feared that the

DEF.) inad6 by this carpenter.
accident 11 will be serious. 10. Money lent. 11. The
letters will be written by the clerk. 12. It is hoped
that he ^will arrive to-morrow.

1 cxtranjero ; 2 cambiar ;
3 para leer ==for readying') 4 naranja ; ;

; 6docena ;
7 amo ; Srespetar 9 caja ;
10 hecho 11 accidente. ; ;

REMARKS ON THE STEM OF REGULAR VERBS.

107. The spelling of the STEM of some Regular Verbs is slightly al-
tered in 'certain parts of the Conjugation, so that the ORIGINAL
PRONUNCIATION may be preserved. These alterations are :
VBBBS ENDING'IN EXAMPLES.
-tolook f or, Jbuscar ;
car change the C into QU before e 1 looked for, -busque

GU e
(.to pay, pagar ;

gar (
let him pay, que pague
J to attain, alcanzar ;
zar Z C ( let us attain, alcancemos

j to conquer, veneer ;
ceroroir C Z a or o
( I conquer, venzo
J to direct, diyigir;
gerorgir G- J aoro (
let us direct, dirijamos
( tp transgress, delinquir ;
quir QU C aoro (
I trangress, delinco
eer change the^ unstressed i of the termina- to read, leer
j
tion into y, whenever it occurs between be read, Iey6
]
two vowels,see page 28. I BUT he used to read, leia
:

EXERCISE III.
1.they believed ; 2. let us pay 1 3. ; Do not let us pick 2
it
3
up ; 4. I attained
3
; 5. Let us touch 4 ; 6. let him pick 2
2
it up do I conquer 5 ?
;
7. 8. he read ; 9. I did not read ;

10. I enjoyed 6 11. touch4 them ; ; 12. do not touch (PLUR.)

them 13. do not arrive too late
; ; 14. pay 1 me ; 15. let
 63

him pay ; 16. I touched ; 17.Let us conquer 5 this difficulty.

2 2
18. Pick up thac apple. 19. Let us look for a cab. 20.
Direct 7 the letters. 21. Do not touch those books.
1 pagar ;
2 recoger ;
3 alcanzar ;
4 tocar ;
5 veneer ;
6 gozar ;
7 dirigir.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. Newspapers sold here. 2. Pay the carpenter. 1 3. This
window was not broken yesterday. 4. I arrived [on] the
tenth of December. 5. As 2 soon as 2 I overtook 3 him, I spoke
to him. 6. Pick up that stone
[to] examine it.
4
;
I want
7. They believed that I had made a mistake. 8. Without
doubt5 the parcels 6 will be found by the boy. 9. The message*
was sent to the captains. 10. Let us take 8 hold of 8 this rail 9 ;
the staircase 10 is not very safe. 11 11. Do not let us touch the
papers, because we shall disarrange them. 12. He addressed
12 18

himself to his friend, but received no answer. 14 13. It is

believed that a ship has been wrecked.
15
14. good A
mother loved by her children.
is 15. They were wounded

by the soldiers. 16. It is doubted 16 whether 17 he will ha<ve

enough patience. 17. I advanced 18 carefully towards-

the horse's head. 19 18. People believed (IMPERF.) that the
7
message had arrived. 19. Luggage 20 is not received here.

1 carpintero 2 luego que or tan pronto como ; 3 alcanzar 4 examinar

; ; ;

5 duda ; 6 paquete 7 parte ; 8 coger; 9 barandilla 10 escalera* 11 seguro

; ; ; ;

12 desarreglar; 13 dirigir 14 contestation ;

15 to be wrecked, nau- ;

fragar ; JL6 dudar ; 17 si ; 18 avanzar ; 19 cabeza 20 equipajes (PLUR.> ;

EIGHTEENTH LESSON.
VERBS SLIGHTLY IRREGULAR.
108. Many Verbs change the VOWEL OF THE STEM whenever it
takes the STRESS,* but are otherwise quite Regular. These
Verbs consist of the following two classes f
(1) Verbs which the of the Stem to IE
change E
(2) O UE
* and in the Third Person Plural,
in all the Persons of the Singular,
i.e.,
of the IMPERATIVE, PRESENT INDICATIVE and PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE.
Tbe remaining Tenses are perfectly Regular, as the Stress is ON THE TER-
MINATION, see par. 60.
 64

EXAMPLES,
to shut, cerrar ; to lose, perder ;
to cost % costar ; to move, mover.'
childlifibw ? show us14."dolT6t ISrwe should think ; ;

16. do you think do not deny it. 18. show me

? 17. 1 19. ;

let us sit down ; 20, Why do you not sit down ? 21. Do
1
you think (that) it will freeze to-morrow ? 22. Let us return
b will rainb soon. a
home 2
it ; 23. If 3 I meet him, I shall speak
to him. 24. They would come back at half past nine. 25.
It does not thunder now. 26. Why does not your servant
come back ? 27. If they deny it, I shall not believe them. 28.
Has he not lighted the fire yet ? 1 use creer 2 & casa 3 si. ; ;

REMARKS ON PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS.

111. Verbs immediately preceded by a Preposition must be in"
the Infinitive ; as,
in speaking, en hablar without arriving late, sin llegar tarde
|
before reading, antes de leer |
after having seen,despu6s de haber visto

112. FOR (para) is translated por when referring to an

EXCHANGE or EQUIVALENT ; i.e., when meaning in exchange
for, in return for :

He has given me his watch for mine. Me ha dadosu reloj por el xnio.
I shall change this shilling for twelve Cambiar6 este chelin por doce
pennies. peniques.
113. AND (y) is translated 6 before words commencing with i pr
lli :
as,
He is very clever and ingenious. I Es muy habil e ingenioso.
The* poems and stories of this author. | Laspoesias 6 historias de este
escritor.

114. OR (6) is translated u before words commencing with o or

hO; as,
Lend me seven or eight pounds. [
Presteme Vd. siete u ocho libras
Did you break it yesterday or to-day? | i Lo rompio Vd. ayer u hoy?

115. BUT (pero) is translated sino after a Negation, unless

a Verb follows
as, ;

I have not seen him, but his wife. No le he visto a el, sino a su es-
BUT I have not seen him,but I have posa. [& su socio.
seen his partner. No le he visto a 61, pero he visto
116. The Conjunction que (that) should not be omitted in
Spanish; as,
I am sure it does not freeze. | Estoy seguro que no hieia.
 C6

. EXERCISE" 11^
I. in working; having waited; 2. after 1
3. silver or

gold 4. sons and daughters

; 5. sons or daughters 6. ; ;

before 2 starting 7. without drinking ;

2
8. before lending ;

it 9, brothers and sisters

; 10. after having shown me his ;

music 3 and instruments 4 ; 11. in showing them to him;

12. ten or eleven ^hillings 13. Change this cup for the ;

5
other. 14., It is not my fault, but his. 15. The boat has
uot arrived to-day, but perhaps it will arrive to-morrow
1 despu& de ;
2 antes de ; 3 iniisica j
4 instrumento ;
5 culpa,

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
His master 1 does not approve [of] his conduct. 2 2.
1.

Before recommending the book, I shall examine it. .3. They

bought it without examining it, 4. I believed it would rain.
5. After having sat down, I related the facts 3 and incidents4

of my voyage. 6. Is your room light or dark ? 7. He did

5 6

not show me, but to you. 8. Do you deny that

his ticket 7 to
the discoveries 8 and inventions 9 of this century 10 have been
10. Do not begin
11
very useful ? 9. Let us begin now.

yet ;
I am not ready. It. Do not light the fire in my room,
but shut the windows. 12. If I return in time, I will explain
&11 my opinions
12
and ideas. 13 13. Show me what 14 you
have in your (translate :
the) hand. 14. I have seven or
eight shillings in my pocket.
15
15. He sold me his ring for
sixty dollars, 16. He returned last 16 week. 1G 17* Do not
come back without speaking yourself to him. 18. Warm
before starting, 19. How much did you receive for your
watch ? g). After having done their work, they will come
back, 21. He recommended a grammar 17 to us, but we have
forgotten the title,
18
22. My breakfast 19 costs me about 20 two
21
shillings a day. 23. Mine costs me more.

1 amo ;
2 conducta 3 hecho 4 incidente 5 claro 6 obscuro 7 billetc ;
4 ; ; ; ; ;

8 descubrimiento 9 invenci6n lOsiglo 11 litil 12 opinion 13 idea 14

; ;
: ; ; ;

lo que (= that v:hich) 15 bolsillo 16 la semana pasada

;
17 gramatica;
; ;

18 titulo ;
19 almuerzo ;
20 aproximadamente ; 21=eacA.
 C7

mNETEENTH LESSONl

IRREGULrAR VERBS.
117. Verbs which differ in any respect from the
regular Con-
jugations, either in stem or termination, are called IRREGULAR.
Even the irregularities, however, are subject to certain rules ;
and when these rules are mastered, the Irregular Verbs present
little difficulty. The following are the chief points to be
remembered :

I. The Termination's 4
of every Tense except the PRESENT
INDICATIVE are QUITE REGULAR.*
II. The Stem of the IMPERFECT is regular.

Exceptions :
ir, to go ;
ver, to see ser, to be.
;

III. The PAST DEFINITE follows the Rule in Paragraph 52.f

Exception :
ir, to go, the Past Definite of which is the same as that of ser.

IV. The IMPERATIVE (polite form) is formed by changing

the final vowel of the FIRST PERSON SINGULAR of the PRESENT
INDICATIVE.
Exceptions :
ir, to go ; dar, to give ; saber, to know.
V. The CONDITIONAL and SUBJUNCTIVE are always formed
according to the Rules in Paragraphs 64, 78, 79, no exceptions.
i^T Therefore, to be able to conjugate any Irregular Verb in
full, the Student WHO HAS LEARNT THE REGULAR CONJUGATIONS,
AND THE ABOVE RULES,
need only know
the irregularities in the PRESENT INDICATIVE, the
FUTURE and PAST DEFINITE STEMS, the Singular (familiar form)
of the IMPERATIVE, and the PARTICIPLES.
We now proceed to give the important Irregular Verbs. All the irregu-
larities areprinted in thick type, the few exceptions to the above Rules
being indicated by CAPITALS, and given in this lesson. TENSES FORMED
ACCORDING TO OUR RULES ARE OMITTED HERE; the full conjugation of every
*

Irregular Verb is giveu for reference in Hugo's Spanish Verbs Simplified.'

118. to give, dar.
PRES. INDIC. I give, etc., doy, das, da ; damos, dais, dan.
PAST DEF. I gave, etc., di, diste, dio ; dimos, disteis, dieron.
*
Excepting also the Singular (familiar form) of the Imperative, the final
vowel of which is sometimes omitted.
f A few Verbs ending in ir change the Vowel of the Stem in the Third
Person of the Past Definite. These will be found ia the 23rd Lesson.
119. to know, saber.
PRES. INDIC. know, etc., se, sabes, sabe sabemos, sabe'is, saben.
I ;

PAST DBF* I knew, etc., supe, snpiste, supo supimos,

supisteis, supieron ;

FUTURE I shall know, etc., sabre*, sabrds, sabra

sabremos, sabreis. ;

IMPERATI 1 E know, etc., sabe, sEPa sepamos, sabed, sepan. [sabrani

;

120. to go, ir (to go away, irse).

PRES. PARTIO. going, yendo. PAST PARTIC. gone, ido.
PRES. INDIC. I go, etc., voy, vas, va vamos, vais, van. ,-

IMPERFECT I used to go, etc., iBa, ibas, iba ibamos, ibais, iban. ;

PAST DEF. I went, etc., fuf, fuiste, fuE ; fuimog, fuisteis, fueron.
IMPERATIVE go, etc., Ve, VAYa ; vamos, id, vayan.
'
121. Such phrases as I am going cannot be rendered by
*

yendo preceded by part of estar. The simple Tense of ir

must be used, thus :
Was be not going to speak ? i No iba el a hablar ?

122. TO or AND, if preceded by part of ir, and followed by

another Verb, is translated &.
I am going to smoke, voy a fumar ; go and look for it, Vaya a buscarlo.
EXERCISE L
1. I gave ; 2. I shall not give ; 3. do you know ? 4. he
did not go ; 5. will they know ? 6. I do not give ; 7. they
knew ;
us go ; 9. I do not know
8. let 10. going 11. 1 ;
.
;

go ; you used not to give

12. 13. used they to kno\y ? 14. ;

go away 15. do you go away ? 16. we do not give

! 17. do ;

not give (PLUR.) 18. know 19. go away (PLUR.)

; 20. Let ! !

us give him this grammar. 21.The professor is giving a'lesson.

1 1
22. Go (PLUR.) to his house the day after to-morrow. 23.
Give it to us soon. 24. We gave it to you last2 week. 2 25.
Will your cousin not go to-night 3 ? 26. Do you know it ?
27. I do not know who has gone to buy them.

i pasado manana ; 2 la semana pasada ( past) ; 3=this night.

123. to say, to tell, decir.

PRES. PARTIC. saying, diciendo PAST PARTIC. said, dicho.
;

PRES. INDIC. I say, etc., digo, dices, dice decimos, decis, dicen. ;

PAST DEF. I said, etc., dije, dijiste, dijo ; dijimos, dijisteis, dyeron.
FUTURE I shall say, etc., dire\ diras, dira diremos, dir^is, dir&n. ;

IMPERATIVE say, etc., dl, diga ; digamos, decid, digaru

124. to see, ver.
PBES. PARTIC. seeing, viendo ; PAST PARTIC. seen, visto ;
PRES. INDIC. I see, etc., veo, ves, ve vemos, veis, ven. ;

IMPERFECT I used to see, etc., vEia, velas, vela veiamos, veiais, veiah. ;

IMPERATIVE see, etc., ve, vea veamos, ved, v'ean. ;

125. to err, errar (very rarely employed).

PRES. INDIC. I err, etc., yerro, yerras, yerra ; erramos, errais, yerrari.
IMPERATIVE err, etc., Yerra, yerre erremos, errad, yerren.
;

EXERCISE II.
1. let us see they said ;
; 2.3. I do not see ; 4. shall
we not tell ? 5. they say 6. he used to see ;
; 7. we do not
see ; 8. what is he saying ? 9. you saw 10. we have told ; ;

11. do not say 12. seeing ; 13. did we say ? 14. do not see
; ;

15. I do not say ; 16. Go and see who is in the garden. 17.
Tell me whether you are tired. 18. He has told me nothing.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1.The captain did not give anything to the sailors. 2.
They told me that their clerk had no experience. 1 3. Let us
tell them what2 we think. 4. I do not kno\y whether they
5. When I go into the country, I see
3 4
go every day by rail.
them. 6. Let us see who has gone home. 7. He does not
understand what 2 they are saying. 8. I am going to explain
it to him. 9. We are going to see our uncle. 10. Go and see
who is at the door. 11. He used to know several languages, 5
but he has forgotten them. 12. Tell me when he will come
back. 13. Why do they not tell us the truth 6 ? 14. Go home ;

your father wants to see you. 15. If I see the man, I will
tell him what 2 you want. 16. We went to London last
7
year/
17. They used often to go to the theatre. 8 18. We never see
our friends until 9 (the) evening. 10 19. Why do you not give
him a chair ? 20. Who told her that ? 21. 1 tell you it is

true. 11 22. When I saw him, he was going home. 23. I shall
soon know it. 24. I never give it to him. 25. I shall go to the
station to-morrow. 26. Do not give it to him, but to me.
4 '

experiencia ; 2 what-=that which is translated lo quc ; 3 ferro-

1
carril 4=/o ; 5 idioma (MASC.) 6 verdad 7 el afio pasado ; 8 teatro ;
; ; ;

9 hasta ; 10 nocbe OEM.) ; \\=ztruth> verdad.

 70

TWENTIETH LESSON.
126. to do, to make, nacer.
PAST PARTIC. done, made, hecho.
PRES. INDIC. I do, I make, etc., bago, haces, hace ; hacemos, hace'is, hacen.
PAST DEF. 1 did, J made, etc., hice, hiciste,bizo ; hicimos, hicisteis, hi-
FUTURE I shall do or make, etc., hare\ haras, hara, etc. [cieron
IMPERATIVE do, make, etc., haz, haga ; hagamos, haced, hagan.
127. to put, poner.
PAST PARTIC. put, puesto.
PRES. INDIC. I put, etc., pongo, pones, pone ; ponemos, pond's, pdhen,
PAST DEF. I put, etc., puse, pusiste, puso ; pusimos, pusisteis, pu-
FUTURE I shall put, etc., pondr, etc. [sieron
IMPERATIVE put, etc., pon, ponga pongamos, poned, pongan.
;

128. to be worth, valer.

PRES. INDIC, I am
worth, etc., valgo, vales, vale valemos, valets, valen. ;

FUTURE I shallbe worth, etc., valdxe', etc.

IMPERATIVE be worth, etc., val or vale, valga valgamos, valed, valgan. ;

EXERCISE I.
1. he would put ; 2. I do not make ; 3. let us do 4. do
;

not put (PLUR.) ; 5. am I worth ? 6. they are not worth ;

7. you have put ; 8. we make

shall ;
9. will it be worth ?

10.putting 11.
; 12. we do ;
they did not make 13. did ;

you put ? 14. I do not put 15. let us be worth ;; 1C.,

would it not be worth ? 17. Where shall we put them ? 18.

Do not do it yet. 19. Put them in the corner. 20. Does he
put his letters here ? 21. He used not to maKe them, 22. What
have you done this morning ? 23. 1 am not doing any thing

IMPERSONAL VERBS.
129. Impersonal Verbs have no person or thing as their subject,
and are only used in the Third Person Singular as, ;

it is growing dark, anochece it is raining, llueve

it does not appear, no parece it thunders, truena

130. Impersonal expressions are frequently constructed with

liacer, ser, and other Verbs.' Note the following :

it is hot, hace oalor it is cold, hace frio

;
it is windy, hace viento
;

it is certain, es
cierto; it is true, es verdad it is necessary, es menester
;

All such phrases can of course be vised in any Tense, negatively and inter-
rogatively, thus : will it be windy ? i hard viento ? it was not true, no.
era verdad ; is it not cold ? i no hace frio ?
 71

13J. THERE is, ARE, WAS, WERE, WILL BE, WOULD BE, etc., are
translated by the Third Person Singular of haber ; but in
the Present Tense, is used instead of ha.
hay Examples :

there is, there are, hay there is not, there are not, no hay
is there ? are there 1 i hay ? is there not ? are there not 1 i no hay ?
will there be 1 i habra ? there was or were not, no habia
there would be a great many men there, habria alii muchos hombres
there is no ink or there is not any ink, no hay tinta
there will not have been time, no habra habido tiempo
NOTE. hay simply expresses EXISTENCE. If anything has to be POINTED
OUT alii esta (there is), or alii estan (there are) is employed.

132. If SOME, ANY (not followed by a Noun), or NONE, is

preceded by THERE WAS, WILL BE, etc.,

is, it is translated like
IT or THEM. Examples :
We shall buy some cakes, if there are Compraremos algunos paste-
any. {none. les, si los hay.
I looked for some inkj but there was Busque tinta, pero no la habia.

133. AGO is translated hace (or h*), thus :

a month ago, hace un mes ;

three years ago, hace tres auos
*
ha can only be used at the end of the sentence ; as,
a long time ago, mucho tiempo ha
EXERCISE II.

1. twenty years ago ; 2. it would be worth more ; 3.

there is no difficulty ; 4. there is
your hat. 5. was* it [the ;

weather] hot ? 6. there was* no chair 7. was* there a ;

train ? 8. will it not be worth ? 9. an hour ago 10. there ;

are our cousins not certain ? 12. will it be windy ?

; 11. is it

13. there will not be enough bread 14. it is not hot to-day ; ;

15. there was* no mistake 16. is it [the weather] cold ? 17.

;

was* it not worth more ? 18. is there [any] water ? 19. there
is the station ; 20. six months ago ; 21. He wanted* [some]
money, but he had* none.

134. mucho (much) is used with VERBS and NOUNS.

it was very hot=it made much heat hacia mucho calor
it is not very windy=it does not make much wind, no hace mucho viento

Jie has not hurt me much no me ha lastimado mucho

* Use the
Imperfect in all these cases, see Note on page 44.
136. muy (very)~is used with ADVERBS and ADJECTIVES, and
with Past Participles used as ADJECTIVES.! Examples :
Are you much hurt 7 i Esta Vd. muy lastimado ?
i

The window was not much broken. La ventana no estaba muy rota.
I

The prince is much beloved. El principe es muy amado.

I

fi.e., when the Past Participle is preceded by part of ser or estar.

m-ucho is used instead of muy when the Participle or Adjective PRECEDES :

they are celebrated, but not very, son celebrados, pero no mucho

136. tan (see par. 49) follows the same Rules as muyyand
tanto the same Rules as mucho as, ;

it is not so certain no 63 tan segUTO

it is as cold=it makes as much cold hace tanto frio

137. Adjectives qualified by muy follow the Noun, thqs :

it is a. goodpen es una buena pluma

BUT it is a very good pen es una pluma muy buena
EXERCISE III.
1. much esteemed 2. are you (FEM.) fatigued 1 ?
they are ;

not very 3. a bad boy ; 4. a very bad boy ; 5. is it as windy

;

as [it was] yesterday ? 6. I am not so satisfied as you 7. a ;

9. Was
2 3
very celebrated painter 8. It will be very cold ;
;

10. He was not much applauded

4
it not very hot ? 11. Is .

the queen much loved ? 12. I have not so much money.

13. He was as much hated 5 as his father.

1 fatigar ; 2 celebre i 3 pintor ; 4 aplaiidir ;

5 odiar.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. Do me the favor to wait a little. 1
2. Is this picture
worth as much as the other ? 3. There were several 2 child-
ren who were making [a] noise. 4. Put [some] wine on the
table. 5. I hope it will not be so windy. 6. I shall do it to-
3 b
morrow, if I have time. 7. This beautiful f urniture was
made a hundred years ago. 8. He will put some flowers in

the window. 9. The king is not so much esteemed as the

queen. 10. I believe it will be very hot to-morrow. 11. I
4
12. There is no room to
3
put them in the box a week ago.
put our hats, 13. Have you put it here ? 14. There is ths
 78

stick ; give
it to him. 15. There will not be enough time to4
do it. 16. I never do it. 17. There was one picture which
was very much admired 5 18. Those are the pictures that .

were so much admired. 19. The travellers 6 were (IMPERP.)

tired, but not very. 20. I have not put anything in the
boxes. 21. What is he putting inside 7 the drawer ? 22.
Why does he not do his work ? 23. I put it there now.
1 favor ;
2 varies ;
3 sitio ;
4 para ; 5 admirar ; 6 viajero ; 7 dentro de.

TWENTY-FIRST LESSON.
138. to be willing to, to like or wish to, to like to have, querer.
PRES, INDIC. 1 wish, I am
willing, etc., quiero, quieres, quiere ; quere-
mps, quere*is, quieren. [mos, quisisteis, quisieron.
PAST DEF. I wished, I was willing, etc., quise, quisiste, quiso quisi- ;

FUTURE I shall wish, I shall be willing, etc., querre*, etc.

IMPERATIVE wish, etc., quiere, quiera ; queramos, quered, quieran.
WILL TO BE WILLING TO is translated by querer as.
in the sense of ;

Will you lend me your umbrella 1 1 Quiere Vd. prestarme su paraguas?

139. to be able to, poder.

PRES. PARTIC. being able, pudiendo.
PRES. INDIC. I can, I am able to, etc., puedo, puedes, puede podemos, ;

pode*is, pueden. [pudisteis, pudieron.

PAST DEP. t could, I was able to, etc., pude, pudiste, pudo pudimos, ;

FUTURE I shall be able to, etc. t poctre*, etc.

140. CAN (and sometimes MAY) is translated by the Present

Tense of poder ; as,
We cannot see the light. I No podemos ver la luz.
May I speak to you ? J i Puedo hablarle a Vd. ?
141. COULD is translated by the Past of poder :

Could you find the house ? |

i Pudo Vd. fcallar la casa ?

They could not come yesterday, f

No pudieron venir ayer.
COULD=SHOULD or WOULD BE ABLE TO is rendered by the Conditional
of poder :
they could come to-morrow, podriazf* venir manana.
When CAN, COULD, SHALL BE ABLE, etc., referjJo
an accomplishment
that has to be ACQUIRED, saber is usually employed instead of poder.
Can you swim ? i Sabe Vd. nadar ? I cannot paint, No se pintar.

They could not (=s*lid not know how to) write, No sabian escribir.
 74

EXERCISE I.

1.
liking do not want to
; 3. was he able to ? i. we
2. I ;

shall not be willing to ; 5. can he ? 6. wilj they not like.to.?

7. were you willing to ? 8. we could (== were able to) 9. we ;

could (= should be able to) 10. being able to 11. do you ; ;

(PLUR.) not wish to ? 12. I used to be able to 13. we do ;

not wish to 14. he will not be able to

; 15. would she like ;

to ? 16. may we ? 17. you cannot 18. they used to like to ; ;

19. will you ? 20. would she not be able to ? 21 we cannot i ,

22. You cannot doubt it. 23. 1 was not able to arrive in time*
24. He could not speak Spanish. 25. Can't the child read ?;'

TRANSLATION OF "TO" BEFORE AN INFINITIVE.

The second of two Verbs coming together must be in the
Infinitive* ; as,
I am beginning to understand it. I
Empiezo a comprenderlo.
Do not forget to send them to us. [
No olvide Vd. de enviafnoslos,
* ' '
The Auxiliaries be and to have are immediately followed by a
c
to '

Participle but this Rule is otherwise invariable.

;

TO before an Infinitive is generally translated de, unless

meaning IN ORDER TO, when it is rendered by para.
It istime to- begin. Es tiempo de em^ezar.
I shallnot refuse to give it to him. No rehusare de darselo.
That gentleman was waiting (in Ese caballero estaba espe-
order) to see you. rando para verle.
He said it to prove I had made a Lo dijo para probar que me
mistake. habia equivocado.
Did he bring the pictures to sell I Ha traido los cuadros para.
them to 7 venderselos a Vd. ?
you
143. TO is translated after certain Verbs, of which the
principal are the following :

to authorize, autorizar to continue, contin li- to learn, aprender

to begin, empezar ar fconvidar to persuade, persuadir
to commence, comenzar to invite, invitar, to teacb, ensenar
Also Verbs of MOTION, such as :
to run, correr to go out, salir (IEREG.)
; to walk, andar (IRREQ.) ;

to come back, volver (IRREG.) ; to come, venir (IRREG.),

The ladies began to sing. Las senoras empezaron dcantar.
I shall teach him to write. Le ensenare a escribir.
He ran to see who was there. Corrio a ver quien estaba alii.
NOTE. Paragraphs 121 and 122 apply to all Verbs of MOTION , as,
He is coming to see me to-night. Viene a verme eeta noche.
 75

144. TO is not translated at all after certain Verbs, of which the

principal are the following :
to be able, poder to make, hacer
to allow, to let, dejar to order, to command, mandar
to_aj)pear, parecer
to owe (must, ought), deber
"todesire, to want, desear to permit, permitir
to fear, temer please = have the kindness to> ser-
to feel, sentir virse (see par. 160.)
to hear, oir to promise, prometer
to hope, esperar to see, ver
to intend, intentar to be willing, etc., querer
to know (how to), saber
EXAMPLES.
Was he not able to understand you ?
INo pudo comprenderle ?
They want to speak to us. Desean hablarnos.
Please walk in. Sirvase Vd. entrar.
He promised to bring it to me. Prometi6 traermelo.
EXERCISE II.
1. We
have invited them to dine with Us. 2. It began to-
3. I cannot answer. 4. Will you give -me your card ?
1
rain.
5. I wrote to him yesterday to tell him you had arrived.
6. We went to see 7. It appears to be
your uncle yesterday.
impossible.
2
did not
8. He
intend to look at them. She .

has brought the letter home to read it. 10. 1 used to teach my b
*

childrenb to a swim. 3a 11. Do me the favor to give me a glass

4
of water. 12. Leave off (PLUR.) talking (=cease to speak).
*"
1 tarjeta ; 2 imposible \ 3 nadar ;
4= cesar,

145. Deber used before another Verb expresses DUTY, or

(a certain amount of) COMPULSION.

Tener que (or haber de) expresses a stronger degree of

'
compulsion, see Hugo's Spanish Verbs Simplified/ page 93.
MUST (or HAVE TO) is rendered by the PRESENT TENSE of
deber, or by tener que, haber do, thus :

I must speak to them. Debo hablarles.

I have

Must you (0?- are you

to speafc to the..
{ g Debe
SStSff^
Vd.. copiar esta carta ?
to) copy this letter ? i
 76

These expressions can be used with the same meaning in other

Tenses, tlius:^'
The servant will have to fill it. El criado tendra que (or habra de)
llenarlo. b
[bajar?
Would they not have to work ? I No tendrian que (or habrian deL
de) tra-
1 shall have to sell them=the right thing , ,
|
, .

for me to do will be to sell them|

debere venderlos

146. OUGHT is rendered by the CONDITIONAL of deber.

In such cases, the Conditional
Subjunctive is generally employed in pre-
ference to the Conditional Indicative but either is7 correct.
.

You ought to sell them to him. I Vd. debiera (better than deberia) ven-
The children ought not to make derselos.
| [ruido.
so much noise, f Lo$ nines' no debieran hacer tanto
EXERCISE III.
1. We must go home. 2. You ought not to do that. 3.
You will have to wait until (the) evening. 4. How much
work have you to do ? 5. They had to start without buying
their tickets. 6. Must you copy it ? 7. He has several
things to do. 8. We should not have to pay so much money
as you. 9. They ought not to smoke so much.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1
1. The soldiersought to obey the officer, but they do not
always do it. 2. Why will you not show me the picture ?
3. I do not like to put it here. 4. Will you tell him your

name ? 5. I cannot lend you this book it is not mine. & ;

He had nothing to do. 7. I must teach him to speak more

correctly.
2
8. We were able to finish 3 it yesterday. 9. We

could finish it to-morrow. 10. They have not been able to

find them yet. 11. We (have) said it to persuade 4 him.
12. They wanted to learn to speak Spanish. 13. Run and see
5

who is at the door. 14. We could not wait to see him we ;

had to go away. 15. He wanted to keep all the money for

himself. 16. He will not like to come back without receiving
a reply. 6 17. You ought to give me more time. 18. Could
the lawyer understand ? 19. We expect to receive a reply
6

to-morrow. 20. He wrote .to me to say he had made a.

 77'

mistake. 21. Would you be able to send us the goods

to-day ? 22. We must ask our master now. 23. 1 am going
to givethem to him, to show7 him that I am not offended. 8
9 10
24. You must not sing so loud. 25. Cannot your friend

speak German ? 26. Ought you not to invite them to dine ?

27. When shall I be able to draw
11
as well as you ? 28. I
cannot play 12 the piano. 13
1 obcdecer 2 correctamente ; 3 acabar
; 4 persnadir 5 correr-
: ;

6 resptiesta 7 demostrar (demonstrate)

; 8 ofendido ; 9 cantar
; 10 alto ;

(high) ; lldibujar \2=touch (tocar) 13 piano.

; ;

TWENTY-SECOND LESSON.
147. /to come, venir.
FEES. PARTIC. coming, viniendo.
PRES. INDIC. I come, etc., vengo, vienes, viene venimos, venis, vienen. ;

PAST DEF. 'I came, etc., vine, viniste, vino vinimos, vinisteis, vinieron.
;

FUTURE I shall come, etc., vendre", etc.

IMPERATIVE come, etc., ven, venga vengamos, venid, vengan.
;

*
148. ; to
go out, salir .
PRES. INDIC, I go out, etc., salgo, sales, sale salimos, sails, salen.
;

FUTURE I shall go out, etc., saldre", etc.

IMPERATIVE go out, etc., sal, saiga salgaraos, salid, salgan.
;

149. to walk, andar.

PAST DBF. I walked, etc., anduve, anduviste, anduvo ; anduvimos,
auduvisteis, anduvieron.

150. to hear, oir.

PRES. PARTIC. hearing, oyendo.' PAST PARTIC. beard, oido.
PRES. INDIC. I hear, etc., oigo, oycs, oye olmos* ois, oyen.
;

PAST DEF. I beard, etc., oi, oiste, oy6 oiraos, oisteis, oyeron.
;

IMPERATIVE hear, etc., oye, oiga oigamos, old, oigan.

;

EXERCISE I.

1. Ihear ; 2. do not come 3. did they walk ?

;
4. you

will not go out ; 5. they will come ; 6. I came 7. we used ;

to walk ; 8. gone out ; 9. coming 10. did we hear ? 11. do

;

not let us go out ; 12. walking 13. I do not come

;
14. do ;

you (PLUR.) come ? 15. they did not hear ; 16. you will

"conjugated like valeh

 78

"hear ; 17. 18. we used to come

hearing ; 19. let us hear ; ;

20. does she not go out ? 21. do we come ? 22. I should

come 23. do not go out (PLUR.) now.
;
24. I have come to
see you. 25. He has heard me speak. 26. He walked very
quickly.
1
27. I am going out to see the town. 28. We shall
come next 2 week. 2 29. He heard me perfectly, 3 because I
spoke slowJy.
4
30. I am coming to explain it to you.
6
31. Try
5
to hear what is being said. 32. The noise is not
7
often heard from here.

1 deprisa ; 2=the week which comes ; 3 perfectamente ; 4 despacio ;

5 tratar ; G lo que (WHAT is translated lo que when Kelative) ; 7 desde.

151. to bring, traer.

PRES. INDIC. I bring, etc., traigo, traes, trae ; traemos, trae*is, traen.
PAST DEF. I brought, etc., traje, trajiste, trajo ; trajimos, trajisteis, tra-
IMPERATIVE bring, etc., trae, traiga ; traigamos, traed, traigan. [jeron.

152. to fall, caer.

PRES. INDIC. I fall, etc., caigo, caes. cae caemos, cadis, caeD.
;

IMPERATIVE fall, etc., cae, caiga ; caigamos, caed, caigan.

153. to be able to be contained, caber.*

PRES. INDIC. quepo, cabes, cabe cabemos, cabe'is, caben.
;

PAST DEF. cupe, cupiste, cupo cupimos, cupisteis, cupieron.

,

FUTURE cabre, etc.

IMPERATIVE cabe, quepa quepamos, cabed, quepan.
;

*The following examples show how this difficult Verb is employed

%

This room used to hold all his fumiture=AH his furniture was able to be con-
tained in this room. Todos sus muebles cabian en este cuarto.
There is room for me here=I am able to be contained here. Quepo aqui.

154. toplay,jug*ar.
PRES. iNDiq. I play, etc., juego, juegas, juega jugamos, jugais, juegan.
;

IMPERATIVE play, etc., juega, juegue ; juguemos, jugad, jueguen.

15fx, The following Verbs have irregular Past Participles :

INFINITIVE. PAST PARTICIPLE. INFINITIVE. PAST PARTICIPLE
to absolve, absolver absuelto to print, imprimir impreso
to cover, cubrir cubierto to resolve, resolver resuelto
to dissolve, disolver disuelto to return, come back, volver vuelto
to open, abrir abierto to write, escribir escrito

REMARK. These eight Verbs are otherwise quite Kegular, except those
ending in OLVER, which are conjugated Jike mover (see paragraph 108).
 79

156. ManySpanish Verbs have a regular and an irregular form

for the Past Participle. The Irregular Form, however, is
generally used as an Adjective only, the Regular Form being
employed in the Compound Tenses. For complete list, see
4

Hugo's Spanish Verbs Simplified,' pages 62 to 64.

to join,juntar we have joined them, los hemos juntado
.
;

it is not joined, no esta junto or

junta
EXERCISE II.
1. we play do you not play ? 3. I used to write
; 2. ;

4. have they opened ? 5. we do not bring 6. do not bring ;

(PLUR.) 7. it is able to be contained 8. they were not able

; ;

to be contained 9. we have not printed

; 10. do not fall ; ;

11. you have not brought 12. it is covered 13. hasn't he

; ;

come back yet ? 14. let us print- it 15. I do not open them ; ;

16. it will not be able to be contained ; 17. I have brought;

18. I do not bring 19. you will fall ; 20. do not play ; ;

21. cover them 23. There is room for all the

1
22. I fall
; ;

money in this box 24. Bring it to me now. 25. I expect

they will fall. 26. Will you open the window ? It is

already open(ed). 27. There is not room for me in .this

1

2
carriage. 28. Every kind 2 of foreign books printed here.
29. Bring us the answer as 5 soon as possible. 3 30. Why do
4 4
you not put your hat on ?
1 use caber ; 2=all class ;
3 lo antes posible ,
4 cover yourself.

SUPERLATIVE OF ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS.

157. MOST (meaning VERY, EXTREMELY) can be expressed by
affixing islmo (-ma, -mos, -mas) to the Adjective,
omitting the final vowel. Adverbs can be formed by affixing
mente to the Feminine Singular of the Superlative.
very difficult dificilisimo very easily facilisimamente I

very rare rarisimo very rarely rarisimamente j

The termination ble is changed to bil, CO to qu, go to gu,

and z to c, thus :
noble noble very noble nobilisimo
nobly noblemente very nobly nobilisimamente
bitter amargo very bitter amarguisimo
richly ricamente very richly riquisimamente
 80

158. The most important Irregular Superlatives are as follow :

celebrated celebre very celebrated celebemmo

faithful fiel very faithful fidelisimo
good bueno very good bonisimo
new nuevo very new novisimo
strong fuerte very strong fortisimo
wise sabio very wise sapientisimo
Many Adjectives, such as those of more than three syllables ending in
ble, cannot take the isimo termination, which is given here for Reference
only. The Student should employ muy, except in the following Exercise.
EXERCISE III. (on the isimo Termination).
most certainly
1. 1
2. extremely happy (MASC. SING.)
; ;

1
3. very happily 4. most rare (MASC. PLUR.)
; 5. extremely ;

good (PEM. PLUR.) ; 6. most honorable 2 (MASC. PLUR.) ;

7. with very much pleasure 3 8. My dogs are most faithful.

;

9. These children are extremely good. 10. His answer is ex-

tremely useful. 11. It is an extremely easy [piece of] work.
1 raro ; 2 honorable ;
3 gusto.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. Bring them to me as soon as possible
1 1
. 2. He never
comes very early. 3. We ought to give it to him. 4. You

ought to wait a little. 5. He will not come back before six

2 2

month. 3 7. We shall
3
o'clock. 6. They came back last
come back to-morrow morning. 8. We shall have to open
4 4

all the windows at 5 once. 5 9. Open the drawers. 10. There

will be room6 for the things in this box. 11. I hope they
willcome back soon. 12. He will have to bring it to me to-
morrow4 morning. 4 13. At what time will the carriage come
back ? 14. I have to go out to buy several things. 15. Why
do you walk so slowly ? 16. I hope they will come to see us
next 7 week. 7 17. It is almost impossible to hear the noise.
18. The children are playing downstairs. 19. The train
8
always leaves at half past eight. 20. He never brings them
b
early enough.*
1lo antes posible 2 volver 3 el mes pasado ; 4 manana por la mana-
:
;

na ;
5 enseguida ; 6 use caber ; 7 the week which is~cominy ; 8 goes out.
 81

TWENTY-THIRD LESSON.
(The Verbs in this Lesson change the Vowel of the Stem whenever it
takes the Stress, like those in Lesson 18 but their PRESENT PARTICIPLE,
;

PAST DEFINITE (3rd Person), and PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE and IM-

PERATIVE (1st Person Plural), contain a further irregularity in the Vowel
*
of the~STEM. For complete list, see Hugo's Spanish Verbs Simplified.'

159. to ask, to request, pedir.

PRES. PARTIC, asking, pidiendo.
PRES. INDIC. I ask, etc., pido, pides, pide pedimos, pedis, piden.
;

PAST DEF. I asked, etc., pedi, pediste, pidid ; pedimos, pedlsteis, pi-
IMPERATIVE ask, etc., pide, pida pidamos, pedid, pidan.
; [dieron.
PRES. SUBJUNC. I ask, etc., pida, pidas, pida ; pidamos, pidais, pidan.

160. The principal Verbs conjugated like pedir are as follow :

to choose, elegir to follow, seguir to repeat, repetir

to clothe, vestir to laugh, reir to rule, regir
to correct, corregir to measure, medir to serve, servir
to dye, tenir to prevent, impedir to smile, sonreir

In Verbs conjugated like pedir, the UNACCENTED i of the termination

isomitted after i or n, thus laughing, riendo he laughed, rio dyeing,
: ; ;

tifiendo they dyed, tineron BUT he used to laugh, reia

; ;
we used ;

to dye, teniamos, etc.

EXERCISE I.

you asked ; 2. we did not repeat

1. 3. will he laugh ? ;

4. do not choose (PLUR.) 5. smiling 6. you used to laugh

; ; ;

7. do you not rule ? 8. we follow 9. It is not known ;

whether he can prevent it. 10. Why are you laughing ?

11. Do not laugh. 12. Follow us.

161. to feel, to be sorry, sentir.

PRES. PARTIC. feeling, sintiendo.
PRES. INDIC. I feel, etc., siento, sientes, siente ; sentimos, sentis, sienten.
PAST DEF. I felt, etc., sentl, sentiste, sinti6 ; sentiraos, sentisteis, sin-
IMPERATIVE feel, etc., siente, sintamos, sentid, sientan. [tieron.
sienta ;

PRES. SUBJUNC. I feel, etc., sienta, sientas, sienta; sintamos, sintais, sientan

162. The principal Verbs conjugated like sentir are as follow :

to consent, consentir to (tell a) lie, mentir to require, requerir

to defer, diferir to prefer, preferir to suggest, sugerir
to divert, divertir to repent, arrepentirse to wound, herir
H.S.S. 6.
 82

EXERCISE II.
did he consent ? 2. I did not suggest 3. what did you
1. ;

suggest ? 4. we did not wound 5. they will consent also

1
6. ; ;

Do not defer it. 7. Which of the two do you prefer ?

8. Used he not to tell lies ? 9. He isb now* repenting. 10.
Did you not feel the blow 2 ? 11. Let us repent. 12. We 3 are
very sorry for it.
3
13. I am very sorry -[to] disturb 4 you.
1 tambie'n ;
2 golpe ; 3=wefeel it much ;
4 molestar.

163. to die, morir.

PRES. PARTIC. dying, muriendo. PAST PARTIC. died, muerto.
PRES. INDIC. 1 die, etc., muero, mueres, muere; morimos, moris, mueren
PAST DEF. I died, etc., morl, moriste, muri6 ; morimos, moristeis, mu-
IMPERATIVE die, etc., muere, muera ; muramos, morid, mueran. [rieron.
PRES. SUBJUNC. 1 die, etc., muera, mueras, muera ; muramos, murais,
mueran.
164. dormir, to sleep, is conjugated exactly like morir,
except that PAST PARTICIPLE (slept, dormido)
its is regu-
lar ; dormirse means to fall asleep, go to sleep.
165. Irregular Verbs and their compounds are usually conju-
gated alike. Examples :

suponer (to suppose) is conjugated like poner

convenir (to agree) venir
contrahacer (to counterfeit) hacer*
*
satisfacer (to satisfy) is also conjugated like hacer but the Singular ;

Familiar Form of the Imperative is sometimes regular (satisface).

EXCEPTIONS. All the Compounds of decir (contradecir, to contra-

dict predecir, to predict, etc.) take dice instead of di in the Singular
;

Familiar Form of the Imperative, thus contradice. The Past Participle :

and the Future Stem of the Compounds of decir are regular.

EXERCISE III.
1. he will contradict ; 2. don't go to sleep ; 3. we sleep ;

4. they died they did not agree

; 5. 6. dying 7. I slept ; ; ;

8. you would die ;

9. used you (PLUR.) not to sleep ? 10.
had he supposed ? 11. do not let us'counterfeit 12. He died ;

5
rather 1 young. 2 13. Do you ever 3 sleep in the afternoon r
4

6
14. Are the children not sleeping ? 15. I suppose so.

1 algo ;
2 joven ;
3 alguna vez ; 4 por ; 5 tarde (FEM.) ; 6=that yes.
 83

THE FAMILIAR FORM.

The Second Person of Verbs and Pronouns is used by Spaniards in ad-

dressing near relations, intimate friends, children, servants, and animals.

A knowledge of this form of address is therefore essential, as it is of fre-
quent occurrence in books but FOREIGNERS SHOULD NOT EMPLOY THE
;

FAMILIAR FORM. Its formation has been explained in previous lessons.

EXERCISE IV. (on the FAMILIAR FORM)

buy (SING.) 2. fear (PLUR.) ; 3. thou findest
1. ; 4. do ;

you owe ? 5. thou dost not fear 6. you used to send ; ;

7. thou wilt break 8. thou wouldst not do ; 9. you have ;

come 10. art thou (FEM.) ready ? 11. hast thou not put ?
;

12. what hast thou ? 13. you went 14. write (PLUR.) 15. ; ;

are you listening ? 16. are you willing to come ? 17. you
will not have ; 18. thou hadst not 19. had you waited ? 20.
;

show (SING.) it to me 21. do (PLtJR.) it ;

; 22. art thou not

English ? 23. you are not workmen.

166. The Familiar Form of the Imperative cannot be used in

the negative. The Present Subjunctive* (see Paragraph 78)
is employed instead, thus :

speak (SING.), habla I do not speak (SING.), no hables

drink (PLUR.), bebed |
do not drink (PLUR.), no bebais

167. When the Reflective Pronoun OS is added to the Plural

Familiar Form of the Imperative, the final d is omitted,t thus :
wash yourselves, lavaos (not lavados) ; rejoice, alegraos (not alegrados)

EXERCISE V. (on the FAMILIAR FORM)

1. take (PLUR.) 2. do not take (PLUR.)
;
3. write (SING.) ; ;

4. do not write (SING.) 5. go away (SING.) 6. go away

; ;

(PLUR.) 7. speak to me (SING.) ; 8. do not speak (SING.) to

;

us ;9. do not tire yourself 10. do not tire yourselves 11.

; ;

learn (PLUR.) 12. do not learn (PLUR.). 13. Buy (SING.) this
;

watch. 14. Do not sell (SING.) this watch. 15. Lend (PLUR.)
me your umbrella. 16. Do not read the letter. 17. Read it (P.).
* Form an Imperative,
The Polite is really the Subjunctive used as
t The only exception is irse (to go away), the Plur, Impera, of which is idos.
 S4

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.
1. He me [for] five shillings. 2. I shall give them
asked
to him this evening. 3. Show me what you have chosen.

5. When I arrived, the children

1 2
4. Please take [a] seat.
-6. 1 shall ask him [for] something.
3
were asleep. 7. Repeat

it. Will you follow me ?

8. 9. He never corrects us
when we make a mistake. 10. Please 1 (PLUR.) wait a little.
11. One of the two has been4 telling lies, 4 but I don't know
which. 12. 1 find 5 it extremely difficult. 13. He is very sorry
he will not be able to come to-night. 14. When did he die ?
15. Please tell me the exact time. 16. 1 cannot tell you (it) ;
6

my watch isn't going. 7 17. I am very sorry for (=1 feel much)
that accident. Don't make any noise ; they are both8
18.

asleep.
3
19. 1 suppose they will arrive soon. 20. Repeat what

you (have) said. 21. He consented at once. 22. They laughed

9

when we told them that. 23. He prevented us from 10seeing it.

1 Imperative o/servirse 2 asiento 3 dormido (or durmiendo)
; ; ;
4 lied ;

6 encontrar ; 6 exacto ; 7 andar ; 8 ambos ; 9 reirse ; 10 de.

TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON.
168. Verbs ending in acer,* ecer, OC6IS* or ucir, change
the C into ZC before A or O.
to know (to be acquainted with), conocer.
PRES. 1NDIC. I know, etc., conozco, conoces, conoce conocemos,
;
etc.
IMPERATIVE know, etc., conoce, conozca; conozcamos, conoced, co-
nozcan.

169. The Verbs ending in ducir are also irregular in the Stem
of the Past Definite.
to translate, traduclr.
PRES. INDIC. I translate, etc., traduzco, traduces, traduce ; traducimos, etc.
IMPERATIVE translate, etc., traduce, traduzca ; traduzcamos, traducid,
traduzcan.
PAST DEF. I translated, etc., traduje, tradujiste, tradujo ; tradujimos,
tradujisteis, tradujerou.

*Except hacer and its Compounds, and cocer (to cook), which is conju-
gated like mover (cuezo, cueces, cuece cocemos, coc&s, cuecen).
;
 85

EXERCISE I.
1
grow
1. 1 ; 2. does he not grow 1 ? 3. it did not shine1 ;
4. do they cook 3 ? 5. I do not know4 ; 6. do not recognize 5 ;
7. they were born
6
; 8. we produced7 ns translate 8 ; ; 9. let
10. do I not cook 3 ? 11. shine 2 ! 12. they deducted9 13. used ;

3
you to cook ? 14. When were you born6 (PAST DBF.) ? 15.
Do 10
appear to be tired ? 16. They will translate 8 this letter
I
in half [an] hour. 17. I do not know4 the price. 18. Do
you know 4
this gentleman ? 19. I do not recognize 5 him.
1 crecer ; 2 lucir 3 cocer 4 conocer
; 5 reconocer
; ; ;
6 to be born,
nacer ;
7 producir 8 traducir ; 9 ded'ucir ; 10 parecer .
;

170. Verbs ending in uir* are conjugated like the following

example : to destroy, destruir.
PEES. INDIC. I destroy, etc., destruyo, destruyes, destniye ; destruimos,
destruls, destruyen.
IMPERATIVE destroy, etc., destruye, destruya ; destruyamos, destruid,
destruyan.

EXERCISE II.
3
1. do you distribute 1 ?
/2. they fled 2 ; 3. following ; 4. I
do not attribute 4 6. we did not follow
3
5. I follow 3 ; ; ;

5 6
7. you will destroy 8. would you (PLIJR.) not distinguish ? ;

7 8
9. I argue 10. you used not to distribute
;
1
11. Please fol- ;

low 3 them. 12. Do not destroy 5 these documents.

1 distribuir ;
2 huir ;
3 seguir (see Par. 160) 4 atribuir ; ;
5 destruir ;
6 distinguir ; 7 argiiir ; 8 servirse (see Pars. 144, 160).

THE INTERJECTIONS.
171. The principal Interjections are :

I
ah !
i
oh ! OHj (denoting grief) i
ha ! i
he ! AH ! (denoting joy)
i ay !
l
oh ! OH ! (denoting pain) i
ho !
j
hola HI HULLO ! I

I
chito !
i
chiton ! SILENCE !
i
hombre ! DEAR ME !

j cuidado TAKE CARE ! !

I
o !
i
Oh ! OH (denoting
! sur-
I die veras INDEED ! ! prise)
I ea !animo WELL COME ON
j
! ! f* i ojald ! WOULD TO GOD !

*This form of conjugation only applies to Verbs where the u is pronounced $

not to such as distinguir (to distioguigh).
 SI

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

Write out the four Tenses of the Subjunctive Mood of the following Verbs
(see paragraphs 78, 79).
EXERCISE III.

tener, to have ; 2. haber, to have 3. ser, to be 4.

1. ; ;

estar, to be 5. tomar, to take

;
6. beber, to drink ;7. ;

dar, to give (paragraph 118) 8. escribir, to write

; ;

9. ver, to see (par. 124) 10. venir, to come (par. 147)

; ;

11. poder, to be able to (par. 139) 12. ir, to go (par. 120)

; ;

13. decir,to say (par. 123) 14. morir, to die (par. 163).
;

TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON.
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS ON THE SUBJUNCTIVE.
The employment of this mood is largely a matter of taste. The
Indicative would sometimes be equally correct and even when the Sub- ;

junctive ought to be employed, the omission to do so seldom destroys or

alters the meaning of the sentence. The proper use of the Subjunctive is
a GRAMMATICAL NICETY, which foreigners need not study too deeply.
The second of two Verbs connected by que must be put in
the Subjunctive under certain conditions, explained in Paragraphs
172 to 190, NO MATTER WHAT THE ENGLISH WORDING JS ; and if
the second Verb in English is not preceded by ' that,' the altera-
tion in construction must be made before translating, thus :
CHANGE INTO
We deny their hav- We deny that they Negamos que hayan diclio
ing said that. have said that. eso.
It is impossible for It is impossible that Es imposible que lo haga.
him to do it. he [should] do it.

It is not fair for us It is not fair that we No es justo que los guar-
to keep them. [should] keep them demos.

The Hhat' is called the DEPENDENT

sentence following sentence.
EXAMPLES OP
PRINCIPAL SENTENCES and DEPENDENT SENTENCES.
it is necessary (es menester) that he should read it (que lo lea)
I am sorry (Siento) that they are aiot here (que no esten aqui)

<gT If the Subject of the Verb in the dependent sentence

'

would be the same as in the principal sentence, the Infinitive, a

(simpler construction, is employed in preference, thus :
 87

}
Negamos haber dicho eso.
I am very pleased have met you.
to Me alegro mucho de haberle
)

I am very pleased that I have met you. J encontrado.

EMPLOYMENT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,

172. The Subjunctive is used after most Verbs expressing a
MENTAL ACTION OB EMOTION. Examples i

We cannot allow you to keep it No podemos dejar que Vd.

(=allow that you keep it). lo guarde.
I want them to tell me (= I wish Quiero que me lo digan.
that they tell it to me).
EXERCISE I.

1. Does he want her 2. They want you to

to read it* ?

accept
1
They
this. want
3. us will not
to keep it. 4. She
wants us to stay 2 there. 5. We do not want them to hear
us. 6. Do you want me to shut the door ? 7. What does he

want me to do ? 8. They want us to pay the bill at3 once. 3

1 aceptar ; 2 quedarse (to stay, to remain) ; 3 enseguida.
* Translate '
Does he want that she read it ? and use the same con-
:
'

struction (desear, followed by que and the Subjunctive) throughout the

above Exercise. In all cases where the Subjunctive Mood is required in
this Lesson, the PBESENT Subjunctive is to be employed.

173. The Subjunctive is used after most IMPEKSONAL VERBS and

expressions. Examples :

It is necessary for us to give it to Es menester que se lo demos.

them (=that we give it to them).
Is it right that the prisoners Esjusto que los presos sean
[should] be punished ? castigados ?
It is. better that we [should] send Es mejor que enviemos la
the answer by post. respuesta por el correo.
EXERCISE II
not necessary 1 for him to pay us (=^ that he pay
1. It is
2 3
us) much. 2. It is necessary that he [should] start directly.
3. It is possible that the money is his. 4. We are sorry that
4 4

he has not found us. 5. She is 5 afraid 5 he will come. 6. Is it

necessary for us to write to them ? or, that we [should] write
to them ? 7. Do you wish 6 me to open the windows ? 8. Does
he wish6 us to put it here ?

1 necesario ; 2salir(seepr. H8) ;

Sal instante ; 4 sentir ;
5 fears ;
6 querer
 8S

174. The Subjunctive is used after certain CONJUNCTIONS, of

which the principal are :
after, despnes que before, antes que
; unless, a menos quo ; ;

in order that,a fin de que, para que until, hasta que when, cuando.
; ;

EXAMPLES :

nntil he arrives hasta que llegue

jefore he telegraphs antes que telegrafie
when they send (at some future time) cuando envien

Cuando is only followed by the Subjunctive when it is not

Interrogative, and refers to the future, thus :
When I have time, I shall do it. Cuando teng A tiempo, lo har6. BUT :

When [ever] I have time, I do it. Cuando tengo tiempo, lo'hago.

I used to do it when I had time. Lo haoia, cuando tenia tiemp6.
1 did it when I had time. Lo hice cuando tuve tiempo.

EXERCISE III.
1. after he comes in order that it [may] not
to see us ; 2.
cost too much ; 3. before they do the work. 4. When I
receive his answer, I shall show it to you. 5. I shall expect
you, unless it rains. 6. When he arrives, I shall speak to
him. 7. We shall send them the goods when we have time.
8. me know 1 when you are disengaged. 2 9. Wait until
Let 1
they are ready. 10. We
shall pay them before they have
finished 3 it. 11. They will pay his bill 4 when they have
more money. When he comes to s"ee me, he never stays 5
12.
6
very long. When 6
they come back, I shall explain it to
13.
them. 14. He always speaks to me when he sees me.
1 to let know = advise, inform, avisar ; 2 desocupado ;
3 terminal ;

4 cuenta ; 5 permanecer ; G much time.

175. The Subjunctive is generally used after the NEGATIVE

FORM of Verbs.
IMPORTANT EXCEPTION : The Negative Forms of saber and decir
are not followed by the Subjunctive, thus :

Don't you know he will be there ? i No sabe Vd. que estara alii ?

EXERCISE IV.
do not believe he wants to go out.
1. 1 2. He did not
Bay whether he would be able to do it. 3. We do not
believe he will receive any reward. 1 4. Is it not probable2
 M
that they will be able to see it ? 5. Don't you
expect that
his cousin will come the 3 day after to-morrow 3 ? 6. We
don't expect they will bring it. 7. It is not
necessary for us
4
to copy the addresses he gave us.

1 premie 2 probable ;
3 pasado manana ; 4 direcci6n.

TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON.
USE OF THE TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE..
176. If the first Verb is PRESENT or FUTURE, the PRESENT
Subjunctive is
employed, as shown in the previous lesson.
177. If the first Verb is PAST or CONDITIONAL, the IMPERFECT
Subjunctive is employed.
We were afraid you would not re- Temimos que Vd. no lo reci-
ceive it. biese.
Would you like me to copy it (=would ) .

it please you that I copied it) t (I

Le Sustana que lo copiase ?
REMARK I. The Conditional Subjunctive can often be used in place
of the Imperfect Subjunctive, and vice versa but the Imperfect is prefer- ;

able after the Conjunctions mentioned in par. 174, and after Relative
Pronouns.
REMARK II. The Conditional Subjunctive is frequently substituted
for the Conditional Indicative (see par. 146).

Who would have guessed that ? i Quien hubiera adivinado eso ?

You ought to explain it to them. Vd. debiera explicarselo.

EXERCISE I.

1. 1 had come. 2. We wish2 they hadn't

didn't think 1 he
3
2
begun. 3. I wish she were not here. 4. Did he want

me to do it ? 5. It was not necessary for them to speak.

6. He would have denied that his brother was there.
7. I should like to have more money.

'
1 use '
creer
'
;
2 render as
l
should like (Conditional of
*
desear ') ;
3
'

Imperfect of desear.'

178. The Imperfect Subjunctive is used after si (if), when the

other clause of the sentence is in the Conditional.
We should give them a prize, if Les dariamos un premio, Si
they were more industrious. fuesen mas aplicados.
 do

179. When si (if) means '

whether,' it is followed by the
Conditional of the INDICATIVE. Examples :

I did not know if they would 'come. No sabia si vendrian.

He asked me if I could lend him Me pregunto si podria pres-
ten pounds. tarle diez libras.

180. The FUTURE Subjunctive may be used, if it refers to the

future ;
but this Tense is very seldom employed.
I will do it, if I can. Lo hare si pudiere (far better, si puedo).
EXERCISE II.
should help 1 him, if I were less busy. 2 2. He would
1. 1

copy it, if he had more time. 3. "We should pay them at

once, if we had enough money. 4. If he were here, I
should give them to him. 5. I should work better, if I had.

better tools. 3 6. Ask them if (= whether) they will be at4 the

station to-night. 7. Do you know if he lives in Madrid now ?
1 ayudar ; 2 ocupado ;
3 hcrramientaj 4 en.

AUGMENTATIVE AND DIMINUTIVE TERMINATIONS

are added to Nouns (and occasionally to Adjectives) to qualify their mean-
ing but as the use of these terminations presents great difficulties, foreigners
;

should always employ Adjectives instead. The following are the principal :

181. on, azo, acho, ote express LARGENESS, the three" latter
also implying some degree of DISPEOPORTION and AWKWARDNESS.
hombron, a big man ; hombrazo, a tall, badly built man ;

mujerona,* a big woman.

182. ito, iCO, illo, uelo express SMALLNESS, ito implying in
addition NICENESS, FONDNESS, and uelo CONTEMPT. Examples :
senorita,* an unmarried lady ; Pedrillo, little Peter ;

perrillo, a little dog ; perruelo, a cur.

*
All these terminations have a Feminine Form.

THE PLUEAL OF NOUNS (see also par. 4).

'

183. Nouns
more than one syllable which end in s, and do
of
not take the stress on the last syllable, are alike in the
Singular and Plural, thus :
the umbrella, el paraguas the umbrellas, los paraguas.
;

184. Nouns ending in i (accented) add es, thus :

the ruby, el rubi ; the rubies, los rubies. .

 91

FURTHER RULES ON THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
185* The Subjunctive is generally used after quienquiera
que (whoever), cualquiera que (whatever), arid donde
quiera que (wherever).
I shall not believe it, whoever says so. No lo
creere, quienquiera que
lo 4iga.
186. The Subjunctive is also used in a wish or imprecation.
Long live the King !
j
Viva el rey !

Thy Kingdom come !

j Venga Tu reinp !

May he arrive in time ! j Que llegue a tiempo !

A preceding Verb is understood in such sentences, thus :

Quiero que viva el rey, Deseo que llegue a tiempo.

187. The Subjunctive used after a Superlative, and words"
is

equivalent to Superlatives, such as primero (first) and

ultimo (last).
Give it to the first man that Deselo Vd al primer hombre que
comes. venga.
188. The Verb is put in the Indicative if it expresses a CERTAIN
FACT instead of a doubtful contingency. Compare the following :

although (= even if) he writes to me aunque me escriba

although it is late, I shall not go away aunque es tarde, no me ire

189. The following are the 'principal Verbs expressing a

MENTAL EMOTION which are followed by the Subjunctive
(unless the Infinitive can be substituted, see page 86).
aconsejar, to advise esperar, to hope prohibir, to prohibit
alegrarse, to be glad evitar, to prevent querer, to wish
avisar, to advise impedir, to prevent regocij arse, to rejoice
consentir, to consent insistir, to insist rogar, to entreat
decir, to tell (only when intentar, to intend sentir, to regret
*
meaning to order ') negar, to deny sorprenderse,. to be
dejar, to allow pedir, to request surprised
desear, to want permitir, to permit suplicar, to entreat
dudar, to doubt preferir, to prefer temer, to fear

190. The Subjunctive used after the following Conjunctions,

is
in addition to those given on page 88.
although, aunque in case, en caso que
except, salvo que, excepto que notwithstanding-, no obstante que
for fear that, por miedo que provided that, con tal que
however, por mas que supposing that, (su)puesto que
in such a way that, de modo que, whether, sea que
de manera que without^ sin que
 VOCABULARY.
The Numbers indicate the Paragraphs in which the Conju-
gations of IRREGULAR VERBS, and the various ways of
translating PRONOUNS, etc., are given.
.The Cardinal and Ordinal NUMBERS, and the names of the
DAYS and MONTHS, will be found in Lessons 14 and 15.
The Gender of Nouns is only given when not in accor-
it is
dance with the Rule in Paragraph 5.

A, AN, un, una, 6 asleep, dormido, durmi-

to be able to, 139
accident, accidente
to address, dirigir
to admire, admirar
after, despue's de
afternoon, tarde, FEM.
against, contra
ago, 133
to agree, 1 65
to alight, apearse, 1 02
all, todo, 92
to allow, dejar
almost, casi
already, ya
afso, tarnbie*n
altar, altar
always, siempre
among, entre
amusing, dpertido
anchor, ancla
and, y, 113
answer, contestaci6n
to answer, contestar
any, 6, 92, 97 to 99, 132
anybody, anyone, 93, 99
to appear, parecer, 168
to applaud, aplaudir
apple, manzana
to approve, 1 10
are there ? hay ?
to arrive, llegar
as, 49, 136
as many, as much, 49
as soon as, luego que
to ask (enquire), pre-
guntar
to ask (request), 159
clever, habif
94
 95
roOBEY,obedecer,168
 96

Spain, Espafia thy, 14, 16 watch, reloj

Spanish, espanol thyself, te water, agua
to speak, hablar ticket, billete way, camino
speaking, hablando time, tiempo we, nosotros
to spend, gastar time =
occasion, vez week, semana
spoken, hablado time (of day), hora well, bien
spoon, cuchara to tire, cansar what? jque*?
to start, salir, 148 tired, cansado what (RELATIVE) lo que
station, estaci6n to get tired, cansarse when, cuando
stick, bast6n to, a (and page 74) where, donde
still, aiin to the, 8 whether, si
stone, piedra to-day, hoy which, 34, 53, 55
street, calle, FEM. to-morrow, maiiana white, bianco
strong, fuerte to-night, esta noche \vho, 33, 53, 54, 55
to study, estudiar tobacco, tabaco \vhole, todo
studying, estudiando told, dicho whom ? 33, 54

sugar, azucar too, demasiado whose, 33

to suggest, 162 too much, too many, 92 why ? i por que* ?
to supply, surtir tool, herramieuta wife, esposa, senora
to suppose, 165 to touch, tocar to be willing to, 138
sure, segurb towards, hacia to win, ganar
town, ciudad wind, viento
TABLE, mesa train, tren window, veutana
to take, tomar to travel, viajar windy, 130
taken, tornado traveller, viajero wine, vino
tall, alto truth, verdad wing, ala
tea, te" wish, deseo
to teach, ensefiar UGLY, feo to wish, 138
to tell, 123 umbrella, paraguas
i with, con
than, que uncle, tlo without, sin
thank you, gracias to understand, com- woman, mujer
that (CONJ. & EEL.) que prender word, palabra
that (DEMONST.), 29, 30 until, hasta work, trabajo
the, 6, 7 upstairs, arriba j
to work, trabajar
theatre, teatro us, to us, 66 j
workman, obrero
thee, 65, 66 useful, util worse, peor, 46
their, 14, 15 to be worth, 128
theirs, 38 to 42 VERY, muy, 134, 137 to wound, 162
them, to them, 66, 69 vessel, buque to write, escribir, 155
themselves, 65, 100 village, aldea writing, escribiendo
then, entonces voyage, viaje written, escrito
there, alli v 131
there is, are, etc., 131 to WAIT (for), aguar- YEAR, auo
these, 29 dar, esperar last year, el afio pasado
they, ellos, ellas waiter, mozo, criado yes, si
thing, cosa waiting, aguardando, yesterday, ayer
think, creer, 109 esperando yet, todavia
this, 29, 30 ; those, 29 to walk, 149 you, to you, 1,66
thou, tti to want, desear, 138 youjr, 14, 15, 16
to throw, tirar to warm, 109 yours, 41, 42
to thunder, 110 to wash, lavar yourself, -ves, 65, 100
 SPANISH
READING
SIMPLIFIED

A COLLECTION OF
AMUSING ANECDOTES, Etc.
with

COPIOUS FOOT-NOTES ON EVERY PAGE

rendering a

DICTIONARY UNNECESSARY

THE ONLY FULLY ANNOTATED READER IN EXISTENCE

PHILADELPHIA
DAVID McKAY, Publisher
604-8 S. Washington Square
 INSTRUCTIONS TO STUDENTS.

The Student is assumed to know the ARTICLES and

NOMINATIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS (Lesson 1 in " Spanish
Simplified ") the POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES (Lesson 3) and
PRONOUNS (Lesson 8), the DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES-
and PRONOUNS (Lesson 6), the INTERROGATIVE ADJEC-
TIVES and PRONOUNS (Lesson 7), the RELATIVE PRONOUNS
(Lesson 10), the NUMBERS (Lessons 14 and 15), the PRESENT
TENSES of tener, haber, ser, estar, and of the REGULAR
* 1

VERBS (Lessons 1 to 5), and a few words of very frequent

occurrence. He should also know the ordinary way of
forming the FEMININE and PLURAL and it would be advi-
;

sable to read carefully through Lesson 12 in our Grammar,

before beginning this Reader.

A number after a word refers to the English translation

at the foot,which bears the same number. If several words
are translated together, the number is given after the first
word and the last. The literal translations are followed by
a translation in good English, preceded by the sign =
Nouns are translated in the SINGULAR, and Regular
Verbs in the INFINITIVE,
 PREFACE.
In the study of Languages, the importance of READING
the Foreign Idiom as soon as possible is universally admitted.
Unfortunately, every year thousands of students give up
the attempt in despair. Very few have the time and perse-
verance required to search for every word in a Dictionary.
A beginner takes three or four hours to go through an
ordinary page under these circumstances ; and even then it
is doubtful whether he has translated correctly.

"HUGO'S SIMPLIFIED READER " has been compiled to

prevent this great waste of time. By its aid a beginner
after a few weeks' study of our Grammar can easily
translate a page in less than half an hour, WITH THE CER-
TAINTY THAT HE HAS NOT MISTAKEN ME MEANING OP A
SINGLE PHRASE. This is ensured by the copious foot-notes,
every word being translated until it has occurred' several times.
An extensive Vocabulary is thus acquired without effort.

The contents consist of interesting Anecdotes, etc., which

amuse the student, as well as instructing him. In selecting,
dry extracts from classical authors have been carefully
it being of far more practical use to
avoided, acquire the
language as spoken and written at the present time.
Compilers of Reading Books usually explain the absence
of notes by the statement that looking out words in a Dic-
tionary impresses them better- on the memory. This is a very
poor excuse. The real reason is that ONE PAGE WITH CARE-
FULLY PREPARED NOTES INVOLVES AS MUCH LABOR AS
A DOZEN UN ANNOTATED PAGES, and therefore cannot be
produced without much trouble ami expense.
Most Reading Books are of no more tise to the average
student than a newspaper or an ordinary book, as it is nearly
as much trouble to refer to a Dictionary as to a Vocabulary
on a different page; whereas the copious notes in Hugo's
Reader, being always at hand for instantaneous reference,
make this book invaluable to the learner.
 LIST of WORDS
not translated in the Foot- Notes.
& to, at
 'La Hospitalidad.*
Un
soldado pregunto 2 a uno de sus camaradas, 3 que volvia*
de una campafia, 5 si habia 6 hallado 7 mucha1 hospitalidad 1 en
Holanda. 1 j Oh si, mucha, 1 respondio 1 todo el tiempo que
!
;

he estado 8 alii lo he pasado9 en el hospital.

not to be translated ,
1 the same, or nearly the same, as in English.
2 asked 3 comrade; ;
4 was returning ;
5 campaign 6 (he) had ; 7 found ; ;

8 been ; 9 passed.

La Cuna. 2
Una pobre mujer pidio 4 un dia limosna5 a un
3
caballero
muy alto 6 con unos pies 7 desmesurados, 8 y le 9 dijo, viendo 1
.

13 12 14 16
que no la queria socorrer, que por el amor de Dios le
11

diese 15 al menos 17 uno de sus zapatos. 18

Como 19
I
uno de mis zapatos 18 ?
! Y que quiere20 Vd.
21
hacer con el ?
Hare 22 una cuna2 para mi nino.
2 cradle 3 poor 4 asked 5 alms 6 tall 7 foot
; ;
8 huge 9 (to) him;' ; ; ; ; ;

10 seeing 11 (he) would 12 succour 13 her 14 Jove 15 he should give

; ; ; ; ; ;

16 her 17 least 18 shoe

;
19 what 20 will 21 do 22 (1) shall make.
; , ; ; ;

El Charlatan.
Un
charlatan 1 de los 2 que venden 3 especificos 1 universales, 1
mando 4 a buscar 5 aun medico 6 porque 7 estaba8 malo. 9 Llego 10
6 11 11 13 12 13 14 15
elmedico, y luego que le vio le dijo que no tenia
nada r15 y que podia 16 haberse excusado 16 de llamarle 17 por una
cosa tan 18 frivola. 1
i Como 19 frivola 1 ? respondio el charlatan, sabe 1 1
<;
20
Vd. 20
que por descuido
21
he tornado 22 una de mis pildoras 23 ?

2 those ; sell ; 4 sent ; 5 seek , 6 physician ; 7 because ; 8 (he) was ,

3
9 ill ; 10 arrived ; 11 as soon as ; 12 (he) saw ; 13 (to) him ; 14 (he) said ;
15 (he) had nothing=nothing was the matter with him ; 16 (he) might
have excused himself (=avoided) ; 17 call(ing) him ; 18 so ; 19 how ; 20 do
you know ;
21 carelessness ;
22 taken ;
23 pill.
*
English words ending in ^usually end in dad in Spanish.
 El Valor.
Un hombre, que se 2 habia vanagloriado 2 de su valor,1 huy6 3
en eierta4 ocasion 1 de su contrario, 5 y uno de los testfgos 6
de sus fanfarronadas, 7 que le8 vio 8 correr,9 le 11 grit6 10 :
t Donde esta ese valor 1 ? y el, sin dejar 12 de correr, 9 le 11
replieo
13
: En las piernas. 1 *

not to be translated 1 the same, or nearly the same, as in English.

;

2 had bragged 3 fled 4 (a) certain ; 5 opponent 6 witness 7 boast ; 8

; ; ; ;

saw him 9 run ; 10 called out ; 1 1 to him ; 12 =ceasing ; 13 replied ; 14 leg.

;

El Aldeano 2 y los Monos.3

Un
aldeano que llevaba4 de 5 parte 5 de su amo 6 al seiior 7 del
2

1^
pueblo de regalo un canasto de peras, encontr6 en la
8 9 11 13 13

escalera dos grandes monos con vestidos 16 azules 15 bordados 17

14 3

de oro 18 y espada 19 ceiiida, 20 que se 21 arrojaron 21 a la fruta 1

en 22 cuanto 22 la 24 vieron. 23 Como 25 el aldeano 2 no habia26 visto 28
nunca27 esta especie 1 de animates, 1 se 29 quito la montera29 con
mucha1 cortesia, 1 y les 31 dejo 30 hacer 32 lo 38 que quisieron. 33
35
Apenas agarraron los monos algunas peras cuando se
34 3 36 12 87

38 39 40
marcharon a comerlas, y tomando en ton ces su canasto, 11
37

se 41 presento 41 al senor.
7
Este 42 noto 43 la falta 44 y preguntole45
-^n que a lo que contesto 48 el labriego47
consistia,
46
:

44 49 51 50
Senor, lleno venia, pero los senoritos, vuestros hijos,
52 53 54 55
han tornado las que f altan, y quedan comiendolas56 en la
36 26 57 58
escalera. 14 Algunos criados que habian sido testigos del
Jance,
59
descubrieron 60 la sencillez
61
del aldeano, 2 que fue
62

8 63 63
muy celebrada en la casa, y todo 1
el pueblo se rio de ella.

2^ villager 3 monkey 4 was taking 5=on the part 6 master 7 squire

, ; , ; ; ;

8 village 9=as-a 10 present 11 basket 12 pear 13 encountered 14 stair-

; ; , , , ,

case 15 blue 16 dress

;
17 embroidered
;
18 gold 19 sword
;
20 girded , , , ;

21 flung themselves=darted 22 immediately 23 they saw 24 it 25 as , , ; ; ;

26 had 27 never
,
28 seen 29 he took off his
, cap 30 let 31 them , , ; ;

32 do 33 what they liked \ 34 hardly

;
35 seized 36 some 37 they , ; ;

marched off 38 eat them 39 taking

;
40 then 41 he presented him-
; ; ,

self 42 =the latter

;
43 noticed 44 deficiency 45 asked him
; 46 it con- , ; ;

sisted 47 peasant 48 answered

;
49 it came 50 full 51 young gentlemen
; ; ; ; ;

r>2 taken 53 those 54 are missing 55 remain=are now

, ;
56 eating them ; ; ;

f>7 been ; 58 witness 59 incident 60 discovered=made known ; 61 sim-

; ;

plicity ; 62 was ; 63 made merry.

 From this point the Student is assumed to understand the formation
of the Participles and the Future Tense (see Lessons 6 and 8 in
"SPANISH SIMPLIFIED.")

Dispute 1 de dos Reos. 2

Un salteador
de caminos 3 y un deshollinador,4 convencidos6
3

6
de un robo domestico, 1 fueron7 condenados1 a muerte 8 a un
mismo tiempo. El salteador,3 ricamente9 vestido,10 subio 11 al
patibulo con mucha arrogancia y descaro, pero parecio
12 1 1 13 14

15
que ponia la mayor16 atencion 1 en las exhortaciones 1 del re-

ligioso,
17
y el deshollinador4 se acerco 18 a el para escuchar 19
18

21 20 22 24 28 8
sus palabras edificantes. Retirate, le dice el salteador
de camirios, 3 y trata25 de resignarte. 26 No quiero,27 le24respon-
1 28 29 30
de, pues yo tengo tanto derecho como tii a estar aqui.
31

__
2 criminal 3 highwayman 4 chimney-sweep ; 6 convicted 6 robbery ;
; ; ;

7 wre 8 death ; 9 richly* 10 dressed

; 11 mounted ; 12 gallows ; 13 im-
; ;

pudence appeared
;
14 15 was placing
it 16 greatest
; 17 clergyman ; ; ;

18 approached ; 19 listen to 20 edifying 21 word 22 go back ; 23 says

; ; ; ;

24 (to), him ; 25 try ; 26 resign thyself j 27 I will 28 since ; 29 as much ; ;

30 right j 31 as.

Un Hijo obediente.
Un 2 3 4
padre anciano y rico pkro bastante avaro, envid a
5 6

1 8
su hijo a estudiar a Salamanca, encargandole sobre tpdo que
7

viviese9 con la mas estricta 1 economia. 1 El joven, 10 a 11 f uer de11

12 12 13 1
hijo obediente, se informo del precio de los principales
articulos1 de consu'mo 1 luego 14 que 14 llego 15 a la ciudad.
16 17 19 18 20
Pregunto cuanto costaba una vaca y le dijeron queQ
1 12
de trescientos a cuatrocientos francos ; informose luego 21
del precio 13 de las perdices22 y le respondieron 1 que de dos a
tres francos1 cada23 una.
24 25 26
Entonces, dijo para si el mozuelo, sera bueno comer
27

28 29
gusto a mi
22 30
perdices todos los dias para obedecer y dar
padre.
2 old 3 rich ; 4 enough rather; 5 stingy ; 6 sent ; 7 charging him 8
; ;

above 9 he should live ; 10 youth ; 11 like ; 12 informed himself=en-

;

quired ; 13 price 14 as soon as ; 15 he arrived ; 16 he asked 17 how much ;

; ;

18 cow ; 19 cost 20 they told ; 21 afterwards, next ; 22 partridge 23 each ;

; ;

24 then 25 himself ; 26 youth ; 27 to eat ; 28 obey ; 29 give ; 30 pleasure,

;

*
Adverbs ending in ly usually end in mente in Spanish*
English
 8

Estratagema singular de Cristobal Col6n.

Cristobal 2 Colon 2 hizo 3 un desembarco4 en Jamaica en
1504, y trat6 de formar un establecimiento.
5 1 6
Los insulares*
se8 apartaron 8 de la costa9 dejando 10 a los Espanoles11 sin
viveres. 12 Una estratagema1 singular 1 se 13 puso 13 en ejecucidn1
14 16
en vista de tal 16 apuro.
Debia17 haber breve 17 un eclipse 1 de luna. 18 Col6n
muy en
mand6 19 llamar20 a los jefes21
de los pueblos23 vecinos,22 y les24
1 1 25 26 26
dijo con tono firme : Muy pronto sereis castigados el ;

27
dios todopoderoso de los Espanoles, que yo adoro, va28 a
11 1

daros28 sus mas terribles1 golpes, 29 y en prueba30 de lo que

os 32 digo, 31 vereis, 33 desde^esta 34 noche, encenderse35 la luna,18
36 37
despues oscurecerse, y negaros58 su luz. 39 Este seri40 el
1 41 42
preludio de vuestras desgracias, si no os aprovechais de
43

mi aviso. 43

Comienza 44 en^efecto1 a45 pocas45 horas el eclipse. 1 La deso-

lacidn 1 entre46 los salvajes47 es tan 48 grande que van 49 todos 4
50 51 52 53 55
postrarse ^ los pies de Colon, jurando que nada le falta-
54
ria. Este hombre habil 56 aparenta57 dejarse conmover67 se58 ;

encierra58 como 59 para desarmar 1 la colera60 celeste, 1 y mues-

trase61 pocb despues, 36 anunciando 1 que Dios se 62 haapiadado62
18 63 63 1
y que la luna volveria a aparecer. Los Indios, que qneda-
ron 64persuadidos1 deque este estranjero 1 disponia65 de lanatura-
leza06 a su arbitrio,67 no le 69 dejaron 68 carecer70 de cosa alguna. 71

2 Christopher Columbus ; 3 made ; 4 landing ; 5 tried ; 6 settlement ; 7 is-

lander ; 8 withdrew ; 9 coast ; 10 leaving ; 11 Spaniard ; 12 provisions ; 13
=was put ; 14 y^ew ; 15 such ; 16 want ; 17 =there was very soon tp take
place ; 18 moon j_ 19 ordered ; 20 to call ; 21 chief ; 22 neighbouring ; 23
village ; 24 to them ; 25 soon ; 26 you will be punished : 27 almighty ; 28 ia
going to give you ; 29 blow ; 30 proof ; 31 I say ; 32 to you ; 33 you will see ;
34 from this=this very ; 35 =show its light ; 36 afterwards ; 37 disap-
pear ; 38 deny you ; 39 light ; 40 will be 41 misfortune ; 42 you avail
;

yourselves ; 43 warning ; 44 begins ; 45 =in a few ; 46 among ; 47 savages ;

48 so ; 49 they go 50 prostrate themselves ; 51 foot ; 52 swearing ; 53
;

nothing ; 54 should be wanting ; 55 to him ; 56 clever ; 67 pretends to allow

himself to be affected 58~withdraws ; 59 as if ; 60 anger ; 61 shows him-
;

self ; 62 lias been appeased ; 63 would appear again ; 64 remained ; 65 dis-

posed ; 66 nature; 67 will j 68 let ; 69 him ; 70 be in want ; 71 any
 Ifrom this point the Student is assumed to understand the formation
of the Imperative and Past Definite (see Lweow 9 and 10 in
" SPANISH SIMPLIFIED
").

tin nino positivo.

Un nino lloraba2 mucho porque habia 3 perdido4 dos fran-
1
cos que tenia. 8
Un tio 5
suyo
6
le 7 8 9
rega!6 igual cantidad para
10 13
pero el nino Iloraba aun mas y decia
11 12
con'solarle, "Si no :

hubiese 14 perdido 4 mis dos francos, 1 ahora tendria 15 cuatro."

2 wept ; 3 he had ;
4 lost ; 5 uncle ; 6 (of) his ; 7 regalar, to present ; 8
equal 9 quantity
; ;
10 console him ; 11 wept ; 12 still ; 13 said ; 14 1 had ;
161 should have.

La Forma de la Tierra.
Un maestro 2 de escuela, 3 querlendo 4 un dia explicar 5 a sus
6 1 7 9 8
discipulos la forma de la Tierra, la compar6 con su taba-
10 11 12 13
quera, la cual era redonda. Pocos dias despues, presen-
t6se 14 en la escuela 3 un inspector, 1 y segiin 15 costumbre, 16
17 18 19 1 20
dirigio algunas preguntas a los escolares. Despues de
20 1 1 21
examinarlos de gramatica y aritmetica, paso a geograf ia, 1
23 22 11 1 7
y les pregunto cual era la forma de la Tierra.
Todos permanecieron 24 callados. 25 El maestro, 2 a26 fin de 26
refrescar 27 lamemoria1 de los muchachos, saco 28 la tabaquera10
del bolsillo 29 pero desgraciadamente, 30 para hacer 31 honor 1 al
;

33 10 34
inspector, habia aquel dia traido una tabaquera de plata
1 32

35 35 36 36 37
que no usaba mas que Ios domingos, y que era cuadrada.
Inmediatamente, un discipulo levanto la mano para
1 6 38 39

indicar1 que el sabia40 la respuesta,41 y dijo :

" 7 37 36 36
Senor, la Tierra es cuadrada los domingos, y redon-
12 42 43 "
da los demas dias de la semana.
2 master ; 3 school 4 wishing 5 to explain ; 6 pupil 7 earth 8 com-
; ; ; ;

parar, to compare ; 9 it 10 snuff-box 11 was;

12 round ; 13 after 14 ; ; ,

presented himself 15 according to ; 16 custom

;
17 dirigir, to address 18 ; ;

Borne ; 19 question 20 after examining them 21 pasar, to pass ; 22 pre-

; ;

guntar, to ask 23 them ; 24=remained ; 25 silent ; 26 in order to.; 27 re-

;

fresh 28 sacar, to draw out 29 pocket 30 unfortunately 31 do ; 32 had

; ; ; ; ;

33 brought ; 34 silver ; 35 he only used ; 36 on Sundays; 37 square 38 le ;

yantar, to raise ; 39 hand ; 40 knew ; 41 answer ; 42 other 43 week. ;

 10

Los ciuco Toros.

El Marques1 de Villa Hermosa2 tenia 3 intenci6n x de pasar*
un lugar5 vecino 6 4 sus estados7 donde se 10 celebraba10 una
corrida 8 de toros. 9 Sabiendo 12 los alcaldes11 la intencion 1 del
13
marques, f ueron a Cuenca, donde estaba, y con expresivas 1
1 2

14 16 15 17 17 18 19
suplicas le rogaron se dignase ir a tiempo que pudiese
ver 20 la f uncion. 1 Alegrose 21 el marques del convite, 22 y con
23 25 24 9
grande alborozo les pregunto y que toros teneis26 ? :
<r

Uno de los alcaldes respondio

1 11
Cuatro, excelentisimo
1 :

seiior ; y si vuestra Excelencia 1 viene, 27 seran cinco.

not to be translated
;
1 the same, or nearly the same, as in
English.
2 beautiful ; 3 tad
4 pass ; 5 place 6=near ; 7 state ; 8=fight ; 9 bull ;
; ;

10 was taking place ; 11 magistrates, authorities ; 12 knowing 13 went ; ;

14 request ; 16 rogar, to entreat ; 16 him 17=to condescend ; 18 to go ; ;

19 he could ; 20 see 21 was pleased 22 invitation ; 23 joy ; 24

,
preguntar, j

to ask ; 25 them 26 have you ; 27 comes.

;

La Habladora.
Para vengarse 2 de una habladora 3 in sufrible 4 y perjudicial, 1
la 5 presentaron 1 un dia un sujeto 6 que la8 dijeron 7 era9 un
literato 10 de una conversacion 1 interesante. 11 Como 12 su flaco 13
era9 el 14 de hablar mucho y de creerse15 con talento, 1 le16 re-
cibio 16 con mucho placer
17
;
18 19
pero ansiosa por lucir su pico
20

se 21 puso
21
a hablar al momento 1 haciendole 22 mil preguntas23
diferentes 1 sin lograr 24 la men or 25 respuesta.
26

Hecha 27
la visita,
1
1 esta Vd. contenta de su 28 presentado28
1
?
8
la preguntaron.
\
Oh ! si
29
estoy encantada
29
: es hombre de gran talento. 1

A esta exclamacion 1
todos se 30 echaron a reir, 30 pues 31 este
9
gran talento era un mudo. 32
2 avenge themselves ; 3 chatterbox ; 4 insufferable ; 5 to her ; 6 subject
=person ; 7 they told 8 her ; 9 was ; 10 literary man ; 11 interesting ; 12
;

as ;
13 weakness 14=that ; 15 belie v(ing) herself ; 16 she received him ;
;

17 pleasure ; 18 anxious ; 19 to show off ; 20 loquacity 21 she put herself ,

=she began ; 22 making to him=putting to him ; 23 question ; 24 obtain-

(ing) 25 least 26 reply 27 done=over ; 28=the person presented to you
; ; ; -,

29=1 am indeed encBTanted 30 burst out laughing , 31 for ; 32 dumb,

;
 11

From this point the Student is assumed to understand the formation

of theImperfect Indicative and Conditional Indicative (see Lweon
11 in" SPANISH SIMPLIFIED ').
1

El Cura y sus Visitas.

Cuando los curas 3 parrocos
2
visitan 1 sus feligreses, 4 algu-
nas 5 veces 6 hallanse 7 en varies 1 incidentes, 1 unos 5 agradableg8
9
y otros tristes. Hallose 10 en uno de los primeros casos 11 el
cura de una parroquia12 no lejos 13 de Londres.
3

Habia visitado 1 algunos5 de sus feligreses4 cuando llego 14

a la casa de uno que se
15
hallaba 15 en las delicias16 del
17
dia de lavado. 17
La buena mujer no queriendo 18 presen-
19
delante del senor cura 3 con el vestido 21 de lavar, 21
20 ^

tarse
escondiose detras 23 del enjugador, 24 y dijo a su muchacho 25
22

26 28 27
que cuando abriera la ,puerta al cura, le dijera que habia
salido 29 de casa.

Entro 30el cura, y el muchacho cumpliendo* su encargo 1 32

34 29
empezo a decirle que su madre habia salido a dar un
33 56

36 37 38 38
paseo. Pero la mujer, sin advertirlo, dejaba ver la
39 40 41 24
punta del pie por debajo del enjugador.
El cura apercibiendolo42 dijo al muchacho Cuando tu :

madre vuelva43 le45 diras44 que la proxima46 vez* que saiga47 5

a paseo,48 no 49 olvide49 de Ilevarse 50los pies, 50 porque son cosas 51

muy utiles62 para las peisonas 1 aficionadas 53 a andar. 53

not to be translated ; 1 the same, or nearly the game, as in English.

2 parochial 3 parson
;
4 parishioner
;
5 some ; 6 time ; 7 they find
;

themselves; 8 agreeable; 9 sad; 10 found himself j 11 case; 12

parish 13 far 14 llegar, to arrive ; 15 found herself=was
; ;
16 delight ; ;

17 washing-day ; 18 wishing 19 to present herself ;

;
20 before 21 ;

washing-ciress 22 hid herself ; 23 behind 24 clothes-horse

;
25 boy=son ; ; ;

26 he should open ; 27 he should tell 28 him 29 gone out 30 entrap to

; ; ;

enter ; 31 cumplir, to fulfil 32 instruction

;
33 began 34 tell him ; ; ;

35 give=take 36 walk
;
37 noticing it
;
38=allowed to be seen ; 89 ;

point ;
40 foot 41 underneath
;
42 perceiving it ;
;
43 cornea back ;
44 thou wilt tell ; 45 her ; 46 next 47 she goes out ; 48 walk ; 49=
;

she is not to forget ; 50 t^ke he.r feet with her ; 51

thiag j 53 uge.ful ;
53=fond of .walking.
 El Laoftyo inocente.
XJn caballero mando3 a su lacayo 8 que viese4 la hora qt
era en el reloj 5 de so! 5 qne habia6 sobre una piedra7 en el jardin6 ;
y despues9 de haber 9 tardado 10 mas de 11 una hora, le18 13ev6 12
el reloj
5
de sol 5 y le 13 dijo : Ahi 14 esta, busque 15 Vd. la
15 16
yo no he podido
17
hallarla. 18
'
hora, pues
2 mandar, to send ; 3 footman 4 he might see 5 sun-dial 6=(there)
; ; ;

was 7 stone
;
8 garden 9 after having 10 tardar, to delay
; ; ll=than ; ; ;

12 llevar, to carry 13 to him ; 14 here ; 15 look for the time yourself ;

;

16 for ; 17 been able ; 18 to find it.

La Tetera.
Un marinero1 a2 bordo2 de una fragata3 mercante,1 tuvo
la desgracia4 de dejar caer al mar 7 una tetera8 de plata,9 y
5 6

lleno 10 de temor 11 se 12 fue 12 al camarote 13 del comandante,1 y

le 15 dijo 14 Mi capitan, 1 se 16 puede decir 16 de una cosa"
: ;

18 18 19
que se sabe donde esta, que esta perdida ?
20 18 18 21
No, puesto que se sabe su paradero.
En ese caso,1 nada22 teneis que temer22 por vuestra tetera,
8

23 24 7
porque yo se que esta en el fondo del mar.
2 on board ;
3 frigate
;
4 misfortune 5 let f 6 fall ; 7 sea ; 8 tea-pot
, ;

9 silver ; 10 full 11 fear ; 12 he went ; 13 cabin

;
14 said ; 15 to him ; ;

16 can it be said ;
17 thing ; 18 (it) is known ; 19 lost ; 20 supposing ;

21 position ;
22 you have nothing to fear ; 23 know ; 24 bottom.

Una Orden.
El ilustre1 caballero Taylor referia8 un dia los honored
3 1
que habia recibido de las diferentes cortes de Enropa,1 y
1

4
las 6rdenes con que habia sido condecorado 1 por un gran
niimero 1 de soberanos. 5
Un caballero que se6 hallaba6 cerca7 de7 el le dijo que no
habia nombrado 8 al rey de Prusia 1 : Presumo 1 (anadio 9) que
este 10 no os 12 dio 11 ninguna 13 orden.
Perdone 14 Vd.,14 repuso 15 Taylor, pues16 me ha dado 17 la
orden4 perentoria1 de salir18 de 18 sus Estados. 19
2 was relating 3 received 4 order 5 sovereign
; 6 found himself=
; ; ;

was 7 near ;
; 8 nombrar, to name 9 anadir, to add 10=tnis one 5 ; ;

11 gave 12 you ^
;
13 no ;
14 (I beg your) pardon ; 15 replied j 16 since;
17 given 18 go out;of=quit ; 19 states.
 13

From this poinTthe Student is assumed toMsnow the Conjunctive

Personal Pronouns, and the Rules on their po&ition (see Lesson 12 in
SPANISH SIMPLIFIED").
El Condenado.
Un hombre condenado 2 a 1
las llamas 3 se escapo de las
manos4 de la justicia.
1
No pudiendo
5
hacer 6
otra 7
cosa, le
10
Aquel mismo dia atraveso cabal-
8 1
quemaron en efigie.
11 9
mente el reo una de las mas altas12 montafias 13 de los Piri-
neos,
1
deciau despues 15 :
ir Nunca16 he tenido17 mas frio 18

que el dia que me quemaron.

8

2 condenar, to condemn 3 flame 4 hand ; 5 being able ; 6 to do ; 7 thing;

; ;

8 quemar, to burn ; 9 criminal 10 passed over ; 1 1 exactly;

12 high ; 13 ;

mountain ; 14 he used to say ; 15 afterwards ; 16 never ; 17=been : 18 cold.

El Juez,
Abogado y el Burro. el
En un distrito 1 judicial 1
de Luisiana, 1 estaba el tribunal 1
ocupado
1
con la vista 2
de una causa,3 cuyo abogado4 no
5 6 7 1
gozaba de gran favor con el juez. Resumia el magistrado
1

8 3 10
los hechos de la* causa, cuando rebuzn6 descompasada-
mente 11 un burro,5 alii 12 cerca. 12
6
Que es eso ? pregunto el juez con enojo. 14
13
<?

Nada,
15
seiior, contesto 16 el abogado, 4 es el eco 1 de la voz17
de vuestra senoria. 18
Callose 19 el juez, 6 aunque 20 hubiera21 podido mandar21 a la
carcel28 al insolente, 22 pero la casualidad24 vino 25 en su ayuda. 2 *
Cuando el abogado4 ref utaba1 con gran calor27 ciertas28 ob-
servaciones1 del juez,6 volvio 29 el burro a rebuznar20 con
tanta80 f uerza, 31 que no se 32 oia 32 la voz 17 del abogado. En-
tonces33 el juez dijo con mucha gravedad 1 :
"Calle 34 uno de Vds. si quieren 35 ser oidos, 36 porque
"
hablanda los dos a un tiempo es imposible. 1
2 =lrial ; 3 lawsuit ; 4 lawyer 5 gozar, to enjoy 6 judge 7 was ; , ;

summing up 8 fact ; 9 donkey 10 rebuznar, to bray

;
11 excessively
; 12 ; ;

there near=close by 13 preguntar, to ask 14 anger 15 nothing ; 16 con-

; ; ,

testar, to reply 17 voice ;

18 lordship ; 19 kept silent 20 although
; 21 he ; ;

could have sent 22 insolent (fellow*) ; 23 prison ; 24 chance ; 25 came ;

;

2-5 aid ; 27 heat 28 certain ;29 the donkey brayed again ; 30 so much ;
;

31 force ; 32 was heard 33 then 34 be silent 35 you wish ; 36 heard*

; ; ;

*
Adjective* are very frequently used as Nouns in Spanish.
 14

Dispute entre un Viajero Espaflol y un Indiano.

TJn viajero2 espanol encontro* a un indiano 1 en cierto4
bosque.
5
Ambos6 iban 7 a8 caballo. 8 El espanol, que temia9
10 11 12
que el suyo no pudiese hacer el viaje, porque era muy
malo, quiso cambiar 14 con el 15 del indiano, 1 que era 3 oven 18
13

17 1 17
y vigoroso. El indiano se nego a ello, y el espanol en-
19 1
18 19
tonces le movio una disputa. Vinieron
20 a
las manos,21
bien 1 22 22
y el espanol, que estaba armado, se apoder6 del
caballo del indiano, en23 el que23 siguio 24 su camino. 25
El infeliz26 indiano le siguio 24
a 27 lo lejos, 27 y fue28 a dar29
31 1 32
queja^al juez del primer pueblo obligado el espanol a com- ;

33 34
parecer con el caballo, sostuvo que este era suyo, y muy
suyo como que lo habia criado el mismo desde chico.
35 36 37 38

No habiendo pruebas 39 de lo contrario,1 el juez31 iba40 a

declarar 1 absuelto 41 de lademanda1 al espanol, cuando qui-
tandose42 su capa43 el indiano y cubriendo44 con ella repentina-
mente45 la cabeza46 del caballo, dijo al mismo tiempo al juez 31 :

Yo probare47 de un modo 48 incontestable 1 mi asercion 1 ;

49 50
que diga
49
ahora mi contrario, de que ojo 51 es tuerto 52 el
caballo ?

Del derecho,53 contesto 54 el espanol sin detenerse. 55

Pues56 no 57 lo es de mnguno, 57 repuso 68 el americano,1 des-
59 46 1
tapando la cabeza del animal.
Oonvencido60 el juez31 con una prueba39 tan higeniosa1
61 1
y fuerte, adjudic6 el caballo al indiano, y se termino 1 la
1
disputa.
2 traveller ; 3 encoritrar, to meet 4 certain ; 5 wood 6 both
; 7 were ; ;

going 8 on horseback ; 9 temer, to fear ; 10 could

; 11 do ; 12 journey ; ;

13 wanted; 14 to change ; 15 the (one) ; 16 young ; 17 refused i 18 then ; ;

19 moved him to 20 they came ; 21 hands=blows

;
22 took possession ; ;

23 upon which ; 24 followed ; 25 way 26 unhappy 27 at a distance

; ; ;

28 went 29 give=make ; 30 complaint ; 31 judge

; 32 village 33 to ; ;

appear 34 he maintained ; 35 brought up 36 himself 37 from 38 (its)

; ; ; ;

youth 39 proof
;
40 was going ;41 absolved 42 taking off 43 cloak ;
; ; ;

44 covering ; 45 suddenly ; 46 head ; 47 probar, to prove 48 manner ; ;

49 let .say
. . 60 opponent ; 51
; eye 52 one-eyed ; 53 right j 54 contestar,
,

to answer 65=he8itating ; 56 then 57 not

;
it is of none=he is not so in
;

either ; 58 replied ; 59 -uncovering 60 convinced ; 61 strong.

,
 15

El Suftalterno E3ooc&3._
3
Se refiere una anecdota de un Eseoces qiie era oficia!
2 1
2 4

del Ejercito
5
Britanico 6
y fue mandado 7
con su regimiento
1

a Gibraltar. En aquel entonces8 era subalterno 1 y hallabase9

un dia de 10 guardia 10 con otro companero 11 oficial 4 que tuvo
la desgracia
12
de caer 13 en un .preeipicio 1 de cuatrocientos
5 16 16
pies de profundidad y quedo muerto.
14 1-

Era deber 17
del subalterno 1 dar 18 cuenta19 de lo 20 ocurrido 20
en 10 la guardia10 y habiendolo 21 hecho asi, 21 anadio22 la
" nada24 de 1
formula1 de costumbre23 1
particular ha ocurrido
;

en la guardia."
El fatal 1 accidente 1 de la caida25 en el precipicio 1 del otro
26 27
4
oficial vino a, oidos del comandante, 1 y naturalmente 1 la
1"
28 24
frase de "nada de particula^ocurrido, le caus6 1 extrafiez^. 29
"
"; Como 30 !exclamo 1 el Mayor 31 de la Brigada, 1 u <;Yd.
llama 32
a esto nada 24 de particular, cuando su companero 11
oficial 4 ha16 muerto 16 cayendo 33 de una altura 34 de cuatro-
cientos pies14 ?"
" 1 35 " no
Bien, Senor," replico el joven oficial, he creido 38
37
que hubiera en ello nada de extraordinario 1
si el pobre 3* ;

40
amigo hubiese caido en un precipicio de cuatrocientos pies
39 1

39 41 42 43
y no hubiera muerto, lo hubiera hallado muy extra-
1
en 44 44 42 45 46 "
ordinario efecto, y lo hubiera puesto en el parte.
2 is related ;
3 Scotchman ; 4 officer ; 5 army 6 British ; 7 ;

mandar, to send ;
8 then 9 found himself=was
; 10 on guard ; 11 com- ;

panjon=fellow ,
12 misfortune 13 (to) fall
; 14 foot 15 depth ;
; ;

lt)==was killed ; 17 duty 18 to give

; 19 account ; 20 what occurred ;
;

21 having done so ;
22 anadir, to add 23 custom 24 nothing 25 fall ; ; ; ;

26 came 27=ears 28 phrase ; 29 astonishment

; ; 30 what 31 major.; ; ;

32 llamar, to call 33 falling 34 height ;

; 35^ young 36 creer, to
; ;

believe 37 there was

;
38 poor 39 had ; 40 fallen 41 died ; 42 ; ; ;

I should have 43 hallar^-to find

; 44 indeed ; 45 put ; 46. report. ;

Un predicador dijo en un sermon que san Francisco 1

2 1 3

Xavier habia convertido en un dia diez mil4 hombres en

1

isla 1 desierta. 1

2 preacher ; 3 saint ; 4 thousand.

 El Enfermo invisible.
Un filosofo,
2 3
poco arnigo de los medicos, tuvo una vez
1 3

4
que guardar cama por
4 una 1
grave enfermedad, y
1
un
8
amigo envio al momento a buscar un facultative. Luegoa
5 6 6 7 7

9 1 10 1
que llego se lo anunciaron al enfermo, quien respondio :

Decidle 11 que estoy malo, y que no recibo 1 a nadie. 12

not to be translated ;
1 the same, or nearly the same, as in English.

2 little ;
3=once 4 to keep [his bed] 5 sent ; 6 at once.; 7 to seefc=for
; ;
J

8 physician j
9 as soon as he arrived ; 10 invalid ; 11 tell him ; 12 nobody.

El Negro.
Carlos2 y dos amigos suyos Ilegaron 3 a un hotel 1 de Nueva4
York, donde debian pasar la noche. No habia vacia msts que
5 1 6 7 8

una habitacion9 con una cama,10 en la cual se11 acomodaronu

1
sus dos amigos, y Carlos2 se resolvio 1 a dormir 12 en un sofa.
Un negro 1 que estaba parando13 en el mismo hotel, ofrecio 1*
1
dividir 1 su cama10 con el, cuya oferta1 fue inmediatamente
aceptada.
1
Carlos fue 15 a acostarse, 16 encargando 18 antes17 al
mozo 19
que
20
le despertase 20 a las cinco de la manana ; pero
21 22 22 23
apenas cayo dormido, cuando sus amigos deseando di~
9 20
vertirse 24 a su costa,
1
vinieron 25 a la habitacion, y le
28 28
ennegrecieron la cara con hollin, de tal 26 27
manera1 que
29 10 80 1
parecia que en la cama habia dos negros.
31 1
El mozo 19 desperto a la hora que habia indicado ; pero,
le

j cual
no seria su sorpresa cuando al mirarse al espejo 33con
1 32 32

objeto de peinarse, vio una cara negra en vez de vuna

1 34 35 37 36 38 38

blanca39 -" Oh " exclamo 1 ; " este imbecil 1 de mozo 19 ha

! !
i

38 38 31
negro en vez de despertarme a mi"; y
1 31
despertado al
diciendo esto, volvio a acostarse tranquilamente. 1
40 41 41

2 Charles 3 llegar, to anrive ; 4 new ; 5 they had to; 6 night 7 there was
; ; ;

8 empty 9 room ; 10 bed ;

;
11 accommodated themselves ; 12 sleep ;

13 parar, to stop ; 14 offered ; 15 went ; 16 lie down \1 before=first ; ;

18 instructing 19 waiter ;
20 that he should wake him ; ;
21 hardly ;

22 he fell asleep 23 desear, to wish ; 24 to divert themselves ; 25 came

; ,'

26 .blacked his face ; 27 soot ; 28 in such ; 29 it seemed ; 30 there were ;

31 despertar, to' wake ; 32 on looking at himself ; 33 mirror ; 34 comb(ing)
hte hair ; 35 he saw ; 36 black ; .37 face ; 38 instead ; 3D white ;
^0 saying'; 41 he weni back to bed* t
 IT
From tm'8~ point the Student is assumed to be acquainted with the
Rules in "SPANISH SIMPLIFIED," as far as the commencement of the
Irregular Verbs (Lesson 19) .

El Sermon.
En ultimo 2 sermon 1 de una mision, 1 que se 3 predioaba3
el
en cierta4 parroquia, 5 lloraron 6 todos los oyentes7 menos uno,
a quien pregunto 9 su vecino 8 For que no lloras6 ? y el :
<;

respondio
1
Porque no soy
: de esta parroquia. 5
2 last ;
3 was preached 4 certain ; ;
5 parish ;
6 llorar, to weep ;

7 hearer ;
8 neighbour 9 asked. ;

Los Hijos de Noe.

Se 3 presento 3 un tonto 2 al obispo 4 para 5 que le ordenase, 5 y
el padre habia ya6 suplicado 1 que no se 8 le pusiesen 8 cuestio-
nes 1 dificiles 1 en 9 atencion a 9 su escaso 10 talento. 1 El obispo 4
Sem, Cham y
11 12 13 14 1 1
para servirle le hizo -solo esta pregunta :

1 1
Japhet, hijos de Noe, quien fue su padre ?

No supo 15 responder, 1 y no fue aprobado. 16

Fuese 17 a su casa y dijo a su padre lo 18 que18 se 19 le habia
19 20 1
preguntado, y que no habia podido responder, porque esas
cosas tan dificiles 1 eran solo 13 para hombres muy abios. 21
23
que no habia cosa
22
Su padre se 22 echo a reir,
-

y le dijo
4 25 26
mas facil. 24 S'i el obispo te hubiera preguntado el hijo :
<j

28
del gobernador 27 de quien es hijo ? hubieras respondidoi
" del 27
": no es verdad 29 ?
gobernador <z

En 30ef ecto, 30dijo el necio 2a su padre, no hay 31 cosa mas facil. 24

En 32 seguida 32 se 17 fue 17 al obispo,4 y le dijo que ya6 sabia33
35 35 14
la respuesta34
que debia darse a su pregunta.
3636 37
Volvio a hacersela el obispo con su santa paciencia 1 :

Sem, Cham y Japhet, hijos de Noe, quien fue su padre ? <;

Y respondio 1 muy satisfecho 38 El gobernador. 27 :

2 fool 3 presentarse, to present one's self

;
4 bishop 5 in order that he ; ;

might ordain him 6 already 7 suplicar, to request

; 8=should be put to
; ;

him 9 in view of
;
10 scanty 11 serve him
;
12 made=put 13 only ;
; ; ;

14 question 15 he knew==could
;
16 aprobar, to approve 17 he went ;
; ;

18 what ;
19=he had been asked 20 been able to 21 learned 22 burst ; ; ;

out laughing 23 there was

;
24 easy 25 had 26 pregwitar, to ask ;
; ; ;

27 governor 28 thou wouldst have

;
29 truth 30 in effect=indeed ; ; ;

31 there is 32=then 33 he knew 34 answer 35=ought to be given ;

; ; ; ;

36=put it to him again 37 holy ; 38 satisfied, ;

38 R8
 IS

La Venganza heroic*.
Tuvieron* un altercado 1 bastante4 acalorado* en un caf& dos
2 6 3
particulares, y uno de ellos, para vengarse, tuvo la bafeza?
de escribir8 al amanecer 9 en la puerta del otro, INFAME. 10
JSste Ultimo 11 f ue 12 a buscarle pero un criado le dijo que
12
;

no estaba en su casa, y le suplico 13 dejase 14 per15 escrlto 15 lo 16

16 3 1
que tuviese qtie comunicarle.
1*
No, respondio, puede Vd. solamente decirle que he
1 17 17 18

yenido20 a volverle 21
su visita, porque esta maiiana me ha
1

23
dejado
22
escritfe su nombre 24 en mi puerta.
2 certain persons ; 3 i*ad 4 enough=rather 5 heated 6 revenge him-
; ; ;

self ; 7 meanness '8 -write ;

;
9 dawn 10 rascal 11 latter 12 went to; ; ;

seek him'=called on him 13 suplicar, to request ; 14 (that) he should leave;

;

15==in writing 16 what

;
17 you may 18 only
;
19 tell him ; 20 dome ; ; ;

2.1 return him 22 dejar, to leave 23 written 24 name.

; ; ;

Los cuatro Caballeros de Industria.

Cuatro caballeros2 de industria2 habiendo comido8 en una
4 4 5 6
taberna, hicieron subir al criado y acordaron el escote por
1

el gasto 7 liecho.
8
El primero hizo 9 como que ponia9 la mano 10
en el bolsillo. 11 El otro se12 la cogi6 12 deteniendola, 13diciendo 14
15
que queria pagar.
16
El tercero hizo 17 la misma riibrica,18 y el
cuartomand6 al criado que no tomase 20 dinero 21alguno 21 de ellos.
19

Como ninguno22 queria15 ceder,23 uno de ellos dijo vende* :

mos24 los ojos25 al criado, como en el juego 26 de la gallina27

27 28 29 16
ciega, y aquel que coja pagara..
Ponen30 en obra31 su proyecto 1 y mientras32 que el muchacho :

iba33 palpando^en el cuarto, ellos descamparon lindamente. 35

Sube 37 el amo 36 y nuestro muchacho le coge,29 y teniendolo 38
39
firine 1 le decia : Vd. sera el que pagara la cuenta. 40

2 swindler ; 3 comer, to dine ; 4 they made the servant mount=called

the servant upstairs ; 5 acordar, to agree on ; 6=settlement 7 expense ; ;

8 made ; 9 did as though he put=pretended to put 10 hand ; 11 pocket ; ;

12 took hold of it 13 detaining it ; 14 saying

;
15 would 16 pagar, to ; ;

pay ; 17 did 18=performance 19 mandar, to order 20 he should take

; ; ; ;

21 any money 22 no one

; 23 give way ; 24 veiidar, to blindfold 25 eye
; ; ;

26 game ; 27 blind hen=blind man's buff 28=the one ; 29 (he) catches ;

hold of ; 30 they put 31 work=execution ; 32 while ; 33 was going ;

;

34 palvar, to grope about 35 neatly=softly ; 36 master ; 37 subir to go

; t

up ; 3$ holding him ; 39 said ; 40 bill.

 19

Lnifl XIV. y el Cortesano.

Luis 1 catorce pregunto un dia a uno' de SUB cortesanos2 :

<?
Sabe 3 Vd. el castellano 4 ?
1 2 6
No, Senor, respondio el cortesano, pero lo aprendere.
Se 6 aplico 6 mucho para aprender 5 aquel idioma, 7 y despue"s8
de haber 8 tornado muchisimo trabajo, 9 porque le parecia 10
1 11 1
que el rey tenia intencion de nombrarle embajador en la
corte 1 de Espana, 12 dijo un dia a Luis catorce
13 14 4
Senor, ahora ya se el castellano.
Muy bien, respondio 1 el rey, en ese caso 1 puede 15 Vd.
leer 15 el Don Quijote en su original. 1
. - i . i
i

2 courtier3 'know; 4 Castilian=Spani8h 5 aprender, to learn ; Qapli-

; ;

carse, to apply one's self 7 language ; 8 after having

; 9 work 10 it ap- ; ;

peared ; 11 appoint him 12 Spain ; 13 already 14 1 know ; 15 you can read.

; ;

;E1 Estudiante sagaz. 2

Estando en la clase 1 un escolar 1 travieso 3 y chistoso,4 pidi6 6
licencia6 a su maestro para salir, 7 pero este 8 se 9 la nego 9 con
enfado. 10 Finjio 11 el estudiante 1 que no le habia oido, 12
1 13 14 14
repitio la suplica, y se le volvio a decir que no pero ;

entonces 15 salio, 16 y el maestro no le detuvo. 17

Entro 1 una liora despues* 18 y el maestro encolerizado 19 le
i Como te has atrevido
20
dijo : a salir 7 sin mi licencia6 ?
1 21
Respondiole muy humildemente el discipulo
1
:

Le pedi 5 a Vd. licencia6 dos veces y ambas22 me dijo que

23
no'; como dos negaciones afirman, crei
1 1 1
que consentia Vtl.
24 25
Y ?ali 16
sin aguardar mas respuesta.
26 27 28 28 29
Quedo desenojado el maestro, y se ri6 de la agudeza.
2 sagacious 3 turbulent ; 4 humorous 5 asked 6 permission ; 7 go(ing)
; ; ;

out 8=the latter 9 denied it to him

; ;
10 vexation ; 11 finjir^ to pretend ;
;

12 heard 13 request
; 14=was again told
;
16 then 16 went out ; ; ;

17 detained 18 afterwards 19 angry

;
20 atreverse, to dare ; 21 humbly
; ; ;

22 both 23 I thought
;
24 wait(ing) ; 25 reply ; 2G qtiedar, to remain ;
;

27 appeased 28 he laughed
; 29 acuteness. ;

Ha " el Barbero 1 de Sevilla 1

i visto Vd. ?

No, senor, me2 afeito 2 solo. 3

2 I shave myself ;
3 aloae.
 El Barfcero de 'JoatTTt.
Tin dia, habiendo llegado el emperador1 Jose 1 a una ciudad
antes2 que3 su acompanamiento,3 le pregunto el ama4 df la
5 6 8 1
posada, pertenecia al sequito del emperador.
si
1 7
No, respondio el prineipe.
8
Sin embargo, con tan laconica1 respuesta9 no quedo 10 satis-
8 ,

de la buena mujer. Busco un pretesto

f echa 1 la curiosidad 1 11 1

1 12 13
para entrar en su cuarto, y viendole ocupado en af eitarse,
1

le pregunto si tenia algiin 14 cargo 15 cerca16 del emperador. 1

1 1
Si, respondio el monarca ; algunas
14
veces le afeito. 13
2 before ; 3 suite ; 4 mistress ; 5 inn ; 6 he belonged ; 7 prince ; 8 never-
theless 9 reply ; 10 quedar, to remain ; 11 buscar, to seek ;12 seeing him ;
;

13 ofeitar to shave ; 14 any, some ; 15 office ; 16 near.

}

.Los dos Marineros.

Dos marineros,2 el uno ingles8 y el otro irlandes,4 convinie-
ron5 en6 socorrerse6 mutuamente1 en el caso 1 de sucederles7
1
algun accidente en el combate.
1
Tuvo el ingles la des-
8 9 10 11 12
gracia de perder tma pierna, y su companero le cargo al
momento sobre sus espaldas13 para llevarle^ a curar. 1
En el camino15 vino16 otra bala1 de can6n, 1 y le 17 llevo 17 la
cabeza18 al herido,19 pero el irlandes4 no lo advirtio 20 y
21 22 23
sigui6 con el cuerpo sin deteners^.
Un oficial24 que le vi6 25pasar1 con el tronco26 de un hombre
eobre las espaldas,13 le pregunto a donde iba. 27
A28
buscar28 al cirujano^responde. 1 Pero,majadero, 30 ^ no
ves que llevas14 uri cuerpo22 sin cabeza18 ?
3*

A estas palabraB32 puso 33 en tierra

34
su carga, 35 y exclamo 1
mirando86 atentamente1 el cadaver37 :
4 Si el mismo
38
me hardicho 39 que era una pierna10 la que
9
habia perdido ! ! !

2 sailor3 Englishman) 4 Irish(man) ; 5 agreed ; 6 to help each other ;

; ;

7 happening) to them 8 misfortune 9 perder, to lose ; 10 leg ; 11 com-

; ;

panion ; 12 loaded=took ; 13 shoulder J14 llevar, to carry ;

; 15 way ;

IScame; 17==took off ; 18 head ; 19 wounded (man) 20 noticed ; ;

21 ollowed=went on 22 body J 23 stop(pmg) ; 24 officer ; 25 saw j

;

26 trunk ; 27 he was going ; 28 to seek=for ; 29 surgeon 30 blockhead ;

;

31 seest thou 32 word ; 33 he put ; 34 ground ; 35 burden ; 36 looking at ;

;

37 corpse ; 38 himself 39 told. ;

 21

El nuevo Hercules.
4
por muy diestro en
3
Tin artesano 1 que pasaba 2 en el pais
los ejercicios de fuerzas, y al mismo tiempo muy robusto>
5 6 1

8 9
se 7 veia 7 frecuentemente 1 obligado 1 a medirlas con algunos.
10 n 12
Vino uno*de muy lejos a Iuchar con nuestro campeon, y 13

14 15 lti
le dijeron que estaba en el cercado de la casa trabajando.
Echa17 pie 18 a tierra y va20 a buscarle al memento, con el
19

15
21 22
caballo de la brida, que ato a una estaca23 del cercado.
25
Camarada, le dice, he oido hablar mucho de vuestras
1 24

6 26 27 28 29
fuerzas, y vengo de cuarenta millas a veros y ensayar
30 31
cual de los dos puede tumbar al otro.
No habia hecho 32 mas que concluir 1 estas palabras, 33 cuando
nuestro hercules solt6 34 al el azadon, le cogi6 por momento 35 36

41 40
las piernas, 37
le arrojo 38 al 39
prado inmediato por encima
de41 la tapia,42 y volviendo 43 a tomar 43 con mucha serenidad 1
44
el azadon, 35 continue su trabajo.

Luego
45 45
que el pobre diablo se
46 48 47
levant 6 47 como pudo48
despues
49
de 49 tan fuerte 50 porrazo 51 : Y J?ien, le dice
24
-el
52
otro, & tiene'Vd. alguna cosa mds que mandarme 52 ?
53 1 54 55
No, senor, gracias, le responde espantado del vuelo ;

echeme 56 Vd. aca57 por el mismo camino 58 mi caballo, pues88

he concluido 1 mi comision,1 y me quiero 60 marchar. 61
2 pasar, to pass 3 country 4 dexterous ; 5 exercise
; ; 6 strength(s) ; ;

7 saw(=found) himself ; 8 medir, to measure ;9=others ; 10 came ; 11 far ;

12 to wrestle 13 champion
;
14 they told 15 enclosure ; 16 trabajar, to
; ;

work; 17 he throws=puts ; 18 foot; 19 ground 20 goes ; 21 bridle ; ;

22 atar, to tie 23 stake 24 (he) says 25 heard ; 26 I come ; 27 mile

; ; ; ;

28 (lo) see you ; 29=to try ; 30 can 31 overthrow ; 32 done ; 33 word ;

;

34 loosened=ttirew down 35 pick-axe 36 took hold of ;

; 37 legs ; ;

38 arrojar, to fling 39 adjoining ; ;40 meadow 41 over 42 mud-wall ; ; ;

43 again taking 44 work ;

45 as soon as 46 poor
; devil=fellow 47 got ; ;

up 48 (best) he could ; 49 after ; 50 strong

;
51 blow ; 52 to command ;

me ;
53 thanks ; 54 espantar, to frighten 55 flight 56 echar, to throw; ; ;

57 (over) here ;
58 way 59 since ; 60 I want ; 61 marchar'se, to. go away.
;

IEn qne mes3 hablan menos 3 las mujeres ?

En Febrero,1 porque s<5lo 4 tiene veinte y ocho dias.

2 month ; 3 least ;
4 only.
 22
Dos Borraohos.
Un borracho2 de setenta anos 3 iba4 una vez buscando por5
todas paries un cuervo 7 joven. 6
5

8 9
1 Para que lo quiere Vd. ? pregunto un campesino.
He pido 10 decir, 11 respondio el beodo, 2 que estas aves12 viven
trescientos anos, 3 8 13 14 u
y quiero saber por mi mismo si es cierto.
15

16 16 2 17
Otro borracho se hallaba una noche a deshora sen-
tado 18 en la esquina19 de una calle, cuando acerto 20 a psisar 1
21 21
por alii una patrulla.
1

22 23
Que haceis ahi ? le pregunta el sargento. 1
<<

Veo que la tierra25 anda,2< y estoy esperando 27 que28 pase

24 >

mi casa28 por29 aqui29 para meterme 30 en ella.

2 drunkard 3 year 4 went 6=e very where 6 young 7 raven 8 want ;
*

; ; ; ; ; ;

9 countryman-; 10 heard 11 say 12 bird 13 (to) know 14 myself

; ; ; ; ;

15 certain=true ; 16==was 17=an untimely hour 18 seated 19 corner

; ; ; ;

20=happened ; 21=that way 22 are you doing 23 here 24 I see ; ; ; ;

25 earth 26 goes round

;
27 esperar, to wait 28=or my house to pass ;
; ;

29=this way ; 30 put myself=go.

El Quitamanchas.
Un
brib6n 2 se introdujo 1 en casa de un caballero, entr6 l
5
hasta3 la antesala4 del primer piso, y no viendo 6 cosa de que
8 8 9
7
pudiese sacar partido sino es de dos libreas 10 de los
1 11
apropiarselas por no salirse
12
criados, se decidi6 a con las
14 13
jnanos vacias.
16 15 16 17
Al bajar la escalera hallo al amo, quien le pregunt6
de qui6n eran aquellos vestidos, 18 y adonde los llevaba. 19
que, senor, responde con mucha serenidad, no
20 20 1 1
^ Pues
me conoc^is ? Yo trabajo para vuestros criados soy el
21 22
;

2S 24 18 1
quitamanchas, y limpio los vestidos de vuestros lacayos.
En ese caso, dijo1
el dueiio 25
de la casa, voy
26
a darte 27
mi
28 29 30 31
fcata, pues la he llenado de aceite.
Y al mismo tiempo se la dio. 32

2 rascal ;
3 as far as
V ;
4 ante-chamber ; 5 floor 6 seeing 7 he could :
; ; 8=
make off with 9 except 10 ; ; livery ; 11 appropriate them to himself 12 go ;

away; 13 empty 14 hand ; ;

15 on descending ; 16 staircase; 17 master;
18 suits ; 19 llevar, to carry ; 20=why 21 do you know
; 22 tralajar^ to ;

work 23 scourer 24 limpiar,

; ; to clean ;
25 owner 26 I am going 27 give
; ;

thee ; 28 dressing-gown ; 29 since ; 30 llenar, to fill ; 31 oil ; 32 he gave.

 23

El Representante del Pueblo. 2

Un candidate 1 de un arrabal 3 de una eiudad dijo d BUS con-
4 5 7
stituyentes que si querian nombrarle diputado^ les haria
8 9 10
gozar en todas estaciones del tiempo que quisiesen.
11
Este
ofrecimiento 12 fue tan seductor, 13 que no pudieron 14 menos de 15
nombrar5 a este hombre que parecia16 tener un don 17 celestial. 1
18 18
Algiin tiempo despues de la eleccion, 1 fue 19 a buscarle
20
uno de sus constituyentes, 1 y le pidio un poco de lluvia. 21 ,
6
Bueno, amigo mio, le dijo el
diputado pero por que :

pides
22
la lluvia21 ? no hara23 daiio 24 a vuestros prados25 ?
<j

Yo la necesito 26 27
para mis trigos, pues la yerba 6 el
28

heno29 ya30 esta en casa.

t Pero vuestro vecino
31
ha encerrado 32 el suyo ? Yo estoy
1 21 33
persuadido deque ahora la lluvia mucho. le perjudicaria
Eso si, es verdad, 34 no le vendria35 muy bien.
Pues36 en ese caso, 1 amigo mio, ya 30 sabeis37 lo 38 que 38 os he
dicho. 39 Yo os he prometido40 proporcionaros41 el tiempo 10
42 43 21 33
que querais pero si yo os cloy la lluvia, perjudicare
;

a vuestro vecino 31 asi44 pues, 44 el partido 45 mas prudente 1

:

sera el de oiros46 juntos,47 y que os48 concerteis48 sobre

la especie49 de tiempo 10 que os convenga 50 a todos, y
entonces 51 os prometo 40 complaceros52 porque mi intencion 1 ;

no es de suscitar 53 querellas 1 entre mis conciudadanos54

dando 55 la preferencia1 a los unos sobre los otros.
2 village ;
3 suburb
4 they would 5 nombrar, to appoint
; 6 deputy ; ; ;

7 he- would make=cause 8 (to) enjoy ; 9 season ; 10 weather ; 1 1 they

;

wanted ; 12 offer ; 13 attractive 14 they could (do) ; 15=than ; 16 ap- ;

peared 17 gift 18 after 19 went

; ; 20 requested 21 rain ; 22 dost thou
; ; ;

ask 23 will it do 24 damage 25 meadow 26 want 27 wheat ; 28 herb

; ; ; ; ;

=grass 29 hay 30 already 31 neighbour ; 32 shut up=housed ; 33 per-

; ; ;

judicar, to injure 34 truth=true 35 it would come ; 36 then ; 37 you

; ;

know 38 what 39 told 40 promoter, to promise ; 41 to portion to you ;

; ; ;

42 you want 43 give 44 therefore 45 course 46 hear you ; 47 together

; ; ; ; ;
'

48 you agree 49 kind 50 suits 51 then ; 52 (to) please you ; 53 to stir

; ; ;

up ; 54 fellow-citizens ; 55 (by) giving.

Mas2 vale* acostarse 3 sin cenar4 que levantarse5 con deudas. 6

2 it is worth more=it is better ; 3 to go to bed ; 4 sup [ping] ;

5 to get
up; 6 debt.
 M
El Corregidor y el Mayorazgo.
3
TTn caballerito2 mayorazgo muy loco4 y muy gastador*
6
con 7 8
estaba disgustado el corregidor del pueblo, que era
hi jo de un carnicero. 9 El mayorazgo 3 vendio 10 unas tierras11
13 1
para sostener y siis caprichos, sin pensar14 en sus
12 su lujo
1
acreedores15 y un^dia que se presento muy elegante1 en
;

un onyite 16 se17 pusol7* a referir18 las modas 19 y los trajes20

que se
21
habia hecho,21 cuando^ repenlinamente,22 por
abochornarle23 le dijo el corregidor7 :

Mejor hiciera24 si tratase26 Vd. 26 de pagar27 sus deudas.28

25

En29 ef ecto,29 tiene 30 Vd. razon,30 y maiiana voy 31 a satis-

33
facerlas32
; hagame su recibo 34 por una cabeza35 de ternera36
37
y unas lenguas que debo a su padre de Vd.
2 young gentleman ; 3 first-born=heir ; 4 silly ; 5 spendthrift ; 6 dis-
pleased ; 7 magistrate ; 8 village ; 9 butcher ; 10 vender, to sell ; 11 land ;
12 support ; 13 luxury ; 14 think(ing) ; 15 creditor; 16 feast ; 1'7 he put
feimself=he began ; 18 relate ; 19 fashion ; 20 costume ; 21=hehadhadmade;
22 suddenly ; 23 (to) irritate him ; 24 you would do ; 25 better ; 26 you
tried ; 27 pay ; 28 debt ; 29 indeed ; 30 you are right ; 31 1 am going ; 32
satisfy them ; 33 make me (out) ; 34 receipt ; 35 head ; 36 calf ; 37 tongue.

Padre e Hyo.
El mar^cal 2 Lefevue era hijo de un pobre molinero8 de la
Alsacia. Siendo aiin 4 joven6 entro en las Guardias 1 Fran-
cesas,
1
y era sargento 1 cuando estallo 6 la^Revolucion, 1 que
7 8
hizo sucesivamente1 de el un oficial, un general, y por
8 9 10
ultimo, bajo el Imperia, un mariscal* de Francia. 1
Estaba muy descontento 1 de su hijo, cuya conducta
1

dejaba
11
mucho que12 desear. 12 Un
dia estando dirigiendole13
14 1
amargos reproches, le dijo entre otras cosas :
Tii no haces15 caso 15 de mis consejos16 ni reconvenciones,17
mal sujeto 18 : diriase 19 que te crees20 superior1 a tu padre.
1 21
Es muy respondio desdenosamente su hijo
posible, ;

porque despues de 22
todo, mi padre
22
era hijo de un pobre
23
molinero, y yo soy hijo de un rico mariscal de Francia.
3

2 marshal ; 3 miller ; 4 still ; 5 young ; 6 estallar> to break out ; 7 made ;

8 finally
; 9 under ; 10 empire ; 11 dejar, to leave ; 12 to desire 13 ad- ;

dressing to him ; 14 bitter ; 155=payest attention ; 16 advice ; 17 recrimi-

nation j l&rsfellow ; 'l9=one would say ; 20 creer, to believe ; 21 disdain-
fo%; 22 alter;
 El Juramento.
Tin escribano 2 tom6 un coche1 de 8 alquiler3 para ir4 a un pue-
blo 5 cerca6 de 8 Sevilla, 1 y el cochero7 le pidi6 8 catorce pesetas.
9 10 11
1 Afirmaras 1 tii bajo juramento que ?se es el precio que
12 12 13
se paga por este viaje ? Si, senor.
El escribano 2 saco 14 entonces 15 y puso 16 sobre lar mesa un
crucifijo, hizo 17 jurar 18 y le dio 19 seis pesetas, dici6ndele2d
1
le
21 2* 1 23
que retenia lo restante por el acta de*la prestacion del
10
juramento.
2 notary ; 3 on hire ; 4 go ; 5 village ; 6 near ; 7 driver ;
8 asked ; 9 under ; 10 oath ; 11 price ; 12 is paid 13 journey ; 14 sacar, ;

to draw out ; 15 then ; 16 put ; 17 made ; 18 swear ; 19 gave ; 20

teliing
him ; 21 retained ; 22 remainder ; 23 administration.

El Caballo y las Ostras.

Un 2 4
viajero llego a una posada en una noche de las mis
3

frlas de Diciembre, y al pasar por la cocina7 vi6 8 gue

4 1 5 5 6

todos los asientos9*estaban ocupados 1 por la mucha gente10 que

habia11 alrededor 12 del f uego, 13 causandole 1 la mayor 14 penal&
el no poder 16 acercarse 17 a calentarse 18 las manos. 18
19 20 21 22 1
Mozo, dijo en alta voz al criado, lleva dos docenas de
23
ostras a mi caballo.
El mozo 19 obedeci6, 24 y las personas 1 que estaban calentan-
dose 25 alrededor 12 de la lumbre, 13 no pudiendo 1* resistiri al
deseo 26 de ver27 un animal 1 tan< extraordinario, 1 se 28 lefran-
taron 28 y marcharon 1 en tropel 29 a la caballeriza. 30
2 32 9 33
Entretanto, el viajero tomo el mejor asiento enfrente
31

del fuego,13 y pocos momentos 1 despues34 ^olvio 35 el aozo w a

86
decirle, seguido
37
de los curiosos, 1 que el caballo no queria 38
comer 39 las ostras. 23

j
Como !
^ no las quiere 40 ? pregunta muy serio
1
el viajero2 ;

pues
41
entonces,
41
,ponme
42
aqui la mesa, y yo me las co-
mere a su salud. 43
2 traveller 3 inn 4 one of the coldest nights 5 in passing 6 through
; ; ; ; ;

7 kitchen 8 he saw 9 seat 10 people 11 there were ; 12 round 13 fire ;

; ; ; ; ;

14 greatest ; 15 pain 16 be(ing)able 17

(to) draw near;
18 warm his ; ;

hands 19 waiter
; 20 high ; 21 voice ; 22 take
; 23 oyster 24 obeyed ; ; ;

25 calentar, to warm 26 desire 27 see 28 got up 29 crowd 30 stable ;

; ; ; ; ;

31 meanwhile ; 32 best 33 front ; 34 after 35 came back; 36 tell him^ 37

; ;

followed 38 would 39 eat ; 40 he likes ; 41 well then ; 42 put me ; 43 healthu

; ;
 26

Otra, otra.
Un 2 s
capitdn de buque que no habia estado nunca en el
1 4 5 6 1 7
teatro, ni tenia voto ni aiin oido para la miisica, fue una
noche a la opera en compania1 de un amigo. Cuando se9
acabo 9 la f uncion, 8 se 7 fue 7 a su posada,10 donde le preguntaron
como habian desempeiiado11 las actrices1 sus papeles. 12
No me ban gustado, 13 respondio alii habia14 una mujer ;

15 16 17
que lo ha becbo tan mal, que la ban becbo volver a
17
dos 6 tres veces 18 " 19
otra."
empezar gritando etra, :

2 ship ; 3 never ; 4=authority ; 5 yet ; 6 ear ; 7 went 8 performance ; ;

9 finished itself=:was over ; 10 inn ; 11

desempenar, to fulfil ; 12=parts ;
13 gustar^ to please ; 14 there was ; 15 done ; 16 made ; 17 return to begin
=begin again ; 18 gritar> to call out ; 19=encore.

Las Estatuas.
Un tendero2 quo en poco tiempo se 3 hizo 3 rice,4 compr65
las haciendas6 de un caballero, y un dia quiso 7 hacer8 ver8 i
uno de sus amigos su nueva adquisicion. 1
9 10 1
Llegaron al jardin y le mostro diferentes estatuas11 de
1 1 12
bronce qu^ adornaban las avenidas.
1 13
^ Que figura es esta ? le dice su amigo, mostrandole14 un
busto, 1
<j
Esa figura ? ... espere15 Vd. ... no me16 acuerdo 16 ...ah, si,
esa debe 17 ser la de Venus 6 Vulcano, pero no se 18 positiva-
mente1 cual de las dos; lo preguntaremos al jardinero19 ;
1
como son del mismo metal, es muy dif icil 1 distinguirlas. 1

2 shopkeeper 3 made himself ; 4 rich ; 5 comprar, to buy ; 6 estate

; ;

7 wished ; 8 to make see=to show ; 9 garden ; 10 mosfrar, to show ;

11 statue 12 avenue
;
13 says ; 14 showing him ; 15 $sperary to wait
; ;

16 I remember ; 17 must ; 18 I know ; 19 gardener.

Un caballero qxte tenia una grancle antipatia1 por la miisica1

1
fue preguntado por que no se suscribia a una serie de
<;

conciertos 1 ? y para decidirle a ello le dijeron2 que su

1

hermano se habia suscrito. 1 ^Bien, dijo el, si yo fuera8 tan

eordo4 como mi hermano, entonces me suscribiria.

2 they told ; 3 were ; 4 deaf .

 27

La Apuesta.
Cierto* caballero tenia, 8 oomo a punto 4 de honra, 6 no5 ser-
virse jamds* de afirmativa. 1 Otro, a quien contaron7 eata
8 9 10 1
rareza, 'apost6 que le haria responder SI,* 6 NO, la primera
vez que le encontrase. 11
Verificada1 la apuesta, 12 sucedi6 18 que un dia vio 15 el
14 16 16
apostador al caballero que se dirigia derechamente 17 a
entrar 1 en una iglesik 18 Saliole al encuentro, 19 saludole,20
19

y pregunt6 Con que

le 21 21 va22 Vd. a la iglesia 18
: <;
?

Este es el camino, 23 respondio el caballero.

2 certain 3 held 4 point 5 honor 6=never to make use
; ; ; ; ; 7 cantor, to
relate 8 originality
;
9 apoetar, to bet 10 he would make
; ; ;
11 he met ;
12 bet ; 13 suceder, to happen ;
14 wagerer ; 15 saw 16 was directing
;

himself ; 17 straight 18 church ; ;

19=he went to meet him 20 aaludar, to
;

bow ; 21 well 22 go ; 23 way. ;

Las dos Orejas.

ratero 2 a quien ya3 habian cortado 4 una oreja 5 en Bristol
Un
6 7 8 9
por castigo, entr6* en una tienda, y dijo queria una pieza
del mejor 10 encaje 11 que hubiese. 12 Mostraronle 13 varias, 1 y
14 14 16 16
despues de haber elejido la que le agrado, pregunto aj
19
comerciante 17
cuanto le llevaria por medirle 20 ei largo21
18

1 1 1 5
igual al espacio que separaba sus orej as.
El comerciante17 dijo que dos reales. 1
Bueno, dijo pag&ndole el ratero3
pero como yo tengo una
22
;

6 23 24
oreja aqui, y la otra esti clavada en la picota de Bristol, creo
25 n
no tendri Vd. hoy bastante encaje para medirme 20 lo concer-
26 27 9 28 28 29
tado, y voy a tomar la pieza a buena cuenta, sin perjuicio
de que procure29 completarme1 el resto 1 lo mas pronto 30 posible.
2 rogue 3 already 4 cortar, to cut (off) 5 ear 6 punishment 7 shop j
; ; ; ; ;

8 he wanted ; 9 piece 10 best 11 lace 12 there was 13 they showed him ;

; ; ; ;

14 after having 15 chosen 16 agradar, to please

;
17 merchant j 18 how
; ;

much 19=he would charge 20 medir, to measure ; 21 length 22pagar f to

; ; ;

pay ; 23 clavar, to nail 24 gibbet 25 enough 26 agreed on (quantity)

; ; ; ;

27 I am going; 28 on account; 29=without prejudice to your try ing; 30 soon.

^

que se nos aparece una vez en un minuto, dos

2
Que 3
es lo2 3 1

4
veces en un momento, 1 y nunca6 en un siglo 6 ? La letra 1 M,
'

> i .
j
2 what ;
3 appears to us ; 4 time ;
6 never ;
6 century.
 28

El gran Rey.
Uno de los liltimos2 reyes de Espana, 8 a quien la suerte*
de armas 1 habia privado 5 de varias1 plazas6 considerables, 1
las
recibia7 sin 8 embargo 8 de la mayor 9 parte 1 de sus cortesanos 10
et titulo 1 de Grande.
Su Grandeza, 11 dijo un espanol, se parece
12 12
a la de los
fosos,
13
que se 14 hacen 14 mayores9 en proporcion a la tierra15
16 16
que les quitan.
2 last 3 Spain
;
4 chance=fortune ; 5 privar, to deprive
; ,
6 place ;

7 recibir, to receive 8 nevertheless ; 9 greater ; 10 courtier

; ,
11 great-
ness ; 12 resembles 13 ditch 14 make themselves=become
; ; ; 16 land,
earth ; 16 they take away from them.

El Aldeano y el Mercader.
Pasando un aldeano 2 por una que tenia la anaque- tiei\da
3

leria4 casi 5 vacia

6
de generos, 7 entro en ella, y con ironia1
8 9
pregunto al mercader que era lo que alii se vendia. Este
10 11 12 18 14
quiso tambien burlarse y le contesto con enfado :

Aqui venden9 cabezas15 de/asnos. 16

se
Grande es Iaventa17 de estacasa,segun 18 veo,19 ledice20riendo21
a carca'jadas21 el aldeano, 2 pues no queda22 mas* que la tuya.
2 villager ; 3 shop ; 4=shelves ; 5 almost ; 6 empty ; 7 goods ; 8
dealer; 9 venderse, to be sold 10 wanted 5 11 also; 12 to jest; 13con-
j

testar, to answer 14 vexation ; 15 head ; 16 ass ; 17 sale

;
18 according ;

as;
19 I see 20 says 21 laughing boisterously ; 22 quedar, to remain.
; ;

El Vice-C6nsul flemdtico.
Un soberano 2 mando 3 suspender 1 un dia su arenga4 a un
orador 1 diciendole 5 & Quien es Vd. ? Seiior, le respondio,1
:

soy el segundo consul de mi pueblo.

6
por que no ha ve- ,;
Y
9 10
nido7 el primero ? Tened, 8 seiior, la bondad de perdonarle,
13
pues tiene una razon bastante
11
poderosa.
12
Yo no veo,
14 15 1 16 17
repone el principe irritado, que es lo que piiede alegar.
1 1 18
Sefior, contesta el orador con su natural flema, es que
murio 19 ayer. Entonces el rey le mando 3 continuar. 1
2 sovereign ; 3 mcmdar, to order 4 harangue 5 saying to him
; ; ;

6 town 7 come ;
;
8 have ; 9 kindness 10 perdonar, to pardon ; 11
;

sufficiently 12 powerful ;
;
13 reason ; 14 replies ; 15 prince ; 16 he
can; 17 allege ; 18 phlegm; 19 he died.
 29

La Pronunciaeion Inglesa:
3 4 1 1
Para leer 2 el
ingles no basta saber pronunciar el alf abeto,
5 6 7 1
pues no hay acaso ninguna lengua en Europa, que pre-
1 1
sente 1 sonidos 8 tan varios 1 y excepciones tan iiumerosas a la
9 1 10 10
de modo que s61o por medio u 12
de una
regla general ;

lectura13 asidua 1 y constante, bajo la direccion de un pro-

1 14 1

15 15 16
fesor 1 6 practicando1 con ingleses, se puede conseguir
1 17 17 1
tener una pronunciacion jnas 6 inenos perfecta.

Hay 5 tambien
18
otra irr.egularidad 1 en la ortografia 1 del
20
ingles, franees
19
y otras 7 20
lenguas, a saber una misma lefra1 :

se pronuncia
1
de varias 1 maneras, 1 6 por 21 mejor deeir, 21 re-
presenta sonidos 8 enteramente 1 distintos,
1
en diferentes

palabras
22
; y esta irregularidad es 1
muy extensa. 1 En Espanol
"
sucede23 lo mismo con la Y," la cual se pronuncia a veces
" "
como I vocal,
24
y a veces como consonante. 1
Consideradas1 todas estas irregularidades 1 que ocurren 1 tan
f recuentemente, de una man era u otra, en la mayor parte 1 de
1 1

22 25 26 26 1
las palabras,casi se puede decir, que las letras inglesas
de ninguna manera 1 representan 1 los sonidos 8 del lenguaje, 1
y por consiguiente es en cierto modo iinposible hallar la
27 27 28 1

22
pronunciacion de las palabras por la mera 1
vista 29
de las letras
inanuscritas1 6 impresas 30 del modo 28 ordinario. 1 Una cosa
32
es aprender31 a escribir una palabra, 22 y otra enteramente 1
diferente1 el saber 33 pronunciarla despues 34 de 34 escrita. 35
1
(se conthiuard en la paginal siguiente.^)

not to be translated;
1 the same, or nearly the same, as in
English.
2 read3 bastar, to suffice
;
4 to know (how) 5 there is
;
6=perhaps ? ; ;

7 tongue ; 8 sound 9 rule 10 so that 11 only

; 12 means 13 reading ;
; ; ; ;

14 under ; 15=it is possible 16 to attain 1 7=approaching

; 18 also ; ; ;

19 French ; 2Q=viz. 21=it should rather be said 22 word 23 suceder^

; ; ;

to happen ; 24 vowel 25 almost 26 it may be said

; 27 consequently ;
; ;

28 way ; 29 sight 30 printed ; 31 to learn ; 32 (to) write

; 33 know(ing ;

how to) ;
34 after; 35 written ; 36 following ;
37 page.

4
El gato 2 escaldado 3 del agua6 fria 5 huye.
2 cat ;
3 escaldar, to scald ;
4 flees ; 5 cold ;
6 water.
 30

La Pronuhciacidn Inglesa (continuation).

La Pronunciation Inglesa es tan dificil, 1 que tanto2 los
Americanos como2 los Ingleses estan obligates 1 a tener para
" Diccionarios 1 de Pronunciation," con su clave 3
su uso 1
correspondiente
1
esto es, diccionarios en que las palabras 4
;

estan impresas, 5 tal 6 cual 6 deben 7 escribirse, 8

y a continuation
'

las mismas palabras4 con ciertos signos, 1 que 'muestran9

como deben 7 pronunciarse el metodo 1 6 sistema1 con que
;

" 3 "
esto se 10 hace10 se 11 denomina 11 clave, la cual no es
12 13 u
siempre la misma. Estos son los que se llaman Diccio-
narios de Pronunciaci6n.'**No los hay en castellano, 14 porque
no se 15 necesitan. 15

La diferencia1 entre la manera1 de escribir 16 y la de pro-

nuhciar las palabras 4 *en ingles, trae 17 su ori^en 1 parte 18 de '

19 20
que la lengua inglesa^e ha formado de la mezcla de un
1

1 1 19 18
gran niimero de diferentes idiomas, parte de los grandes
cambios21 que han ocurrido 1 en el metodo^-de pronunciar
muchas palabras4 durance22 muchos siglos, 23 mientras24 que
el metodo de escribirlas no ha cambiado 25 a proportion 1 pero ;

26
principalmente a
1
causa de 26 haber ^adoptado 1 el alfabeto 1
romano para representar el ingles, que tiene muchos mas
1 1

sonidos27 que el latino, 1 y aiin 28 mas que el castellano, 14 y que

29 29 80
por tanto no puede representarlos por el alfabeto romano.
1

2 tanto ... <&mo, both ... and 3 key 4 word 5 printed

; ;
6 like ; 7 they
; ;

must ;
8 be written ;
9 moslrar, to show 10 does itself=is done : lL=is
,-

entitled ; 12 always ; 13 llamar, to call 14 Castihan=Spanish

; 15=are ,

r
wanted ; 16 writing ; 17 draws=owes 18 part(ly) ;19 language.
;

20 mixture 21 change ; 22 during ; 23 century

; 24 while 25 cambiar, 10
; ;

change ; 26 on account of ; 27 sound ; 28 yet 29 therefore 30 can.; ;

El Libro prestado.

Preguntando un amigo a otro 2

por que causa no solian vol-
1
;

verse2 a BUS dueiios 3 los libros prestados4 ? respondio Porque :

5
es mas facil retener6 los libros que lo 7 que 7 contienen. 8

2 were usually returned ;3 owner ; 4 prestar, to lend ; 5 easy ; 6 (to)

retain ; 7 what ; 8 they contain.
 31

1 1
Se 2 cuenta2 una buena y autentica historia de la mujer*
4
1
de un manufacturero de encajes de Nottingham, que hal-
5 1 6
l&ndose con su marido en Paris y ocupada en mirar los
8 1
mostradores7 como sucede a los que visitan Paris, se*
10 4
enamor6 9 de un panuelo de encaje de una finura11 y
1 12
delicadeza1 extrema, por el cual el tendercf le pidio la
1
moderada suma
1 1
de cuatro cientos cuarenta francos.
13 14 15
Ella inmediatamente lo hubiese comprado a no impe-
1

1 1 16
signos de disuasion que le hizo su
1
dirselo 15 los dif erentes
17
5
marido, los cuales le sorprendieron no poco, tanto
18
mas,
cuanto 19 sabia20 que su marido* era un buen juez en la
22 22 23
materia 1 no podia21 por consiguiente explicarse esta
;
25 26
falta 24 de apreciacion sobre tan hermoso
1
trabajo.
27
Ella examino el panuelo otra vez medio dudando, pero
1 10 28

30 32 25 31
elpanuelo era suave^en te;jido y de hermoso dibujo ; lanzo
5 1
otra mirada 33
a su esposo y no le hallaba otro def ecto que el

ser^caro 35 de 36 suerte que 86 con cierta pena 37 se 38 fue 38 dealli.

;

40 41 42
Apenas habia salido de la tienda, cuando interpe-
39

43 6 44 45
lando a sb marido le dijo Juan, por que no has querido :
<;

comprar
14
una cosa tan hermosa25 como esa ?

Tienes46 razon,46 querida47 mia, 47 fue la respuesta

48
de Juan.
25 46
I}fectivamente 49 es unarticulo hermoso
1
pero no he querido :

14
compr&rtelo, pues viene 50
de mi fabrica,
51
y puedo
62
darte w
otro igual 54 por veinte francos !

2 is related ; 3 wife ;
4 lace 5 husband 6 look(ing) at 7 shop-counters;
; ; ;

8 suceder, to happen ;
9 enamorarse, to fall in love ; 10 handkerchief ; 11
fineness 12 asked 13 would have 14 comprar, to buy 15=but was pre-
; ; ; ;

vented by 16 made 17 sorprender, to surprise 18=all the 19 as 20 she

; ; ; ; ;

knew 21 she could 22 therefore

; 23 explicar, to explain ;24 want ; ; ;

25 beautiful 26 work 27 half 28 dudar, to doubt 29 soft ; 30 texture ;

; ; ; ;

31 design 32 lanzar, to dart

; 33 glance 34 be(ing) 35 dear 36 so ; ; ; ;

that 37 pain=regret ; 38 she went away

; 39 hardly 40 she had ; 41 gone ; ;

out 42 shop 43 interpelar, to appeal 44 John 45 been willing 46 hast

; ; ; ; ;

reason=art right ; 47 my dear 48 reply 49 certainly, indeed ; 60 it ; ,

comes ; 51 manufactory 52 I can 53 give thee 54 equal=like it. ; ; ;

IEn qu6 se2 parece2 un esqueleto3 a una comfda4 de viernes6 ?

En qne le6 falta6 la came. 7
2 resembles ;
3 skeleton ;
4 dinner ;
5 Friday ; 6 it lacks ; 7 flesh.
 82
El Hisisipi.
Paseabase 2 un europeo 1 por las orillas 3 del Misisipf, 1 rio4 de>
curso 5 muy veloz, 6 y pregunto un labriego 7 Como se^ :
<;

llama este rio ? No hay necesidad 1 de llamarle, senor,

8 4

9 10 n
porque el se viene espontaneamente solo.
2 was passing 3 bank ; | river ; 6 current 6 rapid 7 peasant
; ; ; ;

co be called ;
9 comes ; 10 voluntarily 11 alone of its<own accord.
;

La Genero&idad.
Presentaron 1 a un caballero la cuenta2 de gastos3 del eti
tierro 4 de su mujer, 5 y al 6 ver 6 a lo 7 que 7 ascendia, como, \

seiiores exclaino, 1 tanto 8 dinero por un convoy 9 f linebre9 !

!
\

Pues 10 que 10 cree Vd. que unos f unerales 'tan magnificos1

<j

hacen 11 por nada 12 ? no podemos13 rebajar 14 un cuarto. 15

se 11
16 17
Vamos, vamos,10 les contesta, hacedme el recibo, .pue&
10

ahora ya me 18
hago cargo
18
de que mi pobre mujer5
hubiera pagado muy gustosa el doble 1 por -mi entierro,*
19 20 21

1
y no tfuiero22 cederla23 en generosidad.
2 account ; 3 expense 4 burial 5 wife 6 on seeing 7 what 8 so muchi;
; ; ; ; ;

9 funeral ; 10 well ll=are done 12 nothing 13 we can 14 to bate 15 (a

; ; ; ; ;

small copper coin) 16 make me (out); 17 receipt 18 I think of it ; 19 would

; ;

have j 20 paid ; 21 cheerfully ; 22 I am willing 23 (to) give way .to fcer. ;

> Nueva Aritmetica.

abogado hizo la defensa de un litigante ante* ua
1 1
Un 2 3

6
1
tribunal compuesto
5
de tres jueces, el uno muy sabio,7 y los
8 1
otros dos bastante ignorantes.
1^
Perdio^ el pleito,
10
y queriendo uno de sus companeros11
14 1
burlarse con este motivo dijo
13 de el, Pero, esperaban :
<;

14
Yds. otra coaa ? Era preciso
16
sucediese 16
asi 17
con un
,,
tribunal 1 de cien jueces. 6
19
Cien jueces repuso 18 uno de ellos i pues no eran tres ?
1
! ;

21 22 23 24
20
tFno y dos ceros i cuanto hacen segiin vuestra cuenta ?
2
respondio el abogado.
2 lawyer 3 ;
; made 4 before
;
5 composed ; 6 judge 7 learned ; 8==rather; ;

9 he lost 11 colleague 12 wishing

; 10 law-suit ;
13 to make fun ; 14 did
; ;

you expect ; 15 necessary ; 16 it should happen 17 thus ; 18 replied ; 19 then ;

arbut ; 20 zero ; 21 iow many ; 22 do they make ; 23 according to ; 24 couat.

 From this point the Student is assumed to be acquainted with all the
Bules in "SPANISH SIMPLIFIED," including the principal Irregular
Verbs (see Lessons 19 to 24).

1 Campanario.

Una senora vio 2 entrar 1 en su cuarto a un hombre de una

estatura 1 gigantesca, 1 y pregunto quien era. Es un hombre
3 1 4
que viene destinado para la iglesia, respondio el criado.
8 6 6 7
Mejor diria Vd., repnso la senora, para el campanario.
2 saw ;
3 oomes=is ;
4 church ;
5 you would better say ;
6 replied }
7 steeple.

El Criado fiel.

Un 2 8
sefior, necesitando madrugar, dice a su criado : Juan,
manana debes4 despertarme 6 a las cuatro en6 puntoJ*
Sera7 Vd. servido. 7
Mira8 que no te olvides. 9 No tenga Vd. cuidado. 10
Y Juan, a su promesa, 1 resuelve 1 no echarse 1* en la
fiel 11

cama12 13 14
aquella noche enciende una vela, y se sienta en
;
16

una silla.
16 1*
sueno, que no hace diferencia entre el desnudo
1
Pero el
18 19 20 21
y el vestido, acaba por rendir a Juan, que empieza a
dormir 22 como un bendito. 23 De24 siibito24 se despierta,5
consulta azorado 25 el reloj, que niarca1 las dos, y siu darse 26
cuenta26 de lo que hace, corre 27 a la camara28 de su amo, y
empieza a gritar 29 desaforadamente 30 :
21

\ Senor, senor Que 31 hay 31 ? son ya las cuatro

!
<; <| ? res-

ponde
1
el amo sobresaltado. 32
No, senor, replica Juan, no son mas que las dos : vengo a
1

decirle que aun 33

le quedan 34 dos hbras mas para dormir^;
35
aprovechelas Vd.
2 wanting ; ;
5 despertar, to wake ; 6 pre-
3 to rise early ;
4 you must
cisely ;
7=it shall be done ;
9 olvidat, to forget ; 10 care=
8 look ;

anxiety; 11 faithful; 12=to go to bed 1 3 encetider^ to light ; 14 candle. ; ;

15 sentarse, to seat. one's self 16 sleep ; 17 undressed ; 18 dressed ; Waca-

;

fawyto finish 20 to overcome ; 21 empezar, to begin ; 22 to sleep ; 23

;

blessed ; 24 suddenly 25 terrified 26;=thinkiug ; 27 correr, to run ; 28

; ;

chamber 29 to call out 30 excessively,; 31 what is the matter ; 32 startled-

; ;

33 still 34 quedary to remain 35 aprovechar, to take advantage of.

; ;

3-SRS
 34

La Base fundamental de 1 Jnsticla.

tfn abogado 2 que iba a establecer aa su escribiente* le dijo t
1

Mire4 Vd. 4 antes6 de 6 ausentarme6 voy a comunicarle 1 una

;

cosa muy importante. 1 Ya sabe Vd. los favores 1 que me

7 8 9
debe, pues yo le he ensenado el oficio, y gracias a mis
cuidados10 no puede dejar 11 de hacer fortuna1 en este mundo 12 ;

1 13 1
pero he reservado para el ultimo un servicio interesante.
1

I Y cual es ?

Es el de inclicarle 1 la base1 fundamental 1 de la justicia. 1

<
Y cual es esa base ? No puedo decirla mientras14 no me>
16
pague
15 tin buen almuerzo.
en ,ello, ordene 17 Vd. .lo que quiera. 18
ti/onsiento 1
l abogado
19
pidi6 dos docenab
2 20
de ostras, 21 jamon,2 * un
23 24
langostas, en fin un almuerzo suculento, y des*
26 25 16 1
pave,-
26
pues le dijo :

27
Sepa Vd., pues, que la base de toda-la justicia es la
28
prueba, la prueba, amigp mio, la prueba.
Comen,29 beben, 30 se divierten 31 pero todo placer tiene su
32
;

abogado man da se la 'den

33 35 36
fin ; viene la cuenta, 34 y el al

<escribiente,
3
que es quien ha hecho aquel obsequio. 37
I Yo ? no, sefior. <;
C6mo queno ? amiguito,
38
ya sabe Vd.
39
Jo que hemos convenido.
IPues que convenio40 he hecho yo ?
Que se ha comprometido41 Vd. a pagarlo 16 to<i<K

1 Y d6nde esta la prueba

28
?

El abogado 2 f ue 42 quien pago 15 por no poder darla, 45 siendo

eomo el mismo44 le habia dicho, la base 1 fundamental1
de la justicia. 1
2 lawyer.; 3 clerk ; 4 look (here) 5 before 6 aiteentarse> to absent one's-
; ;
:

self 7'ensenar, to teach ; 8 business

;
9 thanks ; 10 care 11 leave==fail ;
; ;

12 world ; 13 last \f 14 as loug as ; 15 pagar, to pay 16 breakfast ; ;

17 ordenar, to order 18 you like ;

19 requested 20 dozen ; 21 oyster j
; ;

22 ham ; 23 turkey 24 lobster ; 25 in fact

;
26 afterwards ; 27 know ; ;

28 proof'; 29 comer, to eat ; 30 beber, to drink 31 divertirse, to enjoy, ;

one's self 32 pleasure

; 33 end 34 bfll 35 mandar, to order 36 (that)
; ; ; ;

they give ; 37 civility ; 38 young friend 3d convetur, to agree ; 40 agree-

;

{pent ; 41 comprometerse, to undertake 42 was *& gi^e it ; 44 iumseli.

; GO '
 HP
La Puerta cerrada.*
fastidiosa8 4
Un caballero de una conversacion
y eterna, dio
1

en la costumbre de ir f recuentemente a una casa donde no

5 1

7 8 8
gustaban mucho BUS visitas fingia no hacer caso de las
6 1
;

10
respuestas
9
de la criada, que le decia siempre que los amos
no estaban en 11 casa, 11 y se introducia1 sin cumplimiento12
13
todos los dias con estos pretefctos1 Bien, bien mientras : ;

u 15
vuelven voy ahablar con los niiios... Hare rabiar un rato 17
15

al loro 16 .... Aprovechare

18
esta ocasi6n 1 para arreglar19 mi
reloj por el del salon, etc.
9
Una manana que la criada tenia ya su contestacion pen-
sada,
20
le vio venir de lejps 21 desde 22 una ventana, 23 fue cor-
riendo 24 a la puerta, y sin abrirla25 le dijo desde 22 la rejilla2^ :
Seiior don Ramon, mi amo y mi ama ban salido, los ninos estan
en la escuela, 27 el loro 16
ha muerto, 28 y el reloj esta, parado. 29
Cerro la rejilla26 y no le dio lugar 30 a mas conversaci6n. 1

not to be translated ; 1 the same, or nearly the same, as in English.

2 cerrar, to shut 3 tedious 4=was 5 habit 6 gustar, to please 7fingirt
; ; ; ; ;

to pretend 8=to take notice

; 9 answer ; 10 always ;
; 11 at home ;
\2=ceremony 13 while=until
; 14 volver, to return ;
;
151 will tease ;
16 parrot 17 short time; 18 aprovechar, to take advantage of ; 19 (to)
;

regulate ; 20 pensar, to consider ; 21 afar 22 from ; 23 window 24 correct ; ;

to run ;- 25 abrir, to open 26 lattice 27 school ; 28 died ; 29 parar, to

; ;

stop ; 30 place=opportunity,-

Un particular2 que ajustaba3 un borrico,4 dijo al molinero5 que

lo tomaria, con de que no tuviese ningiin def ecto.
la garantia 1 1

ello, respondio el duenoJ

6
Convengo en
Pasados algunos dias el comprador9 advirtio 10 que el
8

13
borrico 4 era tuerto, 11y quiso devolverselo diciendole :

4
Amigo mio, su borrico de Vd. no ve mas que de un lado,
13

14 14
porque solo abre una ventana.
Toma, 15 responde, eso no es un defecto,1 sino una desgracia. 16
2 certain man 3 was bargaining 4 donkey ; 5 miller ; 6 convenir, to agree;
; ;

7 owner ; 8 passed=after ; 9 buyer ; 10 advertir, to notice^ ; 11 one-eyed

.12 to return it to him 13 side ; 14 only opens j 15... well ; 16 misfortune.
;
 88

Cddiz.
Pocos panoramas hay mas bellos 2 en el mundo,* y casi4
1

5 6 8
ningun cuadro en la naturaleza que cautive mas los ojos
7

del espectador 9 por su diafanidad 10 y hermosura, 11 que el que

of rece 13 la vista 12 de la ciudad de Cadiz, desde 14 uno de los
15 16 17
vapores que hacen la travesia de Sevilla a este puerto,
1

18 19 20
cuando tpca al ternimo de su 1
espedicion, a los viajeros
1 21 22
que contemplan la linda ciudad que se levanta sobre el
24
mar, a la mahera de un palacio de pJata primorosa-
23 24 1 1 25

mente 26 afiligranado. 27 La blancura28 de sus torres2? y de las

azoteas 30 de sus casas, las ciipulas 1 y los torreones31 de sus
11 32 33 34
templos, y la belleza armonica de su conjunto, ceuido
35 36 37 88
por la ancha faja de piedra que la circuye, le dan por
otro lado 39 el aspecto 1 de un gran buque40 de alabastro, 1
flotante 1 en medio 41 de los mares, 23
A42 medida que42 el vapor15 va adelantando43 rapido 1
hacia44 el muelle,46 el viajero 20 menos reflexivo 1 se convence 1
de que se 46 aproxima46 a una poblacion 1 iniportante 1 por su
movimiento 1 mercantil 1 y los numerosos 1 buques40 de todos
;

47 48
portes y con banderas de todas las naciones1 de Europa,
49 50 51 51
que estan anclados en su bahia, y por entre los cuales
52 15 1 53
cruza el vapor, le indican claramente que la bella 2
ciudad aun 54 conserva 1 restos 56 honrosos55 de su antiguo57
58 59
poderio y de su pristina grandeza.
2 beautiful 3 world ;
4 almost ; 5 picture ;
;
6 nature 7 cautivar, to ;

captivate 8 eye ; 9 spectator

;
10 transparency 11 beauty
; 12 view ; ; ;

13 offers;
14 from 15 steamer; 16 passage across ; 17 port 18 tocar, to
; ;

touch ; 19 end ; 20 traveller ; 21 pretty 22 levantar, to raise ; 23 sea i ;

24=like 25 silver 26 elegantly 27 filigreed

; ;
28 whiteness ; 29 tower ; ; ;

30 flat roof 31 turret

;
32 harmonious 33=grouping"; 34 cen/r, to gird
; ; ;

35 broad ; 36 band 37 stone ;

38 circuir, to surround
;
39 side 40 ship ; ; ;

41 middle 42 in proportion as ; 43 moving forward 44 towards 45 quay

; ; ; ;

46 he is approaching 47 tonnage 48 flag ; 49 anclar, to anchor

; ; 50 j

bay ; 51 through 52 cvuzar, to cruise 53 clearly ; 54 still 55 honorable ;

; ; ;

66 remains ; 57 ancient 58 power 59 greatness. ; ;

1 2
Quien es el que sin ceremonia
I con sombrero puestp, y
5
se sienta3 delante 4 del rey, del papa, 6 del emperador 1 ?
3

El cochero. 6
2 put=on ;
3 sits down ;
4 before ;
6 pope ;
6 coachman.
 87

La Disputa de Cocina.
Tramaron 2 una disputa 1 la criada y el cochero 3 de un ban-
quero de Murcia, sobre quien~~de los dos habia de ir al
1

6
desayuno del amo y este, oyendo los gritos, les llamo para
4 5 7
;

9 10
resolver sobre esta diferencia. La cocinera se quejaba de
8 1

11 11
que el cochero pasaba toda la manana rodando por
3 la co-
13 14
12
cina corno un zangano, y que ella tenia tanto que hacer
1
que no podia separarse del fogon un solo instante.
1 15 16

17
El cochero dijo que la crema no era de su obligacion. 1
3

Veamos, pues, cual es tu obligacion ? le pregunto el amo.

18
<;

20 21
Mi oficio,
19
el;de cuidar los caballos, limpiar
seiior, es
el coche 22 y llevarlo 23 a donde su merced24 me mande. 25
Es verdad) 26 tienes27 razon, 27 y no exijo 28 mas de ti, pues
30
solo 29 para eso te tengo y en este supuesto todas las ;

32 21
mananas te levantaras al amanecer, limpiaras inuy bien el
31

coche 22 y los caballos, y antes33 de33 almorzar4 ngancharas 34

23 9 35 36
y llevaras en el a la cociiiera al mercado para que
36 17
eompre la cremai
El cochero se 37 rasco las orejas, 37 y se retiro. 1
2 weaved=had 3 coachman ; 4 breakfast 5 hearing
; 6 cry ; 7 Hainan ; ;

to call; 9 cook ;
8=decide; 10 quejarse, to complain 11 wandering ;

about 12 kitchen
; 13 idler 14 so much
; 15 hearth 16 single ;
; ; ;

17 cream 18 let us see

; 19 business 20 to look after
; 21 to clean ; ; ;

22 coach 23 llevai'^to take

; 24 honor 25 orders 2G truth
;
27 thou , ; ;

art right 28 exigir, to require

; 29 only 30 supposition 31 levantarse,
; ; ;

to get up ; 32 dawn ; 33 before ; 34 enganchar, to harness 35 market ; ;

36 that she (may) buy ; 37 scratched his ears.

Entre un hombre pobre y un hombre rico hay todo un

hombre de diferencia. 1

Un
bufon 1 pregunto a uno que tenia las piernas* torcidas3
5
y cadera
la derecha4 derrengada, 6 que camino habia tornado <r

para ir a Cadiz ?
He
venido todo 7 derecho, 8 respondio.
9
Pues, senor, en ese caso, repuso el buf 6n, se ha. 'trans-
1

formado 1 Vd. enteramente 10 en el camino.

2 leg ; 3 distorted ; 4 right ;
5 hip ;
6 crooked ; 7=cquite ;
8 straight
9 replied ; 10 entirely.
 Esopo y el Viajero.
Esopo, el celebre fabulista, era muy pobre, y mnchas
1 1 1
'

veces tenia que 2 ir a 3 pie^ de una ciudad a otra. En una de

BUS excursiones 1 encontro 4 en el camino aun viajero, el cual
deteniendose 5 le pregunto :

6
I Puede Vd. decirme a que hora llegare a aquel pueblo

que esta sobre la colina7 ?

En 8 8 9
llegando lo sabra Vd,, contesto Esopo.
1

Ya
lo se, dijo el viajero pero lo que "deseo saber, es ;
10

cuanto 11 tiempo tar dare. 12

Esopo parecio^ofenderse^y repitio^a misma contestation,**
El viajero continue 1 su camino diciendp para 15 si 15 Es :

hombre me parece 13 un ignorante 1 y no me dira 16 lo

necesito 17 saber.
18 19 20
Algunos minutos despues oyo que le llamaban, y vol
21 21 ?2
viendo la vista, vi6 a Esopo que le seguia f

i Que quiere Vd. ?' le pregunto.

Dentro 23 de hora y media 24 llegara Vd. al pueblo, respon*
di6 Esopo.
1 Y por qu6 no me
lo dijo Vd. cuando se 25 lo pregunte 25 ?
Antes 26
necesitaba ver lo 27 ligero 27 que Vd. andaba. 28
17

2=to 3 .on foot

; 4 enconlrar, to meet
->
5 detenerse, to stop 6 can ; ; ;

7 hill 8 you will know

; 9 contesiar, to answer ;
10 desear, to desire 11 ; ;

how much 12 tardar, to delay 13 parecer, to seem j^^H answer ; 15 to

; ;

himself 16 will tell

; 17 mcesitar, to want ;
18 after 19 o/r, to hear j ; ;

20 llamarr io call 21=turning round 22 seguir, to follow 23 within ; 24

; ; ;

^alf 25 ;
I asked you 26 before=first 27=the
;
rate 28 cindar,. to^walk.
; ;

Un pobre zapatero 2
remend6n 2 se vio un dia apurado 3 para
.encender4 la lumbre, 5 y envi6 a un chiquillo, hijo suyo, a7
6

buscar un f uelle 7
prestado, por un momento, d casa de un.
avaro 8 que vivia en la vecindad9 pero este dijo al nifio : ;

10 11 12
Mira, dile a tu padre, que yo no dejo salir 'el fyielle
13
de
mi casa; pero que puede venir cuando quiera^d sOplar 15
f

todo el dia en mi cocina. 16

2 cobbler ; 3=unable 4 (to) light 5 fire ; 6 little boy ; 7 to seek a
;
:

pair of bellows lent=to borrow a pair of bellows ; 8 miser ; 9 neighbour-

hood ; 10 look (here) llteU; 12 ^ar, to let > 13 beUoTOl
; be Ifces; H
15(tp)blow;
 89

Foote y el Alcalde.

Viajando* una vez el actor Foote por el oeste de Inglaterra

3 4

5 6 7
se detuvo en una posada para comer. 8
Al arreglar las
cuentas9 el posadero 10 le pregunto si estaba satisfecho. 1
7
Perfectamente, dijo Foote, he comido mejor que nadie
1 11 13

4
en Inglaterra.
1 13 10
Excepto el alcalde, replico el posadero.
Yo no hago excepcion 1 alguna.
Pero debe 14 Vd. exceptuar 1 ^! alcalde. 13
Y Foote, 15 16 16 17
encolerizado, volvio a replicar recalcando la
19
voz en cada silaba que ni aun exceptuaba al mismo alcalde.
]8 1 a 20

Y 21
tomo tales proporciones la pendencia, que el posade- 1 22

ro 10 condujo23 a Foote en presencia1 del alcalde 13 del lugar. 24

Sr. Foote, le dijo este venerable 1 magistrado,1 ha de saber
Vd. que desde25 tiempo inmemorial 1 se 26 conserva26 aqui la
costumbre 1 de hacer siempre27 una excepcion 1 para el alcalde,13
1 1 1
y con objeto de que lo tenga Vd. presente le condeno
a cinco reales1 de multa,28 6 a cinco horas de arresto 1 si asi29
lo prefiere. 1
Foote se vio precisado 30 a pagar la multa. 28 A su salida 31
dijo :

En toda la cristiandad 32 no conozco 33 un hombre mas-

tonto 34 que ese posadero, 10 ... excepto 1 el senor 35 Alcalde e
hizo una solemne 1 reverencia1 a Su Senoria. 36

not to be translated 1 the same, or nearly the same, as in English.

;

2 viqjar, to travel 3 west ;

4 England 5 detenerse, to stop
; ;
6 inn ; ;

7 to dine 8 settling ; 9 account

;
10 innkeeper 11 better ; 12 nobody=
; ;

anybody ; 13 mayor ; 14 must 15 angered 16 returned to reply=replicd

; ;

again 17=empbasizing 18 voice 19 even 20 himself ; 21 such 22 dis-

; ; ; ; ;

pute ; 23 conducir, to conduct ; 24 place ; 25 from ; 26 is preserved ;

27 always ; 28 fine ; 29 thus, so ; 30 precisar, to compel 31 going out 32 ; ;

Christendom 33 conocer, to know 34 foolish ; 35 Lord ; 36 lordship.

; ;

La mayor parte de hombres pasan la mitad2 de su

los
vida estropeando su salud,5 y la otra mitad 6 haciendo en-
3 4

7 8
sayos para remendarla.
2 half ;
3 life ; 4 estropear, to cripple, injure ;
5 health ; 6 half ; 7 eft-
cleavour ; 8 rementfari to mend.
 40

Habiendo una bala* enemiga 1 dejado3 srn brazos4 a un sol-

dado frances en la batalla de Hastembeck, su coronel 1 le
rega!6 un escudo.
5 6 7
coronel, dijo el soldado, tal vez
7
~Mi
V. 8 S, 8 cree que he perdido 9 un par 10 de guantes. 11

2 ball 3 dejar, to leave 4 arm 5 regalar, to present 6 crown 7 per-

; ; ; ; ;

baps 8 vttestra serlor/a==your honor 9 perder, to lose 10 pair 11 glove.

; ; ; ;

Mosiraba* un rico sus joyas 3 a un fi^sofo, 1 y este le dijo :

1 3
Gracias, senor, por**^$as brillantes joyas de que tan ca-
'rinosamente me hace Yd. participe,
4 1
Como 5 se entiende <;

1
Vd. participe 5 ? Si, senor, Vd. permite que yo las con-
temple
1
y i hace Vd. con ellas
; otra cosa dif erente 1 ?

2 mostrar, to show ;
3 jewel ;
4 kindly ;
5=how do you mean share ?

Como en londonenses2 no represen-

los antiguos 1 teatros1
taban las mujeres, tenian que desempenar 3 el papel 4 de estas
1

hombres disfrazados. 5 Impacientado una yez Carlos II.

1

8
esperando
6
el comienzo7 de la f uncion, el director compare-
9
cio ante el rey y le dijo :

S. 10 M. 10dispense, u pero la reina 12 no se ha af eitado 13 todavia. 14

2 London 3 fulfil 4 part 5 disfrazar, to disguise 6 esperar, to expect;
; ; ; ;

7commencement 8 performance 9 comparecer, to appear; 10 Su Majestad^.

; ;

Your Majesty 11 dispensar, to excuse 12 queen 13 to shave 14 yet.

; ; ; ;

2
Cay6se en un una senorita romantica1 y poco4 le f alto
rio 8
4 6
por casualidad un nadador, y lan-
5
para ahogarse. Pasaba
zandose 7 al rio 5 la saco 8 desmayada, 9 en cuyo estado 10 fue
llevada a su casa. Cuandp volvio 21 en si, 21 declaro 1 a sus
12 14
padres que queria casarse|? con el que le habia salvado la
vida. 15 Es imposibl^, dice, su padre. ^ Es que esta ya '

casado 13 ? No. Pues diga Vd. no es aquel joven 16 vecino 17 ,;

nuestro ? Oh, no es un perro 18 de Terra-Nova. 19 :

2 3 river 4
fell ; ;
little was wanting to her to drown herself=was nearly
drowned 5 chance ; ;
6 swimmer r 1 lansar, to fling
\ 8 sacar, to draw ;

dut 9 insensible
; ;
10 state ;
l'i=came to herself again 12 parents ;
;

13 casar, to marry ;
14 salvar, to save ;
15 life j 16 young (man) ; 17
neighbour ; 18 dog ; 19 Newfoundland,
 41

Un caballerito que iba a casarse* despues de haber confe-

1
Bado, entro ea
1
nn escrtipulo,1 y se volvio 3 al confesor.
Padre, le dice, no s6 si me he confesado bien, pues veo que
no me habeis impuesto4 ninguna peniteftcia. 1
El confesor, que era entendido, 5 le respondi6 Pues no :

me ha dicho Vd., hijo, que iba a casarse

2
?

2 casarse, to get married ;

3 volverse, to go back ;
4 imponer> to impose ;

6 knowing.

En la representacion
1
de una nueva comedia1 casera2
hubo 3 tanta demanda1 de4 billetes 6
de entrada, 6 que no fueron
suficienies1 los que habia 3 segiin 7 la capacidad 1 del saldn, 1 y
8
-algunos de los aficionados que hacian la comedia, introduje-
v
1 9
ron por el escenario, que tenia una puerta falsa, 1 mnchas
10 6
personas antes de abrir la entrada principal. Al 11 ver11 esto
el director dijo muy enojado
12 : Es una vergiienza 13 dejar
llenar 14 el salon antes de entrar 1 la gente. 15

2 domestic 3 there was or were

;
4=for 5 ticket 6 entrance 7 ac-
; ; ; ;

cording to 8 amateur
;
9 scene ;10 open(ing) ; 11 on seeing
; 12 an- ;

noyed ;
13 shame 14 (to) fill
; 15 people. ;

El gracioso 2 de un teatro 1 de Paris, 1 se 3 metio 3 una maiiana

en una fonda,4 la primera que hallo a mano, y pidiendo 5 de
6 7 8 9 1
almorzar, suplico al fondista le hiciese cbmpaiiia a la
meza. Este, para mostrarle sin duda su aprecio, empezo, 13
10 11 12

sin hablar palabra, 14 a tirar 15 debajo 16 de 16 la mesa las cosas

que veia sucias. 17
El gracioso, 2 que vio arrojar 18 las servilletas, 19 los cubiertos 20
21 22 15
y los cuchillos, no queriendo contrariarle, le imito tirando
1 23 24 25
precipitadamente las f uentes, los platos y los vasos,
El fondista,8 sorprendido 26 al ver esto, le pregunto la causa, 1
y el con mucha serenidad 1 le dijo Hombre, 27 pensaba28 que :

29 16 16
queria Vd. que almorzasemos debajo de la mesa.
2 comic actor ; 3 put bimself=went ; 4 inn ; 5 asking ; 6 breakfast ; 7
suplicar, to entreat ; 8 innkeeper ; 9 that he should make=keep ; 10 mos-
trar, to show ; 11 doubt ; 12 esteem ; 13 empezar, to begin ; 14 word ;
15 ^'rar, to throw ; 16 under; 17 dirty; 18 fling; 19 napkin; 20 cover ;
21 knife 22 to oppose ; 23 dish ; 24 plate
;
25 glass ; 26 sorprender, to ;

surprise 27=well ; 28 pensar, to think ; 29 we should breakfast.

;
 42

El Barometro.
.Un medico andaluz 1 tenia un dia algunos amigos a comer2
en su casa. Uno de ellos le dijo que-deseaba ver su hermoso
~
barometro 1 que decian le habia costado 1 mil francos,1 y
mando nn
criado que f uese 3 a buscarlo 3 ; pero este, al 4
a
4 5 6 6
traerlo, lo dejo caer y se hizo pedazos.
7
Todos los convidados demostraron al doctor su sentimiento 8
1
por tan desagradable accidente.
1
No os aflijais,9 les dijo el :

medico : buen agtiero, 11 pues hace 12 mucho

este suceso 10 es de

tiempo que no 12
llueye, y como nunca13 he visto el barometro
14
tan bajo, es de presumir que vamos a tener agua. 15
1

2 dine 3=he should go and fetch it 4 on bringing it 5 fall 6 made

; ; ; ;

itselfpieces=broke" in pieces 7 guest 8 regret 9 afligirse, to lament

;: ; ; j,

10 event 11 omen
;
12=it has not rained for a long time ; J3 never i
;

14 low ; 15 water=rain.

principe, queriendo divertirse a costa de uno de sus

2 1 1
Un
3 4
cortesanos a quien habia empleado en diferentes 1 embaja-
s 7
que se parecia a un buho.
&
das, le dijo
Yo, senor, no se a quien me parezco, 6 respondi6 lo que :

1
se es que he tenido el honor 1 de repregentar muohas voces*
1
a Vuestra Majestad.
2 prince , 3 courtier ;
4 emplear, to employ ;
5 embassy ; 6 parecerse,)
to resemble ;
7 owl.

Un hombre naturalmente 1 gracioso2 fue citado 3 para.de-j

4
poner ante tribunaPcriminal 1 sobre una disputa 1 muy seria 1
el !

que habian tenido dos comerciantes. Un abogado, que teniaj

5 6

1 7 1
la reputacion de procurar siempre desconcertar a los testi*
9
8
gos, le pregunto a que distancia estaba del sitio
de la escena.*
A un metro, 1 cinco centimetros1 y BOJS milimetros,
1
. le

respondio.
1
<;
Como puede Yd. ser tan exacto ? repusp ^ el abogado.^

Porque suponia
11
que algiiu curioso^ lo me
preguntaria, y
he medido 13 el terreno. 14
2 witty?T 3 citar, to summon j 4 depose ; 5 merchant ; 6 lawyer ;
10 replied ; 11 suponert to suppose^
7.try(ing) ;' -8 witness \ 9 place ; .

i# inquisitive (person) ; 1 3 medir to measure j II ground.

}
 43

El Cirujano.
Un
cirnjano muy gracioso f ue llamado para curar a un
2 3 1

caballero caprichoso que se habia hecho una pequena llaga4

1

en una pierna. 8
El criado habia ido volando 6 a buscarle y el pobre llego casi 7
sin aliento 8 suponiendo 9 que eracosa de la mayor importancia.
Reconocio 10 al her ido, 11 y no hallando sino12 un rasgimo 13
que se podia curar con tafetan, por burlarse de el mando
1 14 15

a un criado que f uese 16 sin parar 17 a su casa por un balsamo 1

18
que indico, y que volviese al momento.
1

19 19
Pues que, dice el herido, 11 palido 1 y tremblando 1 de
1 20 21
aprension, tanto es el peligro ? <;

No, seiior, dice el cirujano2 sino 12 que si tarda,22 temo 28 que

;

no llegue a tiempo, p*orque la llaga4 se va a curar ! por si 24 sola. 25

2 surgeon ; 3 witty ; 4 wound 5 leg 6 volar4 to fly ; 7 almost 8 breath
; ; ; ;

9 suponer, to suppose ; 10 reconocer, to examine ; 11 wounded (man) ; 12

only ; 13 scratch 14 sticking-plaster 15 make game 16 he (should) go
; ; ; ;

17 stop(ping) 18 he (should) come back

; 19=why then 20 so much ; ; ;

21 danger ; 22 tardar, to delay 23 temer, to fear ; 24 itself 25 alone.

; ;

La hija de un alcalde2 estaba cuidando 3 ttn canario 1 que

tenia, y habiendo dejado abierta 4 la ventanilla 5 de la jaula, 6
se escapo 1 el pajarillo. 7
La primera precaucion 1 que tomo su padre, luego 8 que8 lo
9 10
supo, fue mandar cerrar las puertas de la ciudad.
2 mayor ; 3 cuidart to take care of ; 4 open 5 little ; window ; 6 cage ;

7 little bird ; 8 as soon as 9 he knew

; 10 to (be) shut.
;

Un 2
pobre artesano que estaba enfermo y sin un cuarto>
1 3
4
dijo a un amigo que pensaba consultar su mal con el medico
1

N , pero que recelaba5 hacerlo por no poder pagarle, y el

6
amigo le contesto Creo que haras muy mal en llamarle si
:

no tienes dinero, porque cuando ^1 esta enfermo,2

y se
consulta d si mismo sobre lo debe7 tomar, se saca8 un
que
duro 9 de un bolsillo 10 y se lo mete 11 en otro.
2 ill ; 3 a small Spanish coin ; 4 complaint ; 5 recelar, to mistrust 6 thou
;
Wilt do 7 he must ; 8 sacar, to draw ; 9 dollar ; 10 pocket ; 1 1
;
mefcr, to put.
 44

El Hombre sin Sesos.

Dos suizos2 estaban rifiendo 3 con el mayor encarnizamiento4
en inedio 5 de una plaza6 publica, 1 y an aldeano,7 que casual-
men te l pasaba por 8 alii, 8 quiso 9 separarlos 1 por compasion 1 ;

10 11
pero ellos, que estaban ciegos de furor, le echaron a tierra
de un sablazo, 12 y le hicieron 13 .una herida u en la cabeza, 15 por
lo que fue preciso 16 le reeonocieW 8 un clr,ujano. 17
Procediendo 1 este 19 con tientp 20 para saber si tenia las-
timados21 los sesos22 No se canse 23 Vd. en' buscarlos, le
:

aldeano, pues cuando me meti

7
dijo el 24
en la contienda, 25
ya no los tenia.

2 Swiss ; 3 renir, .to quarrel 4 fury 5 middle 6 place 7 villager

; ; ; ; ;

8=rthat way 9 wanted 10 blind 1 1 echar, to throw 12 cut from a sabre :

; ; ; ;

13 made=gave 14 wound 15 head 16 necessary 17 surgeon 18 should

; ; ; ; ;

examine 19=the latter 20=care 21 lastimar, to hurt

; ; 22 brains 23 ; ; ;

cansar, to tire 24 meterse^ to put one's self=to interfere 25 quarrel.

; ;

Que hace Vd. ? dijo a un gotoso,3 que estaba coimendo*

jamon, un amigo suyo
4
no ve Vd. que el jamon4 es malo :

5
para la gota ?
Asi6 es, respondio el doliente 7 ; pero es bueno para el gotoso.*

2 gouty (person) ; 3 comer, to eat ;

4 ham ; 5 gout ;
6 so ; 7 invalid.

Habiendo dicho nn2 sugeto 2 a una senora que un boti-

cario 3 4
amigo suyo habia quebrado y.se habia visto obligado 1
a cerrar5 la botica, 6 le pregun.t6 la causa. 1 Respondiola que
era un hombre honrado, 7 que en 8 vez 8 de cargar 9 de remedios 1
a sus enfermos, 10 les
aconsejaba respirar aire puro, por
11 1 1 1

12 13
cuyo consejo perdia todo el -beneficio 1 que debia16 <iejarle
la venta14 de sus drogas. 15

j
Pobre hombre replico la sefiora, es lastima
!
17
que no
18
pueda vivir de aire 1 como sus enfermos. 10

2 a person=some one 3 apothecary 4 quebrar, to become bankrupt ;

; ;

6 shut 6 apothecary's shop

; 7 honorable ; 8 instead*; 9 load(ing)
; 10 ;

patient ;
11 aconsejar, to advise ; 12 advice ; 13 perder> to lose ; H sale;.
15 drug ; 16 ought ; 17 pity ; 13 can.
 45

El Poeta y el Pastelero.

Un poeta hizo en unos versos1 el elogio 2 de un pastelero,3

1

4 5 6
y este creyo debia demostrarle su reconocimiento regalan-
8 1 1
dole un pastel, lo que ejecuto inmediatamente ; pero ha-
7

10
biendo advertido 9 el poeta 1 que el papel que cubria el
12
fondo 11 del pastel 8 era parte1 de su produccion, 1 reconvino
13 14 15
amargamente a su protegido por tal desprecio, y este
lerespondio :

Pero que motivo 1 tiene Vd. para quejarse 16 ? Ahora es

<j

cuando estamos juego 17 a juego, 17 pues Vd. ha hecho versos 1

1
sobre mi pasta, 18 y yo he hecho pastas sobre sus versos.

2 eulogy ; 3 pastry-cook 4 he ought 5 demostrar, to demonstrate J

; ;

6 gratitude 7 regalar, to present ;

;
8 pie 9 advertir, to notice 10 ; ;

cubrir, to cover 11 bottom

;
12 reconvenir, to reproach ;
;
13 bitterly ;

14 protected=pro%e 15 contempt;
16 complain(ing) 17 game to
; ;

game=quite IB pastry.
;

Mas vale 2 un " " 1

toma," que dos te dare.'

1 Me haria Vd. el favor 1 de prestarme diez pesetas 1 ?

Pero, senor, no tengo el honor de conocerle.

1 3

Precisamente 1 acudo 4 a Vd. por esta misma 5 razon 5 pues ;

los que me conocen nunca quier^n prestarme un centime. 1

3 6

2 is worth ; 3 conocer, to know ;

4 acudir^ to appeal ; 5=?ery reason ;

6 never.

El jardinero del Jardin Botanico 1 confio 2 a un criado algo 3

tonto 4 dos hermosos higos5 para Buffon. Por el camino6 el
7 8 1 9
mensajero, vencido de la tentacion, se trago uno y al
10 11
presentar el otro al Naturalista, 1 este, que esperaba recibir
5
dos, dijo al criado :
^ Que has hecho con el otro higo ?

He hecho asi,
12
le respondio, y tragose
9
el otro con la

mayor tranquilidad del

1
mundo. 13
2 cow/far, to entrust 3 somewhat 4 foolish, simple
; ; ;
5 fig 6 way
; ;

7 messenger 8 v e?cer, to conquer 9 tragar> to swallow

; ; ;
10 presenting) :

11 esperart to expect ; 12 thus ; 13 world.

 46

El Eclipse suspendido.
El eclipse 1 de sol 2 que fue pronosticado 1 para el aiio de .1724*
asusto 3 tan to a los aldeanos4 de algunos paises, & que el cura6
de un pueblo, no pudiendo confesar1 a tantos parroquianos7
como acudian,8 creyendo llegado el dia del juicio, 9 les dijo en
10 10
el piilpito 1 Hijos mios, no hay que daros prisa, pues el
:

eclipse ha 1
sido trasladado 11
por orden 1
del senor alcalde 12
13
para el mes que viene.
13

2 sun ; 3 terrified
4 villager 5 country
; 6 clergyman ;
7 parishioner ; ; ;

8=rwent him) 9 judgment

(to 10 there is no occasion to give yourselves
; ;

hurry ==hurry yourselves 11 postponed 12; mayor 13 next month. ; ;

Un caballero que comia en un hotel pldi6 a uno a su lado*

2

si le haria el favor 1 de pasarle la mostaza. 4

1 Cree5 Yd. que soy un criado ? le respondio.
que era Vd. un caballero.
5
Ah, no, senor, le dijo el otro, creia

2 pedir, to ask ;
3 side ;
4 mustard ;
5 creer, to believe,

Estaba una compania1 de quintos2 haciendo el ejercicio 3

cuando uno de ellos, en4 vez4 de Ievantar 5 lapierna7 derecha, 6
levanto 5 la izquierda. 8
El oficial, que estaba al extremo 1 de la fila,1 habiendo ob-
1 9 10
.servadp dos piernas? muy proximas grito Quien es ese :
<;

1 5 7
bruto que levanta las dos piernas a la vez ? _____
2 conscript ;
3 exercise=drilL 4 in place 5 levantar, to raise
; ; ;
6 right ;

7 leg ; $ leit ; 9 close together 10 shouted out.

;

3
Un sujeto muy inocenton aseguraba que no tenia con-
2 1

4 5 6
fianza1 alguna; en la/vacuna, y f undaba su aserto en la
experiencia : Habia en una familia, decia, un nino sano y
1 7 1 8

9
robusto que dos meses despuea de estar vacunado cayose
1

10
de unarbol y se estrello 11
contra 12
las piedras.
13
aiin <;
Y
se quiere prueba 14 mas^convincente1 de que la vacuna4 no
sirve 1 ^ para nada1 ^?.

2 person ; 3 tisegurar, to assert ; 4=vaccination ; 5/wwc?ar,to base ;

eertion 7 there was 8 healthy ; 9 fell

; ; 10; tree 11 was dashed to pieces
; ; ;

12 against ; 13 stone ; 14 proof ';'.;! 5 serves for (==^s worth) nothing.

 451

El Pordiosero 3 holgazan. 2
Tin muchacho de once a doce aiios4 se llego 5 un dia a una
senora que iba a pie 6 con una doncella, y la pidio un duro 8
6 7

de limosna. 9
1
Como !
<?
un duro 8 ? responde admirada 10 :
<; Que modo 1
11
e8 ese de pedir la caridad ?

muchacho, pues que Vd. me lo niega,

1
el 12
Senora, responde
1 13
ya no importunare a ninguna otra persona esta corta :

cantidad 14 me hubiera hecho desistir del partido que iba

15 16 1

a tomar. Y al 17 decir 17 esto dio un profundo 1 suspiro 18 y

se marcho 19 llorando. 20
'

\ Como ! dice la senora a su doncella7 : tendra este

<;

21
desgraciado algiin designio
1
que le induzca22 a ejecutar 1 un
disparate
23
? No
quiero que por un duro se pierda ese 25 25

24
infeliz. Toma, dice llamandole, ahi26 tienes tu duro pero :

por que te afligistes tanto -cuando te lo neue ?

27 28 12
dime, <:

Senora, es porque me veia en la precision 29 de trabajar.

3 beggar 4 year
2 idle ;
5 llegarse, to approach
; 6 on foot ; 7 maid ;
; ;

8 dollar 9 alms
; 10 astonished 11 charity ; 12 negar, to deny
; ;13 short ;

=small 14 quantity 15 would have 16 course 17 on saying 18 sigh ;

; ; ; ; ;

19 marcharse, to walk away ; 20 llorar, to weep ; 21 unfortunate (one) ;

22 (may) induce ; 23 silly action ; 24 unhappy 25 (should) be lost 26 ; ;

here ; 27 tell me ; 28 qfligirse, to lament ; 29 necessity.

Un, hombre muy gloton2 decia mi padre comia mucho, :

mi madre muy aprisa,3 y yo he heredado4 ambas5 cualidades. 1

2 gluttonous ; 3 quickly ;
4 heredar, to inherit ;
5 both.

Unladron2 que marchaba3 al patibulo, 4 suplico 5 que

7 8 8 1
detuyiesen la comitiva delante de una taberna, y pidio
6

un vaso9 de aguardiente. 10 Se lo dieron, -y despues de

haberlo bebido 11 : No tengo suelto 12 en este momento, le dijo
al tabernero, 13 pero te lo pagare a la vuelta. 14

2 thief ; ^3 marchar, to go ; 4 gallows ; 5 suplicar, to request ; 6 they

(should) stop ; 7 retinue==procession 8 before ; 9 glass ; 10 brandy ; ;

11 beber, to drink ; 12 change ; 13 tavern-keeper ; 14 return*

 48

La Interpretacidn.
Un hombre conducido1 ante 2 el niagistrado 1 por la sos-
f ue

pecha
3
de haber robado 4
un hermoso 5 carnero^a7 un pastor 8 liama-
do Bonifacio Conde Sanz Diaz, y le pregunto si sabia9 leer. 10
Un poco, senor, respondio.
1

Pues entonces no podia9 Yd. ignorar 11 de (Juien era el

carnero 6 que confiesa 1 haber hallado, y que sin 12 embargo 13
dice ser suyo, pues ya ve que tiene la inarca1 de estas cuatro
1
iniciales, B.C.S.D.
" Buen
Es verdad 13 que las tiene, pero yo crei que decian :

"
Carnero Sin Dueno. 14
2 before ;
3 suspicion ;
4 robar, to steal ;
5 fine ; 6 sheep ; 7=from ;

8 shepherd 9 (he) could ; ;

10 read ; 11 be ignorant ; 12 neverthelecs ;

13 truth=true 14 owner. ;

2
Viajaban en un coche varios amigos, uno de los cuales
1 1

3 4 4 5
empezo a dormir. Al poco rato le desperto uno de sus
companeros diciendole Hemos corrido 6
ya una gran dis-
:

tancia 1 desde7 que se 8 durmio Vd. 8

<j
Mucha ? pregunto el que dormia.
.

9
Si, muchisima, le dijo el otro, es tamos a mas de diez
1 10
leguas lejos de aqui.
2 viajar, to travel ; 3 empezar, to begin ; 4 after a short time ;
pertar, to wake ; 6 correr, to run ; 7 since : 8 you fell asleep ; 9=sthan ;

10 far=distance.

Viajando un caballero^ llego a^un sitio donde era preciso

2 3

4
pasar
1
nn rio en una barca. Entro 1
en ella, y viendo que el
5 1 6
agua ^staba agitada : Digame Yd., amigo, dijo al ba?*quero,
7 8 1
^ le ha sucedido a Yd. alguna vez el perder a los pasajeros
estando las aguas5 enfurecidas9 ?
Nunca, 10 sefior, han
1
le respondio, porque los que se
11
ahogado siempre se 12 han vuelto a hallar 12 al dia siguiente. 13

2 place ; 3 necessary ; 4 boat ; 5 water 6 boatman ; 7 suceder, to ;

happen ; -8 losing ;
9 furious=rough ; 10 never ; 11 ahogarse, to bo
drowned ; 12=have been found again ; J3 follpwing.
 49

La Calabaza y la Bellota.
Tin campesino,2 al'regresar3 a su casa un dia de verano* ee
iendi6 6 para reposar 1 un ratito,6 a la sombra7 de una corpulenta1
8 2
encina, a la contemplaci6n de la cual nuestro campesino se
9 10 11
puso a menear la cabeza y A decirse a si mismo : ;
12 12

13
yo sido el Criador, hubiera15 dispuesto 16 las
14
Si hubiera
cosas de otra manera1 hubiera15 hecho que las calabazas 17
;

creciesen18 de este arbol,* 9 y a las bellotas20 las hubiera16 hecho

el fruto 1 de tallos21 delicados. 1 Y en esto empezo 23 & dormir.
23 24
Apenas habia cerrado los ojos, cuando habiendose des-
25 20 26 27
prendido una bellota y dandole en la nariz, le desperto.
28

j
Iinbecil29 de mi29 exclamo 1 entonces
! suerte^he tenido
;

1 19 20 13
que la fruta de este arbol es la bellota pues si hubiese;

sido una calabaza, me hubiera dejado aqui tendido 5 con la

17 15

cabeza11 aplastada. 31
2 countryman 3 return
; ;
4 summer ; 5 tender, to stretch out ; 6 short
time 7 shade ; 8 oak ; 9 ponerse=to begin , 10 shake ; 11 head ; 12 say to
j

himself ; 13 had ; 14 Creator ; 15 1 should have ; 16 disposed 17 pumpkin ;;

18 (should)- grow ; 19 tree , 20 acorn ; 21. stalk ; 22 empezar, to begin ;

23 cerirar, to shut ; 24 eye ; 25 desprender, to loosen ; 26=strikjng him ; 27
nose ; 28^-despertar, to wake ;.29=fool that I am ; 30 luck ; 31 crushed.

1Por que en invierno2 sale 3 tarde4 el sol 5 ?

6 7 8 8
Porque como hace frio, no le gusta madrugar.
2 winter ; '3 goes out=rises 4 late , 5 sun ; 6 it makes=it is
; ; 7 cold ;
8 early rising pleases him not=he does not like getting up early.

Estaba un estudfante 1 1
acompanando 4 algunas senoras
1 2 3
de 3 una espada4
por el museo de Oxford y parandose delante
muy enmohecida 5
les dijo Ahi 6
tienen Yds.
: la espada4 con
7 8
que Balaam amenazo de muerte a su burra.*
Jamas he oido, observo una de la concurrencia, 10 que
Balaam tuviese11 una espada,4 sino que ese prof eta1 deseaba
1
una, como cuenta su historia.
12

Tiene 13 Vd. razon, 13 replico el estudiante, y esta es precisa-

mente 1 la que el profeta1 deseaba.
2 stopping ; 3 before 4 sword ; 5 rusty ; 6 here
;
7 amenazar, to ;

threaten; 8 death; 9 ass 10 company

;
11 had j 12 contar, to relate;
;

13 you^have reason=you are right.

8*8
 50

Los Cometas.
Los cometas1 son unos astros* que por su irregular1 y 8or
4 5 6
prendente^paricion ban despertado el temor de los pueblos,
1

siendo mirados7 como signos 1 de la c6lera8 celeste1 y prof etas1

de calamidades1 y desastres. 1 Pero la eiencia9 ha conseguido10
demostrar1 que son, valiendonos 11 de una celebre expresion, 1
"
"astros2 inocentes, 1 que se mueven12 como los planetas1 al-
rededor13 del sol 14 en unas orbitas1 elipticas,1 es decir, de
forma1 ovalada,1 muy largas16 y muy estrechas* 16
Se presentan1 acompanados1 de una rafaga17 tuminosa1 que
los rodea 18 completamente 6 se extiende bacia un sdlo
1 1 19

lado. 20
.Esta rafaga 17
recibe el nombre de cola,21 barba22* 6
cabellera. 23 Los cometas, al24 recorrer 24 su orbita,1 se25 en-
cuentran25 unas veces muy lejanos26 y otras muy proximos27
al sol. 14 Cuando estan muy lejos,26 se congelan 1 por falta28
de calor, y cuando se aproximan 30 al sol, el calor29 gasifica31
29

1 1 82
parte de los liquidos que pueden contener en su superficie,
1

1 1 1
y extiende 1
su atmosf era en el espacio. El sol ilumina esta
tenue 33 mater ia1 asi extendida, 1 y forma esa rdfaga17 luminosa,1
causa1 de tanto temor.5
El numerolv de cometas es inmenso. 1 Keplero decia : Mis
cometas bay en el cielo 34 que peces38 en el mar. 36
Sin87 embargo,37 son pocos38 los que se 39 conocen, 39 de40 tal
modo40 que pueda41 anunciarse41 con exactitud 1 su reaparici6n.
Mucbos se alejan42 a distantoias1 inconcebibles1 de nuestro
Bistema planetario, 1 y es probable que atraidos43
1
por astros
2

44 1 45 44
perteneciehtes a otro sistema, dejen de pertenecer al
nuestro, convirtiendose en planetas de otro sol. 14
1

2 star 3 surprising ; 4 awaked ; 5 fear ; 6 people=nations ; 7 mirar, to

;

look on 8 anger ; 9 science ; 10 succeeded 11 availing ourselves ; 12 mover,

; ;

to" move ; 13 round 14 sun ; 15 long 16 narrow ; 17 cloud ; 18 rodear, to

; ;

encircle ; 19 towards ; 20 side ; 21 tail ; 22 beard 23 hair 24=in traversing ;

; ;

26=are ; 26 distant 27 near ; 28 want ; 29 heat ; 30 they approacB" ; 31 turns

;

to gas ; 32 surface ; 33 thin ; 34 sky ; 36 fish ; 36 sea ; 37 nevertheless ;

38 few ; 39 are known ; 40 in such a way ; 41 may be foretold 42 alejar,
;

to move away ; 43 attracted ; 44 pertenecer, to belong j 46 dejar} to cease.

 51

Los cometas son los linicos46 cuerpos47 celestes1 que la

48
mayoria de los astronomos no creen que esten habitados,
1 1

49 49 1 1 2
porque no se concibe que existan habitantes en astros
1 1 1 29 50
que pasan por tan bruscas transiciones de calor y f rio,
1 1
y que estan sujetos a una variacion completa de todos sue
elementos. 1

46 only ;
47 body ; 48 majority ;
49 it is imagined ; 50 cold.

El Marinero y su Amigo.
Un marinero iba a einbarcarse1 en un navio 2 proximo a darse 3

y un amigo suyo que trataba de di-

3 4 1
a la vela para las Indias,
5 6
suadirle de un viaje tan largo y tan peligroso, le pregunto :
1

Dime,
7
donde murio tu padre ?
<j

En un nauf ragio,8 respondio el marinero.

i Y tu abuelo 9
?

Un dia yendo a la pesca 10 se levanto 11 una tempestad 1 tan

1 1 12 12 13
furiosa, que la barca se fue a pique, y el se ahogo.
1 tu Y
bisabuelo 14
? En un viaje que hizo a America, el
navio* choco 15 contra unas penas, 16 y se hundio. 17
Y
i como eres tan temerario
18 19
que te atreves a embarcarte,
1

9
eabiendo que tu padre, tu abuelo y tu bisabuelo 14 han
muerto en el mar20 ?
Es posible, respondi6 el marinero ; pero dime,7 $ donde
murio tu padre ? v

Muy tranquilamente1 en su cama. 21

; Y tu abuelo ? d y tu bisabuelo
9 14
?

De la misma manera1 muy dulcemente 22 en sus lechos. 23

;

(?
Y como pues, repuso el marinero, eres tan temerario,18 que
en la cama21 todos los dias, sabiendo que
te atreves 19 a meterte24
tu padre, tu abuelo y tu bisabuelo han muerto todos en ella ?

2 ship ; 3 near to give itself to the sail=about to set sail ; 4 tratar, to

try 5 long ; 6 perilous 7 tell me ; 8 shipWreck 9 grandfather 10 fishing ;
; ; ; ;

11 levantar, to raise ; 12 irse d pique, to founder ; 13 ahogar, to drown ;

14 great grandfather ; 15 chocar, to strike 16 rock 17 hundir, to sink ;
; ;

18 rash ; 19 atreverse, to dare j 20 sea ; 21 bed j 22 quietly ; 23 couch ;

24 put thy self=go.
 52

Fontenelle y los Esp&rragos.

Fontenelle gustaba2 mucho de los esparragog, 1 sobre todo
3 4
arreglados con aceite;
5
El abate Terrasson, a 6 quien tamFie'n le gugtaban,6 -pero
con nianteca, 7 vino un dia a pedirle8 de comer,8 y le suplico 1
9
que le hicie'ra un gran favor dandole la mitad de los
10

esparragos que tenia en su 1

plato, y mando que se 11
pusiese
11

10 7
esta mitad con manteca.
Poco antes de sentarse 12 a la mesa13 el abate5 empezo 14 a
15 16
ponerse mal, y al 16 fin le dio una fuerte 17 apoplejia. 1
Fontenelle, que tal 18 vio> se levanta 19 de 20 subito 20 y corre 21
4
1
precipitadamente a la cocina22 gritando 23 :
\
Todos con aceite,
todos con aceite !

2=was fond 3=prepared

; 4 oil 5 a bb6 6=who also liked them
; ; j *,

7 Gutter .7$ ask him to dine

;
9 would do 10 half ll=should be put
; ; ; ;

12 sentarse, to sit down 13 table 14 began ; 15=become 16 at length

; ; ; ;

17 strong 18 as much
;
19 levantarse, to get up ; 20 suddenly ; 21 runs
; ;

22 kitchen ; 23 calling out.

El amigo que no presta,2 y el cuchlllo 3 que no corta,4

Cuando se 5 pierden 5 poco importa. 6
2 prestar, to lend ;
3 knife ;
4 cor/ar, to cut ;
5 they are lost ;
6 it matters.

2
Una caravana1 de cuatrocientos gallegos pasaba de Madrid
a Galicia para la celebracion de las fiestas 3
de Santiago,4 y a 5
pesar
5
de ser tantosse 6
dejaron robar 6
por media 7
docena8 de
12
gitanos.
9
Al Ilegar a la villa inmediata se dirigieron 12
10 10 11 1

18 14 15
los gallegos a ver al alcalde, que se extran6 de lo ocurrido.
2

<;
C6mo puede explicarse que cuatrocientos hombres per-
16 1 17
1
jnitan a seis pilletes que les roben hasta el ultimo
20 me
1
centimo ? Vergiienza daria el ser tan cobarde. 19
18

A Id cual respondi6 uno de ellos, el mas cuerdo,

21
por
22

23 23 24
supuesto
22
i Pero no ve
: Y. S. que ibamos solos ?

2 Galician 3 festival
;
4 St. James ; 6 in spite ; 6 let themselves be
;

robbed ; 7 half 8 dozen 9 gipsy

;
10 on arriving ; 11 town ; 12=weiit ;
; ;

13 mayor ; 14 extranarse, to be astonished ; 15 occurrence ; 16 scoundrel ;

17 up to ; 18 "be(ing) 19 cowardly ; 20 shame ; 21 discreet ; 22s=doubtless ;
;

23 your worship (senoria) ; 24 alone.

 53

La falsa Alerta^
3
Durante de Gibraltar, 1 en el momento en que los
el sitio

ingleses esperaban de un instante a otro un ataque general,

1 14

un centinela 1 que habian colocado 5 de noche a la entrada6 de

frente 7 de la torre 8 del Diablo,9 estaba al extreme 10 de la
11 12 13 14 1
inuralla, silbando y fijando sus miradas sobre las lineas
15 16
espanolas, no sonando mas que fuego, bombas, minas, 1
1

brecha 1 y fuego de fila. 17 Al lado18 de su garita19 tenia un

20 21
puchero donde habia ocultado su comida,22 que consistia
en un potaje de habichuelas.
1 23

Una mona muy grande, (sabido es que la cima de esta

24 25

roca1 esta siempre cubierta26 de estos animales) alentada27 por

el silencio 1 del centinela,1 y llevada28 del olfato,29 se acerco 30
20
al puchero y inetio 31 su cabeza para regalarse 1 con lo que
contenia1 ; pero despues que satisfizo 1 su necesidad,* cuando
1 32 33 83
quiso escaparse, no pudo sacar la cabeza, y se llevo el
20 34 36 33
puchero por gorro, marchando con las patas traseras.

Esta terrible 1 aparicion 1 apenas 37 se presento a los ojos del

38
centinela, tropezando con cuanto 39 encontraba,40 convirtio 1
al pobre mono 24 en un granadero 1 espanol1 ensangrentado,41
42
y herido mortalmente.
1
Ya exaltada1 su imaginacion1 con
43
esta idea, y lleno de miedo, disparo 44 su fusil45 gritando 46 con
todas.sus fuerzas47 que el enemigo 1 habia escalado 48 la muralla.
La gran guardia1 tom6 al momento armas1 con este
las
49 50 51 52
aviso, el tambor resono por todas partes, 52 y en diez
minutos estuvo toda la guarnicion 53 formada para la batalla. 1

not to be translated 1 the same, or nearly the same, as in English.

;

2 alarm 3 siege 4 esperar, to expect ; 5 placed 6 entrance

; ;' 7 front ; ; ;

8 tower 9 devil 10 end ; 11 rampart

;
12 silbar, to whistle
; ISfijar, to ; ;

fix ; 14 glance 15 sonar, to dream ; 16 fire

; 17 file 18 side 19 sentry- ; ; ;

box ; 20 pot 21 hidden ;

22 meal 23 bean 24 monkey 25 summit
; ; ; ; ;

26. covered 27 encouraged

;
28 attracted 29 smell 30 acercarse, to ap-
; ; ;

proach 31 meter, to put 32 draw out 33 carried away 34 night-cap 35

; ; ; ; ;

hind 36 paws, legs 37 hardly 38*"stumbling 39=whatever 40 it met ;

; ; ; ; ;

41 bloodstained 42-wounded 43 fear 44 disparar, to discharge 45 gun ;

; ; ; ;

46 calling out 47 force(s) 48 scaled 49 information ; 50 drum ; 51 resonart

; ; ;

to resound ; 52=everywhere 53 garrison. ;

 64

El supuesto 54 granadero, 1 a quien incomodaba1 nmcho el

55 56
sombrero, y que estaba casi ciego con el peso del piichero,
no estuvo niucho tiempo sin ser descubierto, y su prision 57
1 1
restablecip la tranquilidad en el campo que se habia creido
1

58
sorprendido.
54 supposed ;
55 blind ;
56 weight ;
57 capture ; 58 surprised.

Destapa un anio de casa un cantaro de vino delicado,*

2 3

4
cuya vasija
4
conservaba 5
cuidadosamente lacrada6 y sellada 7
8
hacia tiempo. 8
Como encontr6 que faltaba11 la mitad10 del
9

1 1 1
vino, empezo a investigar las causas de aquel fenomeno,
hallando en la parte inferior 12 del cantaro 3 un pequeno
13 14 1
agujero tapado con cera. ^
En vista de esto llama a la criada, y le dice i Quien te
16
:

ha mandado 17 beber el vino que aqui falta 11 ?

Por donde quiere 18 Vd. que lo haya 19 sacado 19 ?
Por este agujero13 que has hecho.
1
Yo & Pero, seiior, aunque20 hubiera21 hecho el agujero,15
!

no ve Yd. que por donde falta11 el vino es por22 encima22 y el

13
agujero esta por 23 debajo 23 ?

2 destdpar, to uncx>ver=open 3 pitcher 4 which vessel ; 5 conservar,

; ;

to preserve 6 waxed ;
7 Sealed ; 8=for a long time ; 9 he found ; 10 half ;
;

11 altar, to be wanting or missing ; 12=lower ;

f 13 hole ; 14 tapar, to
stop up ; 15 wax ;
16 view ; 17 ordered ; 18=suppose ; 19 have drawn out ;
20 although, even if ;
21 I (should) have ; 22 at the top ; 23 at the bottom.

Una mujer rica calzada2 por un zapatero4 a 3 la moda^nota1

5 8
que el mismo dia que estrenaba unos zapatos estaban rotos
a7 cuatro horas.^ Hace 8 llamar al zapatero, 8 y le inani-
las7
1 9 1
ties ta su estraneza por aquel resultado.
El industrial coje 10 el zapato roto, 6 lo examina atentamente,1
1 1
y despues de reflexionar sobre las causas de aquel accidente,
Ya caigo ^ Ha salido Vd. a
1 11 11 12 12 15
exclama de pronto :
j
!

13
pie con ellos ?
2 shod j
3 fashionable 4 shoemaker 5 eslrenar, to use for the
; ; first time ;
6 broken ; 7=in ; 8=she has
the shoemaker sent for ; 9 surprise ; JO eager*
to pick up ; U suddenly ; 12=1 have it ; 13 on foot-
 55

1 Ciego y su Iiinero.

Sabidas son las precauciones 1 que toman los ciegos2 para

ocultar 8 el dinero. Uno que 4
poseia quinientos francos, no
considerandolos seguros en el miserable cuarto que habitaba,i
5 6 1
bajo una noche al corral de la casa y los enterro al pie de
un arbol. 7 Un vecino de la misma casa que por casual idad8
habia bajado 5 al patio, 9 noto 1 la accion 1 del ciego, y al 10
retirarse este, 10 desenterro 1 el dinero y se lo apropio. 1

Cuando,el ciego fue a visitar su tesoro, 11 no lo hallo, como

12 13 13
era natural ; pero lejos de quejarse y desesperarse, disi-
14 15 15 1
inulq su dolor y se puso a reflexionar. Informose de la
1

gente que vivia en la casa y supo que habia en e.lla un vecino

16

17 18
desocupado, chismoso y malgastador.
19
No necesito saber
mas el ciego para sospechar 20 que el tal 21 vecino era el Iadr6n,22
1 23
y con aire risueno fue buscarle y le dijo :

Vecino, se que sois hombre discreto 1 y amigo de hacer un

favor ; vengo a consultaros sobre un punto 24 muy importante
4 36
para mi. Poseo mil francos, de los cuales tengo escondidos
26 25
quinientos en paraje seguro. Tengo intencion de esconder
tambien la otra mitad27 y desearia que me dijeseis28 si debo
ocultarlos3 en el inismo sitio 26 6 en otro diferente, para no
29
perderlo todo en caso de hurto.
30 1 31 32
Alegrdse el vecino con la culpable esperanza de pillar
toda la eantidad, 33 e insto 34 al ciego a que los depositara 1 en
35
el mismo escondrijo.
Prometiolo 36 asi el robado, 37 y el ladron 22 se 3 ? apresuro 38 a
volver 39 a poner 39 los quinientos francos al pie del arbol,7
40 41
para coger luego los mil. Pero aquella misma noche fue

2 blind
; 3 ocultar^ to conceal
4 poseer, to possess ; 5 bajar, to descend ; 6
;

yard 7 tree ; 8 chance ; 9 courtyard ; 10 on the latter's retiring ; 11 treasure ;

;

12 far ; 13 complaining) and despair(iDg) ; 14 grief ; 15=began ; 16 people;

17 unoccupied ; 18 slander repeating ;
19 extravagant ; 20 suspect ; 21=
said ; 22 thief ; 23 smiling ; 24 point ; 25 esconder, to hide ; 26 place ;
27 half ; 28 you (should) tell ; 29 theft ; 30 alegrarse, to rejoice 31 hope ;
;

32 plundering) ; 33 quantity ; 34 urged ; 35 hiding-place ; 36 prometer, to

promise ; 37 robbed ; 38 hastened ; 39 put again ; 40=get j 41 afterwards.
 56
2
el ciego al paraje ? donde enterro sn dineroy y babiendo
hallado sus quinientos francos, se los metio42 en el bolsillo43
44
y puso en su lugar un papel con estas palabras :
42

Bien decia yo que era Vd. hombre amigo de bacer un favor ;

mil gracias por baberm6 ayudado45 a recobrar 46 mi dinero.

42 put ; 43 pocket ;
44 place, stead ;
45 helped ; 46 recover

Vendiase en publica1 subasta2 la coleccion 1

de cuadros. de
un aficionado inteligente. 3 1 4
Al presentar el subastador4 un
cuadrito 5 que representaba un burro,6 y que tenia un
7 8
merito 1 empezaron a pujarlo dos pintores, pero un
real,
ricacho que se 10 la daba de 10 inteligente 1 lo subio 11 en un
9

momento a cuatro mil reales.

Uno de los pintores8 se dirije 12 al rico, y le dice cortes-
mente 18 Cuando tanto interes 1 demuestrk 14 Vd., presumo
:
1

que sera un fetrato* de familia, y me retiro para 'no

5 1

1
perjudicar a Vd.
2 auction 3 amateur 4 on the auctioneer's presenting 5 small picture ;
; ; ;

6 donkey 7 outbid (for) it

;
8 painter 9 very rich man; 10=boasted of ; ;*

-
being 11 subir, to raise 12 addresses t 13 politely 14 manifest 15 portrait.
; ; ; ;

Para dar Maboma1 mas credito 1 a sus imposturas1 hizo

ocultar 3 en un pozo 5 seco 4 a uno de sus compaiieros,2 con
orden 1 de gritar 6 cuando el pasara
1
: Mahoma es el enviado 7
de Dios.
Hizolo asi 8 el escondido, 9 quedaudo 11 todo 10 el mundo 10
admirado 12 de aquella maravilla13 pero el falso apostol,
1
;

14 14 1 15
temiendp que se descubriera su artificio, ordeno inme-
diatamente 1 a los fanaticos 1 que le seguian 16 que cegaran 17 el
18 19 20
pozo para evitar que f uera profanado en el porvenir,
5

2 companion ; 3 hide ; 4 dry 5 well 6 call out 7=messenger ;

; ; ;

8 .thus ; 9 hidden (person) 10 all the world=everybody

;
11 remaining ; ;

12 astonished ; 13 marvel 14 would be discovered

;
15 ordered 16 se- ; ;

guir, to follow ; 17 they should blind=stop up ; 18 avoid 19 it should ;

be ; 20 future.
 57

El Perro h&bil.
Es corriente 2 entre los cazadores 3 hablar de los extraordi-
narios sucesos^curridos 1 en su diversion 1 f avorita1 y ponderar5
las excelencias1 de sus perros. En el descanso 6 de una partida7
de caza, 7 a la que asistia8 Alejandro Dumas, se hablaba de lo 9
de siempre 9 de perros. Dumas oyo referir 10 maravillas 11 de
:

1 1
1
inteligencia realizadas por estos animalitos. Cuando le
1 5
llego su turno, pondero tambien la inteligencia de su perro.
1
Oh !
decia, mi perro tiene una inteligencia superior.
1 1
"On
dia que yo almorzaba 12
en el jardin con un amigo, Fanor
que asi se 13 llamaba13 mi perro esperaba
14
sumiso15 que,
como de costumbre,9 le arrojara 16 los restos17 de mi almuerzo. 18
Mas19 viendo que no me acordaba20 deel, se21 fue 21 al fondo 22
del jardin y vino hacia23 mi, trayendo en la boca24 una rama25
de NO26 ME OLVIDES. 26
2=usual 3 hunter 4 incident 5 exaggerate 6 halting 7 hunting expe-
; ; ; ; ;

dition 8 was present

; 9=as usual 10 related 11 marvel J2 was break-
; ; ; ;

fasting 13 llamarse, to be called

; 14 was waiting 15 submissively 16
; ; ;

I(should) fling ; 1 7 remains ; 1 8 breakfast ;

1 9 but
20 acordarse de to re-
; }

member ;
21 irse, to go away ;
22 bottom ;
23 towards ; 24 mouth ; 25 sprig ;
26 forget me not.

Enrique VIII., rey de Inglaterra, y Carlos V., rey de Espaiia,

eran dos principes de un caracter 1 muy vivo 2 el primero re- :

solvi6 enviar un mensajero 3 al segundo, y nombr6 4 al 5 efecto 5

a sir Tomas More, su canciller. 6 Este al recibir sus instruc-
ciones1 hizo 7 presente 7 a Enrique el temor 8 que tenia de encar-
9 10 11
garse de semejante mensage que podia costarle la vida a :

lo cual respondio el rey, que si Carlos atentaba12 a sus dias, 12

haria13 degollar 18 a todos los espanoles que hubiese 24 en sus
estados. 15 Agradezco mucho a vuestra majestad, dijo el
16 1

17
canciller, el honor que hace a mi persona,, pero dudo,
6

* 1
seiior, que ninguna de las cabezas de esos caballeros pueda
colocarse 19 sobre mis hombros. 20

2 hasty 3 messenger 4 appointed ; 5=for the purpose ; 6 chancellor ; 7

; ;

represented 8 fear ; 9 taking charge ; 10 (a)like ; 11 life ; 12 attempted his

;

days=life ; 13=he would have... beheaded ; 14 were ; 15 dominions ; IGagra-

decer, to be grateful ; 17 dudar to doubt ; 18 can ; 19 be put ; 20 shoulders.
}
 58

El Asedio de Amteres.
Mientras2 los Espaiioles mantenian1 en 1580 el tenaz*asedio*
de Amber es,5 sucedio 6 una cosa de poca importancia1 que
acarreo 7 un grande acontecimiento. 8 Estaba enferma una
senora de la ciudad, y necesitaba para su cura1 tomar leche9
de burras. 10 Como no era posible hallarlas en la plaza, 11 un
18 14 14
joven se ofrecio a ir por una a los arrabales, no obstante
12

hallarse en poder 15 del enemigo 1 en efecto ya traia16 una,

;

cuando f ue apresado, 17 y conducido al duque1 de Parma*

Este general trato 18 con bondad 19 al joven 12 alabo 20 su ;

21 e 22 23 la burra10 de 24 1
honradez, hizo cargar perdices, capones
de cuanto 26 26 27
a un ordenando
y pudiese ser util enfermo,
28 28
que todo se lo llevase a la senora, y dieiendo al ayunta-
miento 29 y pueblo de Amberes5 que el les deseaba toda
suerte 30 de prosperidades. 1
Esta generosidad1 inesperada31 del duque produjo 1 una
revolucion general en su favor, sugeriendose 32 enviarle a 35
nombre33 del publico 1 dulces34 y vinos de la ciudad. Los
1 1 1 1
espiritus se calmaron con estas mutuas atenciones, y
35
empezando a pensar que los Espaiioles no eran tan fieros
como se creia, esta opinion evito 36 muchos males,
37
e hizo 22

que se rindiese 38 la plaza. 11

Este suceso 39 causo tanta alegria 40 a Felipe 1 II., que habien-
dole llegado la noticia41 a media42 noche,42 a43 pesar43 de lo
misterioso 1 y austero 1 que era, fue al cuarto de su hija
44 45
Isabel, dando golpes a la puerta,y gritando Amberes5 es
: i

nuestro, Amberes es nuestro !

Quien nacio 46 para ahorcado 47 no morira48 ahogado. 49

2 while ;
3 tenacious 4 siege ; 5 Antwerp ; 6 suceder, to happen ; 7 car-
;

ried=led to ; 8 event ; 9 milk ; 10 ass 11 place

; 12 youth ; 13 suburb ;
;

14 notwithstanding ; 15 power 16 he was bringing ;

; 17 captured ; 18
tratar, to treat; 19 kindness; 20 alabar, to praise ; 21 gallantry 22= ;

caused ; 23 to (be) load(ed) 24 partridge ; 25=whatever

; 26 might ; ;

27 useful ;,28 should be taken; 29 coloration ; 30 kind 31 unexpected

; ;

32==it being suggested ; 33=in the name ; 34 sweetmeats 35 cruel ; ;

36 avoided==prevented 37 evil ; 38 surrendered (rendir) ; 39 event ; 40

;

joy;
41 news ; 42 midnight ; 43 in spite ; 44 blow ; 45 calling out j
46 was born ; 47=hangiDg ; 48 morir, to die ;, 49 ahogar^ to drown.
 59

El Negro fingido. 2
4
Dos jovenes hermanos, 3
cerrajeros de oficio, se embarca-
1 5
ron hace sesenta anos para la Jamaica. Luego que llegaron
buscaron alguna ocupacion, 1 pero no la hallaron en su oficio,4
1
porque necesitaban algiin dinero para establecerse. Viendose
sin auxilio? alguno, apelaron 7 a un recurso* bastante 9 extra-
10
ordinario, y fue el siguiente.
Uno de ellos, que tenia los cabellos 11 nmy crespos,13 se
disfrazo 13 de negro, 1 se tiiio 14 el rostro 15 y todo el cuerpo, 16 y
fue conducido 1 por su hermano a la casa de un banquero,* a
quien suplico
17
le prestase 18 cincuenta doblones1 sobre la
venta 19 de aquel negro. Como este era f uerte20 y vigoroso,1
21 22
Iogr6 el hermano el prestamo que deseaba. Recibido el
1 2 23
dinero, se escapo el fingido negro de casa del prestamista,
24
volvi6 a casa de su hermano, y se lavo de pies a cabeza.
En vano 1 ofrecieron los periodicos recompensas al 25 que le
26
presentase, pues era imposible hallarle.
Los dos hermanos f ormaron 1 su establecimiento 1 de cerra-\
jeros con los cincuenta doblones, ganaron mucho dinero y
3 27

volvieron a su pais28 ricos pero es de advertir, 29 que antes

;

de ausentarse 30 de la Jamaica, restituyeron 1 el prestamo22 con

los intereses1 al banquero, y le dieron las gracias recordan-
dole 31 la anecdofa del negro.

2.fingir, to pretend'; 3 4 trade

locksmith 5=ago 6 help 7 they had
; ; ; ;

recourse ; 8=expedient ; 9=rather 10 following 11 hair 12 curly ; 13

; ; ;

disguised ; 14 tefur, to dye 15 face

;.
16 body 17 he requested
;
18 he ; ;

(would) lend 19 sale ; 20 strong ; 21 obtained

;
22 loan 23 lender 24 ; ; ;

washed 25 to the (one) 26 (might) present 27 gained 28 country ; 29 to

; ; ; ;

(be) observe(d) 30 absent(ing) themselves

; 31=reminding him of. ;

Deciaun andaluz 2 Conoci a un hombre tan alto, tan grueso,3

:

4
y que pesaba tanto, que cuando se murio tuvieron los sepul-
1
tureros 5 que hacer dos viajes para llevarlo al cementerio.

UN KICO. Es tarde y voy a dejar 6

a Vd.
UN POBRE.^ Cuanto ?
2 Andalusiau ;
3 corpulent ;
4 weighed ;
5 grave-diggers ;
6 leave.
 60

El Eoo singular,
Hablando 2
un
gracioso con un caballero muy men-
tin dia
8 4
tiroso que regresaba de un largo 5 viaje, este le referia6 los
ecos1 maravillosos7 que habia oido en .varios paises, particular-
mente1 ,en las ruinas 1 de un templo* antiguo 1 que repetia1 ia
misma palabra siete veces.
Ba ba eso no tiene nadade admirable, 8 responde nuestro
1
! !

bufon 1 acjui en este pais, sin ir mas lejos,9 hay un eco...

:

ipero que eco un eco en el castillo* de un sefior cerca del

! ! !

lago
11
Killarney, donde me ha^sucedido 12 muy frecuentemerite 1

gritar : Buenos dias, senor eco y nunca ha dejado ;

13
de
responderme Buenos dias, caballerito, como esta Vd,
: ?

2 witty man 3 mendacious ; ;

4 was returning ; 5 long ; 6 was relating j
7 wonderful 8 extraordinary
; ;
9 far ; 10 castle ; 11 lake ; 12 happened ;
13 left=omitted. .

La Nuez.
Dos muchachos que jugaban2 al pie de un nogal, 8 hallaron
en el suelo4 una nuez 5 que se habia caido del arbol. 6
Es mia, dijo uno de ellos, pues yo he sido el xjue la he visto
el primero.
No, respondio el otro ; es mia^ porque yo he sido el que la
he recogido7 del suelo. 4
No 8 8
pudiendo ponerse de acuerdo respecto al legitimo
1 1

9 5
dueno de la nuez, ya estaban dispuestos10 a disputarsela1 a
golpes, cuando un joven que pasaba, habiendose enterado
11 12 1 13

1 1 14 15
del motivo de la querella, cogio la nuez, la partio, y
16
poniendose en medio de los muchachos, les dijo :
Yo voy a poneros de 17 acuerdo.17 La mitad18 de la cascara19
20 21 18 21
pertenece al que la vio el primero, y la otra mitad al que
la recogi6 7 del suelo.4 Respecto a la pepita, 22 yo la me guardo
23

en pago 24 de la decisi6n 1 que he dado. Este es, anadio 25

26 1 27
riendo, el resultado usual de todos los pleitos.
2 jugar, to play ; 3 walnut-tree 4 ground 5 nut 6 tree 7 recoger, to pick
; ; j ;

up 8==to agree ; 9 owner 10 disposed 11 blow 12 young (man) 13 ac-

; ; ; ; ;

quainted ; 14 took hold of 15 divided=oracked 16 middle ; 17 in accord

; ; ;

18 haii j 19.ghell ; 20 pertenecer, to belong 21 to the (one) 22 kernel ; :

;

23 guardar, to keep ; 24 payment j 25 be added ; 26 laughing ; 27 lawsuit

 61

El Retrato mal pagado.

Mand'6se 2 retratar 2 un caballero, y contrat6 1 con el pintor8
que le pagaria^generosamente, si le sacaba5 el retrato6 pare*-
1

cido. 7 El pintor 3 lo hizo muy semejante 8 al original 1 pero ;

el retratado 9 cometio 1 la indignidad 1 de no

querer pagarle,
1
imaginando con esta malicia1 sacar 10 baratisimo 11 el retrato,6
3
que el pintor para nada podia aprovechar. 1 *
Mas diestro el artista, le dijo que, supuesto no queria
13 1 14

15 15 16
pagarle, se quedaria con el hasta que tuviese 16 por con-
17 18
veniente cumplir lo contratado. 18

El pintor hizo 19 poner un marco 19 al ret-rato, 6 y lo expuso

1

al publico 1 sobre la puerta de su casa con esta 1

inscripcifa :
*
Aqui estoy por no pagar mis deudas. 20
'

El original del retrato, -'que fue conocido de todo 21 el

mundo, 21 supo al instante la burla22 que le habia hecho el pin-
tor, y como todos le vituperaban, se vi'6 precisado
1 23
a pagar
al artista cuanto 24 quiso para sacar 10 el retrato de sus manos.

2=ordered his portrait to be painted ; 3 painter ; 4 pagar, to pay ; 5

turned out 6 portrait ; 7=like (him) 8 resembling ; 9 (person) painted ;
; ;

10 to draw out=get 11 very cheap ; 12=make use of 13 skilful 14 sup-

; ; ;

posing 15 it should remain ; 16=until he found it ; 17 to fulfil

; 18 what ;

was contracted ; 19=had a frame put ; 20 debt ; 2J=everybody ; 22 jest,

trick ; 23 compelled ; 24 as much as.

Uno que estaba preso 2 en JParls por deudas, envio a buscar

a su acreedor,3 diciendo que tenia algo4 que comunicarle.
Presentose al acreedor, 3 y le dice i Pues, senor, pensando en
la vida5 que paso 1 aqui tan triste 6 -yf astidiosa, 7 he creido con-
veniente decirle a Vd. que estoy con pena8 por el gasto 9 que le
1 10 11
estoy ocasionando diariamente, y no se cuando se acabara.
11

12 12 1
en 13
Escuche Vd. Hagame salir de esta prision, y lugar de
los dos francos1 que le cuesto en ella, m'e dara, estando libre, 14
16 16
la mitad,15 y 1
^ resto lo iremos descontando de la deuda.
2 imprisoned ; 3 creditor ; 4 something 5 life ; 6 dull ; 7 tedious ;
;

8 trouble 9 expense
; 10 daily
;
11 it will end
; 12=release me ; 13
;

place i 14 re 15 half ; 16cwe will gradually deduct.

;
 62

Las tres Freguntas.

Federico 1 el Grande tenia costumbre, 1 siempre ,<pf obser*
vaba1 en su guardia1 un nuevo soldado, de preguntarle estas
tres cosas Que edad2 tienes ?
:
<?
Desde 3 cuando* sirves4 ? {.

5 1
I Recibes con regular! dad tu sueldo y tus raciones ?
Un joven Frances, que no podia hablar 6
siquiera una pala-
bra en aleman, 7 f ue admitido 1 en este cuerpo 8 de guardia. 1 El
9 10
rey debia pasar revista tres dias despues, y le Mcieron
1
aprender tres respuestas correspondientes a las preguntas
11
que el rey solia hacer y en el mismo orden.
10
Llegado el dia de la revista, Federico observ6 estesoldado,
y no dejo 12 de hacerle dichas13 preguntas, pero empezo por la
segunda.
<i
Desde 3 cuando 3 sirves4 ? Veinte y un anos, senor.
2
i Como !
<j
veinte y un anos ? que edad tienes, pues
<j ?
Tres dias, seiior.
Ah, uno de los dos habra perdido el entendi-
dijo el rey^
miento. 14 Precisamente 1 los dos, dijo el joven, que tomaba
estas palabras por la tercera pregunta.
1 Como dijo el rey, esta es la primera vez que se
!
1B
me
15 16
trata de loco.
El Frances, que ya habia apurado 17 todo lo que sabia de ale-
man,7guardaba un silencio absoluto. Pero el capitan^e apresu-
ro 18 a explicar el en igma al rey, que celebro 19 mucho la chanza. 20

2 age 3 since when=how long ; 4 dost thou serve

;
5 pay ; 6 even ; ;

7 German 8 body ; 9 had to

;
10 review 11 was in the habit of ;
; 12= ;

omitted; 13 said 14 understanding ; 15=1 have been called ; 16 mad ;

;

17 exhausted ; 18 made haste ; 19=was amused with ; 20 joke.

Se habia dado orden terminante 2 a un suizo 3 de que no

dejara entrar a nadie en el jardin de las Tullerias.
4 1
Se le
presenta
1
un ciudadano. 5 No
se permite 1 la entrada, 6 dijo el
3
suizo. Pero yo no quiero entrar, dijo el otro, solo 7 quiero
8
salir de Pont-Royal. Ah, replied el suizo, eso ya es otra
cosa ; si se9 trata9 de salir8 ya puede Yd. pasar.
1

2= definite, strict ; 8 Swiss 4 he (should) allow

; ; 5 citizen ; 6 entry ;

7 only ; 8 (to) go put ; 9 it i&a. question.

 63

El Gird2 del Sol.

Hallabase un caballero, muy rudo, 3 en cierta tertulia4 donde
se hablaba del sol y del modo como gira alrededor de la tierra,
1 5 6

7 8
que tiene la figura
1
de una bola. Quiso mezclarse en la con-
versacion 1 para sostener 1 que aquello era imposible, 1 supuesto 9
9 10 11
que los mismos ojos convencian de que la tierra era liana.
1

12
Dieronle diversas razones para desenganarle de aquel
error, y entre otras cosas le dijeron :
Ya ve Vd. como el sol sale 13 diariamente 14 en un mismo
paraje,
15
y se 16 pone
16
al opuesto. 17 Como es pues posible,
18 16
que vuelva del Occidente, donde se pone,
16
al Oriente, 19
donde sale, 13 si no pasa por20 debajo 20 ?
22
1
Bonita21 pregunta !
replied el porfiado ignorante
1
: viene
23
de noche.
2 turning round=revolution ; 3=stupid ; 4 assembly ; 6 it rerolves ; 6
round ; 8 (to) mix ; 9=because ; 10=very, even ; 11 flat ; 12 disabuse
7 ball ;

him ; 13=rises ; 14 daily ; 15 place ; 16=sets ; 17 opposite 18 west ; 19 east ; ;

20 underneath 21 pretty (ironically used)=silly ; 22 obstinate ; 23=at.

;

En materia1 de testamentos,2 no heinos visto otro mas

notable 1 que el que otorg6 3 en 1793 un caballero4 de in-
dustria4 de Paris. Helo5 aqui5 :
Nada tengo, debo mucho, dejo lo demas6 a los pobres.

2 will ;
3 executed=left ;
4 swindler ;
5 here it is ; 6 rest.

Un miisico,
2 3
en su
pero muy envanecido de
diestro 4
arte,
1

su merito, tuvo un dia la honra de hablar con cierto

1 6

6 7 8
soberano, el cual reparando que llevaba unaa malisimas
9 2
medias, le pregunt6 : si era el miisico de quien le habian
<|

hablado con tanto elogio 10 ? No lo se, senor, respondi6,

11
pero puedo vanagloriarme de tener una voz que hago de
12

13
ella cuanto quiero. Pues si asi es, dijo el rey, te aconsejo 14
que te hagas un par
15
de 9
medias, porque las necesitas mucho.
De esta manera 1 se16 burlo 16 el soberano6 de la ridicula1
vanidad 1 del musico. 2
2 musician ; 3 skilful ; 4= vain 6 honor 6 sovereign ; ; ; 7 noticing ;
8 llevar, to ; wr
9 stocking ; 10 eulogy, praise 11 boast ; , 12 I make ;
13 whatever ; 14 aconsejar, to advise 15 pair ; 16 made fun. ;
 El Cochero aturdidp,*
Un buen humor 1 tomo una noche con algunos
caballero de
amigos de su mismo humor un coche de 3 alquiler, 3 y mando 1

al cochero 4 les condujese 5 detras6 de6 una casa donde habian

de llamar a7 otro 8 sujeto. 8
9 10
todos, y despues, dando
11
Llegaron, fingieron subir
vuelta 11 al coche, 1 empezaron a entrar por una portezuela 12
13 4
y salir por la. otra, sin que lo notase el cochero, por 14
manera14 que veia entrar mucha gente15 y no alcarizaba 16
como podian ya 17
caber tantas personas alia 18 dentro, 19 hasta20
20 21 22 1
que el pobre diablo, lleno de admiracion, abandbno el
coche y se fue a la taberna1 inmediata, 23 donde declaro 1 que
conducia24 una legion1 de demonios, pues habia contado 25 ya J

diez y ocho, y no sabia donde se metian. 26

2 confused 3 on hire ; 4 coachman ; 5 to drive

;
6 behind ; 7=for ; ;

8=some one ;
9 pretended ; 'lO to ascend; 11 going round
else 12 little ;

door ; 13 noticed ; 14=so ; 15 people ; 16=understood 17 be contained ; ;

18 there ; 19 within 20 until 21=fellow 22 astonishment ; 23 adjoining ;

;, ; ;

24 he was driving ;
25 counted ;
26 meter, to put.

Decia un mal pin tor 2 que iba a blanquear 3 su casa para

4 5
pintarla despues. Pintala primero, le dijo otro pintor, y
6 6 7
que la blanqueen enseguida.

1 Portero1 !
<? Que manda8 Vd. ? <j
No vive aqui un
caballero que hace9 pocos dias se ha muerto ?
10 10
No, senor, en la casa de al lado. Gracias.

2 painter 3 whitewash 4 paint

; ;
it ;
5 afterwards ; 6 let them whitewash
it ; 7 directly after ; 8 order=want ;
9 ago ; 10=next door (lado, side).

3
Un 2 1
particular solicito una importante plaza.
PeroVd. es
4
bibliotecario, le dijo su protector, ; desea Vd. pues rennn-
7 7
ciar 5 este empleo 6 ? Oh, no, de ninguna manera. Entonces,
8 en el otro des-
<:
como
podra Vd. cumplir con su obligacion
que reclamara todo su tiempo ? Con la mayor facili-
9 10
tino,
dad del mundo, puesto11 que11 nunca voy a mi biblioteca. ^
1 1

2 certain person ; 3 place 4 librarian ; 5 give up ; 6 employment ; 7

not
;

at allj Siulfil ; 9 situation ;

10 will demand; ll=because ; 12 library.
 SPANISH
CONVERSATION
SIMPLIFIED

A collection of frequently occurring

CONVERSATIONAL PHRASES
INTRODUCING ALL THE
IMPORTANT IDIOMS

PHILADELPHIA
DAVID McKAY, Publisher
604-8 S. Washington Square
 /USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL" SENTENCES. 8

CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES,
u
fcased chiefly on the Rules in SPANISH SIMPLIFIED," and
gradually introducing the most IMPORTANT IDIOMS
Good day (or Good morning), Buenos dias, sefior (or caba*
sir. Hero).
Good afternoon (or Good Buenas tardes, senorita.
evening), miss.
Good night (or Good evening)? Buenas noches, senora.
madam.
!How are you? i Como esta Vd. ?

Very well, thank you and ; Muy bien, gracias ; i y Vd. ?

you ?
I amvery well now, but I Estoy muy bien khora, pero
have been ill. he estado enfermo.
What was the matter with i Que tenia Vd. ?
you ?

What is the matter with her ? i Que tiene ella ?

Nothing is the matter with me. No tengo nada.
What do you say ? i Que dice Vd. ?
What do you mean ? i Que quiere Vd. decir ?
What is this called in i C6mo se llama esto en es-
Spanish ? panol ?
;How is that said in English ? C6mo se dice eso en ingles ?
<;

I have heard that he will He oido decir que no quiere

not do it. hacerlo.
Can you speak Spanish or, i Sabe Vd. hablar espanol 6
Italian ? italiano ?
1
1 am
very sorry for it. Lo siento mucho.
iThey were not very sorry, No lo sintieron mucho.
Are you not sorry for it ? ^NolosienteVd. ? [Vd.
|
What do you want ? I Que quiere Vd.
? Que desea <f

I am glad to see you. Me alegro de verle.

Good-bye (till to-morrow). Haste manana.
Good-bye (till Wednesday). Hasfeyel Miercoles.
Good-bye(till I see you again). Hasta la vista.

Good-bye (farewell, adieu). Adios.

 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

I beg your pardon. Dispenseme Vd.

They were not very glad to No se alegraron mucho de
hear that. ;
oir eso.
We are very glad to find you Nos alegramos mucho de en-
at home. contrarle (a Vd.) en casa.
Please give me your hat and Sirvase darme su sombrero y
your gloves. sus guantes.
Here they are. Aqui los tiene Vd.
Many thanks. Muchas gracias.
Do you think it will rain be- I Cree Vd. que llovera antes
fore the evening ? que anochezca ?
It is certain that they have Es cierto que no se nan
not jnade a mistake. equivocado.
We cannot do anything in No podemos hacej nada sobre
this matter. este asunto.
I am hungry. Ten go hambre.
Are you not thirsty ? iNo tiene Vd. sed ?
They were very hungry. Tenian mucha hambre.
Will not the child be hungry? <;
No tendra hambre el nino ?
He would be very thirsty. Tendria mucha sed.
What will you do with this I Que hara Vd. con esta carta ?
letter ?
send it by post.
I shall La enviare por el correo.

Although I have not done my Aunque no he hecho mi tra-

work, I will go with you now. t
bajo, ire ahora con Vd.
With the greatest pleasure. Con muchisiniQ gusto.
When did the carriage come Cuando volvio el coche
,; ?
back ?
soon
It is better to arrive too Vale mas llegar un poco tern-
than too late. prano, que demasiadotarde.
There are several mistakes in Hay varias faltas en este tema.
*
this exercise.
Why will you not come to ^ Por que no quiere Vd. venir
the theatre to-morrow ? manana al teatro ?
Who told you so ? I Quien se lo dijo a
Vd. ?
That girl is very fond of Esa muchacha quiere mucha
her brother. a su hermano.
Speak louder. Hable Vd. mas alto.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

The post has not come in yet. El corr eo no ha llegado todavia.

Do not speak (jplur.) so low. No hablen Vds. tan bajo,
Wait a little ; I have several Aguarde, Vd. un poco tengo ;

things to tell you. varias cosas que clecirle.

I cannot do it now. No puedo hacerlo ahora.
Do us the favor to direct us to Haganos el favor de dirigirnos
the railway station, a la estacion del f errocarril.
I must do something else. Debo hacer otra cosa.
Listen to me a moment. Escucheme un momento.
Please take a seat. Sirvase tomar asiento.
1 believe not. Creo que no.
We say it is so. Decimos que si.

He was afraid not. TemiaTque no.

I hope -so. Espero que si.
Don't you think so ? I No cree Vdrque si ?

I say it is not. Digo que no.

I expect not. Espero que no.
Certainly not. Ciertamente que no.
What are you looking for ? i Que busca Vd. ?

Whom are you looking for ? I A quien busca Vd. ?

Do you know where Seiior ISabe Vd. donde vive el seiior
Martinez lives ? Martinez ?
Will you take anything ? Quiere Vd. tomar algo ?
<j

Many thanks ; I am not Mil gracias no tengo hambre,

;

hungry, but I should very pero de buenagana beberia

much like a glass of wine. un vaso de vino.*
I am rather tired^. Estoy algo cansado,
.When did your mother re- I Cuando volvio a casa su
turn home ? madre (de Vd.) ?
I do not know why he has No se por que no ha enviado
not sent the answer. la respues,ta.
How old is your uncle ? <;
Cuantos anos tiene su tio ?
Iam twenty-eight years old. Tengo veintiocho anos.
He is more than thirty. Tiene mas de treinta anos.
I do not know what to do No se que hacer en este
about this matter. asunto.
You cannot make 9, mistake. Vd. no puede equivocarse.,
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

You must do it some other way. Vd. debe hacerlo de otro modo*
I want to consult you about Deseo consultarle sobre esta
this letter. carta.

They will doubtless come Sin duda vendran la semana

next week. que viene.
Could you not hear him ? .<?
No podian. Yds. oirle ?
Yes but we could not un-
; Si pero no podiamos com-
;

derstand what he meant. prender lo que queria decir.

Do you know what time it is ? ,;
Sabe Vd. que hora es ?
I don't know the exact time ; No se la hora exacta ; mi
my watch does not go well. reloj no va bien.
His watch always goes badly. Su va siempre mal.
reloj
It is a little fast. Esta un poco adelantado.
It is generally very slow. Va generalmente muy atra-
sado. [punto.
[to ten.
It is exactly twenty minutes Son las diez menos veinte en
It is about one o'clock. Es cerca de la una.
It is not late yet. No es tarde. todavia.
My watch is not going. Mi reloj no anda.
I cannot wind it up I have
; No puedo darle cuerda ; he
left the key at home. dejado la Have en casa.
This is of no importance. Esto no es de ninguna im-
portancia.
Itdoes not matter. No importa.
What does it matter ? I Que importa ?
Where were you going when ; Adonde iba Vd. cuando le
we met you yesterday ? encontramos ayer ?
I am going to read this news- Voy a leer este peri<5dico.
paper.
What is the news ? i Que hay de nuevo ? or Que
se dice de tfuevo ?
Nothing is more certain. Nada es mas seguro.
Be quiet directly !
I
Callese Vd. al instante !

These children will not be Estos nifios no quieren ca-

silent. [first. llarse. [visto primero.
Please tell me who saw it Sirvase decirme quien lo ha
Come in ! i Entre Vd. !
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

Can you change me this <?

Puede Vd. cambiarme este
foreign money ? dinero extranjero ?
Walk this
way. Pase Vd. adelante.
Isyour master at home ? i Esta su amo en casa ?

No, madam he is out, and

; No, senora : esta f uera, y no
will not return before the volvera antes de la noche.
evening.
What a pity ! I should like I Que lastima ! desearia verle.
to see him.
Will you give me your name ? QuiereVd.darmesunombre?
<i

You are right.. Vd. tiene razon.

I am not right. No tengo razon.
We are right this time. Tenemos razon esta vez.
x

I am sure they are wrong. Estoy seguro de que no tienen

razon.
His friend was^ wrong. Su amigo no tenia razon.
Who is this gentleman who <? Quien es senor que
este
is coming towards us ? viene hacia nosotros ?
He is a friend of my cousin's, Es un amigo de mi primo,
but I do not know his name.
"

pero no se su nombre.
Can you direct me to I Puede Vd. dirigirme a la
Street ? calle de ?
With much pleasure. Con mucho gusto.
You must take this road. Vd. debe tomar este camino.'
Go straight on. Vaya.Vd. derecho.
Take the second street on the Tome Vd. la segunda calle a
right. laderecha.
The street you want is the La calle que Vd. quiere es la
first on the left primera* a la izquierda.
Ask again, when you get to Pregunte de nuevo, cuando
the market. llegue al mercado.
You Tvill see the station in Vd. vera la estacion en
front of you. frente.
Whom ar,e you writing to ? I A
quien escribe Vd. ?
I am writing to my brother ; Escribo a mi hermano ; tengo
have several things to say
I varias cosas que decirle.
to him.
[verdad.
L
A11 that they told you is true. Todo lo que le han dicho^es
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

The windows ai e
;
not shut. Las veritanas no es&n ce-
rradaa. [puerta ?
Shall I shut the door ? i Quiere Vd. que (yo) cierre la

Please give me some bread Hagame el favor de darme

and cheese. un poco de pan y queso.
What will you drink ? <;Que quiere Vd. beber ?
I should like a glass of beer, Quisiera. un vaso de cerveza,
if there is any. si la hay.
You cannot do better. Vd. no puede hacer cosa mejor
Where are you going ? i Adonde va Vd. ?

I am going home will you ; Voy a casa quiere Vd. venir

; <;

come with me ? conmigo ?

No, thank you ; I must stay No, gracias debo quedarme
;

here, because I have a aqui, porque tengo mucho

great deal to do. que hacer.
I am very sorry, but I cannot Lo siento mucho, pero no
do it. puedo hacerlo.
Is 'any body at home ? I Hay alguien en casa ?

What hour that striking

is ? IQue hora esta dando ?
It is just striking eleven. Estan dando las once.
Thehourisjustabouttostrike. La hora va a dar [media ?
Hasitstruck half past five yet? Han dado ya las cinco y
<;

Not yet but I think it will

; Todavia no pero creo que
;

strike soon. daran pronto.

It has just struck one. La una acaba de dar.
It had just struck eight. Las ocho acababan de dar.
It is a beautiful day. Hace un dia hermoso.
It is fine (weather). Haxje buen tiempo.
It is very bad weather. Hace muy mal tiempo.
It was not fine. No hacia buen tiempo.
Do you think it will be fine <;
Cree Vd. que hara buen
to-morrow ? tiempo maiiana ?
It is not snowing. No esta nevarido.
I believe it will rain soon. Creo que llovera pronto.
I expect a letter from my Espero una carta de mi her-
sister in Paris. rnana que esta en Paris.
These letters are not dated. Esta cartas no tienen fecha.
 trSEFXTL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

What is the date ? A cuantos estamos hoy ?

<;

The first, second, third, etc. A primero, a dos, a tres, etc.

Will you take this letter to i Quiere Vd. llevar esta carta
the post ? al correo ?
We are going to send them Vamos a enviarles la respues-
the answer to-morrow. manana.
ta
How much do you ask for this ? d Cuanto pide Vd. por esto ?
How do you sell these ? <;
A como vende Vd. estos ?
At the price which you see Al precio que ve Vd. marcado,
marked.
Is this the lowest price ? d Es mas bajo ?
este el precio
Yes we mark our prices as
; Si marcamos nuestros pre-
;

low as possible, and we cios lo mas bajo posible, y

cannot reduce them. no podemos reducirlos.
These goods are sold at three Estos generos pe venden a
shillings each. ;
tres chelines cada uno.
This a very cheap article.
is Este es un articulomuy barato.
It appears to me too much. Me parece dernasiado.
How much will you take ? I Cuanto tomara Vd. ?
Do you think it will be I Cree Vd. que sera bastante ?

enough ?
I was not satisfied with the No estaba satisfecho con el
material I bought here the material que compre aqui
other day. el otro dia.
I was inclined to send it back Estaba dispuesto a devolver-
to you. selo (a Vd.).
We are very sorry that you Sentimos mucho que Vd. no
did not do so. lo haya hecho.
We always do all we possibly Hacemos siempre todo lo que
can to satisfy our cus- podemos para satisfacer a
tomers. nuestros parroquianos.
Can I show you anything I Puedo mostrarle a Vd. al-
else ? guna otra cosa ?
I will take those ; please Tomare esos ; sirvase man-
send them to my house. darlos a mi casa.
Where do you wish them to <jAd6nde quiere Vd. que se
be sent ? inanden ?
To No. 17, Prince's Street, A la calle del Principe, No. 17.
 10 tJSEFTTL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

Is there a letter for me ? i Hay carta para mi ?

They were obliged to go away. Tuvieron que irse.

We shall go out to-night, if it Saldremos esta noche, si no
not too cold.
is hace demasiado frio.
He asked us why we had Nos pregunto por que ha-
come, but we did not biamos venido, pero no le
answer him. contestants.
Open the door, and shut all Abra Vd. la puerta, y cierre
the windows. todas las ventanas/
Is the door locked ? <?
Esta cerrada con Have la
puerta ?
Do not come too late. No venga Vd. demasiado tarde.
I beg your pardon. Dispenseme Vd ,0rPerdone Vd.
There is no occasion for it- No hay de que.
There was no occasion for it. No habia de que.
There would not be an}- No habria de que.
need for it/
It is better not to say anything, Vale mas no decir nada, que
than to speak too much. hablar demasiado.
Itwould be better not to say Mas valdria no, decir nada
'

anything more. mas.

When we have finished our Cuando hayamos acabado
work, we shall go out. nuestro trabajo, saldremos.
Where are you going ? IAdonde Iran Vds. ?
We are going to hear a very Vamos a- oir a un orador
celebrated speaker. may celebre.
Did you enjoy yourselves at <?
Se divlrtieron Vds. ayer en
the theatre yesterday ? el teatro ?

Thank you we enjoyed our-

; Gracias ;
nos divertimos
f
selves very much. mucho.
Follow me ; I have something Sigame tengo algo para Vd.
;

for you. [me ? [me?

Have you anything to show <; TieneVd.algo que mostrar-
Can you stay here for a little l Puede Vd. quedarse aqui un
while ? poco?
I must go away at once. Debo irme al instante.
I shall be here at a quarter to Estare aqui 4 las ocho meaos
eight exactly. cuarto en punto.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES. 11

We are very glad that oiir Nos alegramos mucho de

father has come home que nuestro padre haya
again. vuelto a casa.
Do you want an umbrella or <? Quiere Vd. un paraguas 6
a stick ? unbaston ?
I do not want either. No quiero ni uno ni otro.
Do you want anything else ? Quiere Vd. otra cosa ?
<j

You must tell him as soon as Vd. debe decirselo en cuanto

he arrives. llegue.
As you please. Como Vd. guste.
When you go downstairs, Cuando Vd. baje, llevese
take this with you. esto.
A week ago he was in the Hace una semana estaba
country, but he came back en el x
campo, pero volvi6
last night. anocho.
How many days have you i Cuantos dias hace que esta
been here ? Vd. aqui? [aqui?
Have you been here long ? I Hace mucho que esta Vd.
We have been here ten Hace diez minutos que esta-
minutes. mos aqui.
I have been learning Spanish Hace un ano que aprendo
for a year. espanol.
Let us talk a little. Conversemos un poco.
What have you to tell me ? i Que tiene Vd. que decirme ?
We must not catch cold. No debemos resfriarnos.
The children will catch cold. Los nifios se resfriaran.
I have a cold. Estoy resf riado.
She has not got a cold. No esta resfriada.
They all had colds. Estaban todos resfriados.
I am afraid he will catch cold. Temo que se resfrie.
This bread is new (=fresh) ; Este pan esta fresco ; no esta
it isnot cold yet. [hot. frio todavia. [lientes.
The coffee and the tea are not El cafe y el te no estan ca-
The iron was too hot. El hierro estaba demasiado
caliente.
At what time do you dine ? I A que hora comen Vds. ?
It is already five o'clock. Ya son las cinco.
 12 USEFUL

Ws snail dine at half past six. Comeremos a las seis y media.

I saw the people coming out Vi a la gente salir de la
of church. iglesia.
I thought I should receive Crei que recibiria mas dinero
more money for my horses. por mis caballos.
With your permission, I will Con permiso de Vd., leere
read this letter. esta carta.
You are greatly mistaken. Esta Vd. muy equivocado.
I have come by coach, not He venido en coche, no en el
by train. tren.
Send.him the answer by post. Enviele Vd. la respuesta por
correo.
The town consists of five La ciudad se compone de
hundred houses. quinientas casas.
This lady appears to be taller Esta senorita parcce ser mas
than her mother. alta que su madre.
Do you know that lady ? I Conoce Vd. a esa senora ?
We have known her for some Hace algiin tiempo que la
time. conocemos.
J have seen her, but I do not La he visto, pero no la
know her. conozco.
I know her by sight. La conozco de vista.
We know her by name. La conocemos de n ombre.
What is this called ?
iComo se llama esto ?
"
I do not remember what it is No me acuerdo como se
called. llama.
What are these things called ? <i
Como se llaman estas cosas ?
We do not know what they are No sabemos como se llaman.
called.
What is your friend's name ? i Como
se llama su amigo ?
My name is George. Me llamo Jorge.
We shall come back at the Volveremos a fines del mes.
t

end of the month.

Knock at that door. Llame Vd. a esa puerta.
Somebody is knocking at -the Alguien llama a la puerta.
door.
It is a gentleman, but I do not Es un caballero, pero no se
know his name. su nombre.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES. 13

Go and see who it is. Vd. a/ver quien es.

Whom did he ask for ? <;
For quien ha preguntado ?

I am ashamed. Tengo vergiienza.

Are you not ashamed ? <?
No tienen Vds. vergiienza ?
He ought to be ashamed to Debia tener vergiienza de
say that. decir eso.
I am
afraid he cannot wait
:

Temp que no pueda aguardar

any longer. mas.
Were you not very much <;
No tenia Vd. mucho miedo?
afraid?
He will be afraid to go out Tendra miedo de salir esta
this evening. noche.
I did not hear the question. No oi la pregunta.
Ask whether they have Pregunte Vd. si han impreso
printed the books yet. los libros ya.

They brought a message to Trajeron un parte diciendo

she had died last
>say que habia muerto la sema-
week. na pasada.
I do not always hear all the No oigo sLempre todas las
words. palabras.
I am very .hot. Tengo mucho calor.
Are you not warm ? No^iene Vd. calor ? [calor.
<?

We shall be too hot here. Tendremos aqui demasiado

We are not cold. No tenemos frio.
Are you -cold ? i Tienen Vds. frio ?
She was very cold. Ella tenia tfiucho frio.
You would be too cold in this Vd. tendria deinasiado frio en
room. este cuarto.
These rooms are very cold. Estos cuartos son muy frios.
The water was not cold. El agua no estaba fria.
We have not found what we No hemos halladoloque bus-
were looking for. cabamos.
I shall not go out to-day, or No saldre hoy, ni manana
to-morrow either. tampoco.
They arrived in time, but un- Llegaron a tiempo, pero por
f ortunatelyiie was not there. desgracia el no estaba alii.

Those who are idle are seldom Los que son holgazanes sou
happy. raramente felices.
 14 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

Is this house for sale ? i Se vende esta casa ?

No, madam ; it is to be let. No, senora se alquila.

;

Have you any rooms to let ? <;Tiene Vd. cuartos para al-
quilar ?

I want to take lodgings near Deseo alquilar un alojamiento

my friend's house. . junto a la casa de mi ainigo.
How many rooms do you wan t?
I Cuantos cuartos desea Vd. ?
I should like three rooms on Quisiera tres cuartos en el
the second or third floor. segundo 6 tercer piso.
For how long do you want <;
Por cuanto tiempo los quiere
them? Vd.?
For three or four months. Por tres 6 cuatro rneses.
How much have I to pay a Cuanto tengo que pagar por
<;

week ? sernana ?
The price is eight dollars a El precio es ocho duros al
mojith. mes (or por mes).
I think it is too much. Creo que es demasiado.
These boots do not suit me. Estas botas no me vienenbien.
They are too narrow. Son demasiado estrechas.

They are not broad enough. No son bastante anchas.

Did not the gloves fit him I No le vinieron bien los
well? guantes ?

Your hat does not suit you. Su sombrero no le viene bien.

It is too tight. Es demasiado estrecho.
This ring fits me better. Esta sortija me ajusta mejor.
His coats suit him very well. Sus levitas le vienen inu y bien.
This coat is very uncom- Esta levita me incomoda
fortable. mucho.
He called me by my name, but Me llamo por mi nombre,
I don't know who he was. pero no se quien era.
They appear to be a long way Parecen estar muy lejos de
from here, but they are not. aqui, pero no lo estan.

I shall finish the list this very Acabare la lista hoy mismo.
day.
It is not necessary that we No es preciso que les hagamos
should keep them waiting. esperar.
I shall see him next Sunday. Le vere el Domingo que viene.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES. 15

Do not keep us waiting any No nos haga Vd. esperar mas.

longer.
Send for a cab. Mande Vd. por un coche.
I have merely come to ask Solo he venido para pregun-
when you <jan finish it. tarle cuando puede aca-
barlo Vd.
Who has taken away my cup ? <: Quien se ha llevado mi taza ?

Take this umbrella with you. Lleve Vd. este paraguas con-
.sigo.
Will you take the children Quiere Vd. llevar los niiios
,;

home ? a casa ?
Are you wearing boots or shoes ? Lleva Vd. botas 6 zapatos ?
<i

In summer I generally wear En verano uso (or llevo)

shoes, and in winter boots. generalmente zapatos, y
botas en invierno.
Do you generally wear a <? Usa. Vd. generalmente casaca
jacket or a morning coat ? 6 levita ?

My friend used to wear his Mi amigo usaba(0r llevaba)su

clothes too tight. vestido demasiado estrecho.
This phrase is not correct ; Esta f rase no es correcta ;
it is better to write it in vale mas escribirla de este
this way. modo.
They went away without Se fueron sin hablar a nadie.
speaking to anybody.
He always forgets the pro- Olvida siempre las promesas
mises he makes. que hace.
This wine is all that we could Este vino es tal cual lo po-
wish. diamos desear.
The provisions were not all Los viveres no eran tales
that we could have wished. cuales los podiamos desear.
I try as much as I can. Procuro cuanto puedo.
We are doing what we can. Hacemos cuanto podemos.
We will do all we can. Haremos cuanto podamos.
It is the least they can do Es lo menos que pueden
for her. hacer por ella.
Will you do it me ?
for Quiere Vd.
<;
hacerlo por mi ?
There are many men who Hay muchos hombres que no
can neither read nor write. saben ni leer ni escribir.
 TJSEFtfL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

Sit down. Sientese Vd.

Thank you cannot stay.
; I Gracias no puedo quedarme.
;

I took advantage of his silence Me aproveche de su silencio

to explain what you had para explicar lo que Vd. me
told me. habia dicho.
We shall take advantage of Nos aprovecharemos de su
their absence. ausencia.
He has gone away without Se ha ido sin aguardar
waiting for the answer. respuesta.
Both these books are ours. Ambos libros son nuestros.
Both the shops are that Ambas tiendas son de. aquel
merchant's. comerciante.
Which of the two do you t Cual de los dos prefiere Vd. ?
prefer ?

They detained me nearly two Me han detenido casi dos

hours. horas.
He slept for more than ten Ha dormido mas de diez
hours. horas.
There are more than fifty Hay mas de cincuenta buques
ships in the harbour. *en el puerto.
I receive more than twenty Recibo mas de veinte cartas
letters a day by post. por correo cada dia.
I cannot approve of his con- No puedo aprobar su con-
duct. ducta.
Nobody likes to be deceived. Nadie quiere ser enganado.
I thought you wanted to Crei que Vd. deseaba en-
mislead me. ganarme.
We have hardly had time to Apenas hemos tenido tiempo
read the answer. para leer la contestation.
I went to see his school yes- Ayer fui a'ver su escuela.
terday.
Have you been to see your I Ha ido Vd. a ver su alcoba ?
bed-room ?
Yes it is convenient, but it
;
Si ; es comoda, pero no es
isnot very big, muy
grande.
It is on the ground floor. Esta en el cuarto bajo.
Mine is on the third fioor. La mia esta en el tercer piso.

I prefer the first floor. Prefiero el primer piso.

 / USEFUL COZTVERSATIOlfAL SENTENCES. 17

When you take the letters Cuando lleve Vd. las cartas
to the post, do not forget to al correo, no olvide de
pay the postage. pagar el porte.
Have you aated them ? <;
Les ha puesto Vd. la fecha?
Yes, but I have not signed Si, pero no las he firmado.
them.
I am very fond of music Me gusta la musica.
(=music pleases me).
We do not likexdancing. No nos gusta bailar.
Does she like this picture ? <;
Le gusta este cuadro ?
Do you like the pictures in <;
Le gustan a Vd. los cuadros,
the exhibition ? de la exposicion ?
I do not like* them much. No me gustan mucho.
I do not like this. Esto no me gusta.
They all like country^life; A todos ellos les gusta la vida
campestre.
Used they to like this wine ? i Les gustaba este vino ?
We like the other better'. Nos gusta mas el otro.
Which of the three do you I Cual de los tres les gusta i
like best ? Vds. mas ?
am very fond of apples.
I Me gustan muchb las manzanas.
I prefer pears. Prefiero las peras. .

"We like oranges best. Nos^ gustan mas las naranjas.

So do I. So do we. Yotambien. Nosotrostambien.
Everybody knows it. Todo el mundo lo sabe.
It not yet known where
is Aiin no se sabe adonde han
;

they have gone. ido.

I assure you that I did not do it. Le aseguro que yo no lo hice.
While he was speaking, I Mientras el hablaba, yo es-
wrote the letter, cribia la carta.
While they were waiting, he Mientras aguardaban, salio.
went out.
Indeed ! \ De veras !

When wa that done ? I Cuando se hizo eso ?

Is this frifat good to eat ? <jEs esta iruta buena para
comer ?
We do not think it" is ripe No creemos que est6 madura
yeV todavia.
18 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

They bought it the day before Lo compraron anteayer.

yesterday.
I will send it to them the day Se lo enviare pasado manana,
after to-morrow.
He does not generally come Generalmente no viene antes
before seven o'clock. de las siete.
They will come back at the Volveran al cabo de un mes.
end of a month.
It is not true. No es verdad.
No such thing. No hay tal cosa.
Not at all. De ningun modo.
How long have you been cCuanto tiempo hace que vive
living here ? Vd. aqui ?
Since last month. Desde el mes pasado.
If I pay you now, will you Si le pago ahora, <;
me dara
give me
a receipt ? Vd. recibo ?
He would not pay the account No queria pagar la cuenta
without getting a receipt. sintomar recibo
How far is it from here to <;
distancia hay de aqui
Que
London ? a Londres ?
About two hundred miles. Cerca de doscientas millas.
How many miles is it from t Cuantas millas Jiay desde
Madrid to Paris ? Madrid a Paris ?
I did not think it was so far. No creia que fuese tan lejos.
He was not showing much No mostraba mucha destreza.
dexterity.
I live in the west of the Vivo en el oeste de la ciudad,
town, but formerly I lived pero antes vivia en el este.
in the east.
We shall live in the south, Nosotros vivir6mos en el sud,
and our relatives in f- the y nuestros parientes en el
north. norte.
They used to live opposite Vivian f rente al mSrcado.
the market.
Can you walk more quickly ? <;
Puede Vd. andar mas aprisa ?
Do not walk so quickly. No anden Vds. tan aprisa.
He always used to walk too Andaba siempre demasiado
quickly. aprisa.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES. 19

Let me copy it for you. Djeme copjarlo por Yd,

He began to run, but I easily Empez6 a correr, pero le al-
caught him. cance facilmente.
It is not so late as I thought. No es tan tarde como yo
creia.
It is much later than they Es mucho mas tarde de lo
thought. que creian.
They are stronger than we Son mas fuert.es de lo que
expected. esperabamos.
You are walking more slowly Vd. anda mas despacio de lo
than I like. que quiero.
Is the station far from here ? <?
Esta Iejosdeaquilaestaci6n ?
Take the second on the
street Tome Vd. la segunda calle a
right. la derecha.
Can you tell me where the... <;
Puede Vd. decirme doixde
Hotel is ? esta el hotel... ?
You must take the third turn- Vd. debe tomar la tercera
ing on the left. calle a la izquierda.
The house you passed by this La casa por la cual Vd.. ha
morning is my grandfather 's. pasado esta manana es de<
mi abuelo.
I want you to repair this Deseo que Vd. repare esta:
lock. cerradura.
You ought to have a new Vd. debiera tener una Have
key. nueva.
At what time do you breakfast ? <?
A que hora almuerza Vd. ?
They breakfasted with me Alinorzaron conmigo ayer (por
yesterday morning. la) manana.
I often breakfast with him. Almuerzo arnenudo con el.
We shall breakfast with them Almorzaremos con ellos ma-
to-morrow at half past seven. jaana a las siete y media.
It is rather early for us. Es algo temprano para noso-
tros.

They were informed of it. Tenian noticia de ello.

I shall not be informed of No tendre noticia de eso.
that.
Where does this letter come i De d6nde viene esta carta ?
from?
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

She owes her life to him. Le debe la vida.

We shall soon know whether Pronto sabremos si puede
can be done..
it hacerse.
Why do you not get up ? i For que no se levanta Vd. ?
I am going to get jip now, Voy a levantarme'ahora, pero
but I went to bed rather anoche me acoste un poco
late last night. tarde.
X I shall go to see them tb-day, Ire a verlos hoy, aunque baga
even if the weather is bad. mal tiempo.
Breakfast is ready. El almuerzo esta servido.
Supper not ready.
is La cena no esta servida.
Will you stop to supper ? t Quieren Vds. quedarse a cenar ?
We are going to take tea. Vamos a tomar el te.
Why do you not begin ? I Por que no empieza Vd. ?
You have not told us what we Yd. no nos ha dicho lo que
ought to do. debiamos hacer.
We remember\his street very Nos acordamos de esta calle
well. muy bien.
Don't you \
remember that i No se acuerda Vd.
de aquella
gong ? cancion ?
I remember this song, but Me acuerdo de esta cancion,
not that one. pero no de esa.
Bo not be angry ;
it is not No se enoje Vd. ; no es culpa
my fault. mia.
He often gets angry without
'
Se enoja amenudo sin causa.
cause.
Will you come for a walk <; Quiere Vd. dar un paseo
with me ? conmigo ?
I will come for a walk with Con mucho gusto dare un
you with much pleasure. paseo con Vd.
It cannot go any farther; I No puedo andar mas ; estoy
am very tired. muy cansado.
At what time do your chil-, i A qu6 hora se levantan sus
dren get up ? hijos (de Vd.) ?

Generally about seven o'clock. Generalmente cerca de las siete.

Mine does not get up before El mio no se levanta antes de
eight. las ocho.

They never take enoueh care. Nunca tienen bastante cu idado.

 TTSEFTTL

I have just written him a Acabo de escribirle una

letter, carta.
I have not sent it to the post No la he mandado al correo
yet. todavia.
My had just gone out.
sister Mi hermana acababa de salir.
They had just told him when Acababan de decirselo cuando
you arrived. Vd. llego.
Do you not remember it ? No lo recuerda Vd. ?
<;

There is nothing better than No hay nada mejor que un-a

a good memory. buena memoria.
'What is your opinion ? <;
Cual es su parecer ?

Ouropinion is that it is not true. Nos parece que no es verdad.

Whom is that child like ? t A quiense parece aquelnino ?
I'm sure I don't know. Estoy seguro-de que no lo se.
I do not know whom he is like. No se a quien se parece.
I am very like my mother. Meparezcomuchoami madre.
It seems to me that we have Me parece que tenemos bas-
enough. tante.
Did you not tell us that nothing <; No nos dijeron Yds. que
was the matter with her ? (ella) no tenia nada ?

On the contrary, she has got Al contrario, esta muy res-

a very bad cold. friada.
-His answer made me laugh. Su respuesta me hizo reir.
If you say that, you will Si dice Vd. eso, hara reir a su
make your teacher laugh. profesor.
While he is out, I .will read Mientras esta ffcera, leere el
the newspaper. diario.
I am going to Paris this year, Yoy a Paris este ano, para
to see the exhibition. ver la exposici6n.
So am I. So is my brother. Yo ^tambien. Mi hermano
tambien.
It is necessary that you should Es menester que Vd. vaya
go with him. con el.
So must you. So must she. Vd. tambien. Ella tambien.
He has never been in France, Nunca ha estado en Francia.
I cannot believe him. No puedo creerle.
Neither can we. Nosotros tampoco.
Neither can his master. Su aino tampoco.
22 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

Have you seen the key of my I Ha visto Vd. la clave de mi

grammar ? gramatica ?

It is better always to work Es mejor trabajar siempre sin

without a key. clave.
Do you remember the name <j
Se acuerda Vd. del nombre
of this flower ? de esta flor ?
I should very much like a De buena gana quisiera un
watch like yours. [left. reloj como el de Vd.
We shall have enough meat Nos quedara bastante carne.
I have only one shilling left. Solo me queda un chelin.
They only had ten shillings Solo les quedaban diez
left. chelines.
What is your income ? <;
Cuanto tiene Vd. de renta ?
My income is two hundred Tengo doscientas libraa de
pounds. renta.
He asked your permission Le pidi6 permiso antes de
before taking the knife. tomar el cuchillo.
I cannot promise to bring No puedo prometer que traere
the things to-night. las cosas esta noche.

I will try to persuade him to Procurare persuadirle de que

come. venga.
Is there anything on this page I Hay algo en esta pagina que
which you cannot understand? Vd. no pueda comprender ?
What is name of the
the <:
Como se llama el puente que
bridge we
are going over ? cruzamos ?
It is dangerous to cross the Es peligroso cruzar la calle.
street.
What are you going to do this ; Que va
.Vd. a hacer esta
afternoon ? tarde?
I must first finish my work, Debo acabar mi trabajo pri-
and then I shall see how mero, y entonces vere
much time I have left. cuanto tiempo me queda.
Ido not agree with you. No convengo con Vd.
When is this newspaper pub- ^Cuando se publica este
lished ? peri6dico ?
It coaxes out twice a week. Sale dos veces por semana.
They are publifthed_pnce a
.
Salen una vez por mes.
month.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

What did you do during your <;Que hizo Vd. durante BUS
holidays ? vacaciones ?
Everyone denies having Todo el mundo niega haberlo
broken it. roto.
Have you .any change about <j
Tiene Vd. cambio encima ?

you ?
The man who served me for- El tendero que me ha servido
got to give me the change. haolvidado darme el cambio.
You should not have come Vd. no debia (or debiera) fiaber
away without it. salido sin el (or sin recibirlo).
1
Bo you like Madrid ? I Le gusta a Vd. Madrid ^
He is now employed in a Esta ahora colocado en una
foreign firm. casa extranjera.
Please answer me when I ask SIrvase contestarme cuandd
you. le pregunto.
At what time <lo you leave ; A que hora sale Vd. de su
your office ? oficina ?
How long ago did that <;
Cuanto tiempo hace que^
happen ? sucedio eso ?

Do you find Spanish difficult? <;

Encuentra Vd. dif icil el

espaiiol ?
No, I think it is a very easy No, creo que es mr idioma
language, but it wants muy facil, pero se necesita
practice, like everything practica, como en todo lo
else. demas.
He cannot prove what he No puede probar lo que acaba
said just now. de decir
Will you translate this sen- <;Quiere Vd. tradueir esta
tence for me ? frase por mi ?
I do not know how this word No se como se pronuncia esta
is pronounced. palabra.
We are going to begin ; are Vamos & empezar ; estan
you ready ? Vds. listos ?
I shall be ready in half an hour. Estare listo en media hora.
Do you know the number of I Sabe Vd. el niimero de WL
his house ? casa ?

What is the news ? ,; Que hay de nuevo ?

I do not know any news. No se nada de nuevo.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

I cannot agree with you. No puedo convenir con Vd.

We shall come back sgpn. Volveremos pronto.
I do not want tjiem to accom- No quiero que me acompanen
pany me this tkne. esta vez.
They were talking among Hablaban entre si.
themselves.
Do it again. Vuelva Vd. a hacerlo.
He does notfwant to eopy the No quiere volver a copiar las
letters again. cartas.
Look for it carefully. Biisquelo cuidadosamente.
I tried to find it, but I could Procure hallarlo, pero no pude.
not see it anywhere. verlo en ninguna parte.
He has gone to dress himself. Ha ido a vestirse.
They cannot be long in arriving. No pueden tardar en llegar.
Do not be long before coming No tarde Vd. en volver.
back.
Do not believe it. No lo crea Vd.
T have let him Le he dejado guardar todos
keep all the
documents. los documentos. .

Will you allow me to read <? Quiere Vd. dejarme leer su

his answer ? respuesta ?
-This house is the one I like Esta casa es la que me gusta
best. mas.
Tell me what they are going Digame lo que van a hacer.
to do.
We shall not be abl to take No podremos llevar todos
all these parcels with us. estos paquetes con nosotros.
Which paragraph do you <;
Cual parraf o quiere Vd.
mean f decir ?

How difficult, this is v

!
I Que dif icil es esto !

How carefully he is doing I

cuidadosamente estar
Que
the svork ! haciendo el trabajo !

How lovely these, flowers are !

IQue hermosas son estas flores j

They are a present from my Son regalo de mi primo.

cousin.
We shall have a fine day to-day. Tendremos hoy un buen dia.
The country need* fine El campo necesita buen
weather. tiempo.
 USEFUL COtfVfiBSATIOHAL

Is it going to rain ?.
I Esta para Hover ?
I think not. Creo que no.
We are sure it is. Estamos leguros de que si.
They are never punctual. Nunca son puntuales.
Be as punctual as you pos- Sea Vd. tan puntual como le
sibly can. sea posible.
Such a beautiful thing is not Una cosa tan hermosa no se
made
for nothing. hace de balde (or por nada).
He would n ot dare to deny that. No se atreveria a negar eeo.
How do you dare to speak Como se atreve Vd. a hablar
<;

so? asi?
He asked my permission be- Me pidio permiso antes de
fore going out. salir.

They arrived an hour later. Llegaron una hora* despues.

Why did you call us for such i Por que nos llamo Vd. para
a trifling thing ? una cosa tan frivola ?

We have never seen this kind No hemos visto nunca esta

of machine. de maquina.
clase
He let us do what we liked. Nos dejo hacerlo que qui-
simos.
Why do you not take off I Por que no se quita Vd. el
your hat ? sombrero ?
When* I saw the others had Cuando vi que los otros se
gone away, I went too. habian ido, yo me fui
tambien.
We shall be there within half Estaremos alii dentro de me-
an. hour. dia hora.
At first sight, it seemed to be A primera vista, parecia ser
impossible. imposible.
We must not show it to them No debemos mostrarselo to-
yet. davia.
Is it true that you have I Es verdad que ha comprado
bought another bicycle ? Vd. otra bicicleta ?
They wanted more money to Necesitaban mas dinero para
buy the jewels. comprar las joyas.
He spoke in a whisper, but I Hablo en voz baja, pero
heard all that he said. oi todo lo
que dijo.
Sit down by my side.. Sientese Vd. a mi lado.
26 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

There will not be much diffi- No habra mucha dificultad en

culty in finding out his hallar sus senas.
address.
To tell the truth, I forgot to En verdad, olvide pedir la
ask for the bill. cuenta,
Which of these bookshave you Cual de estos libros ha leido
<j

read? This one, or that one? Yd. ? este 6 ese ?

Take care what you are doing. Tenga cuidado con lo que hace.
Take care, or you will fall. Tenga cuidado, 6 se caera.
I would do it for you with Lo haria por Vd. con gusto.
pleasure, if I had time. si tuviera tiempo.
We want to ask you some- Deseamos preguntarle algo.
thing.
Did' you see what they were I Ha visto Vd. lo que hacian ?

doing ?

Did you not say I was to copy No

dijo Vd. que yo debiai
and send off the letters ? copiar y mandar las cartas ?
It is neither good for you, No es bueno para Vd., ni
nor for me. para mi.
He acted under my advice. El obro bajo mi consejo.
She died the next morning. Murio a la maiiana siguiente.'
Look on the next page. Mire Vd. la pagina siguiente.
He refused to help me, al- Rehuso ayudarme, aunque se
though I asked him to. lo pedi.
Did you not tell me that you <;
No me handicho Vds. que
were satisfied ? estaban satisfechos ?
I^advise you not to say any- Le aconsejo a Vd. que no diga
thing about it. nada de ello.
The house is too small for La casa es demasiado pequena
us. para nosotros.
The greater part of the houses La mayor parte de las casas
in this town are built of de esta ciudad son de
wood. madera.
I shall not wait, as they did No esperare, pues no dijeron
not say when they would cuando volverian.
be back.
I shall come, unless the Vendre, a menol que haga
weather is^very bad. muy m$l tiempo.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTElCCIg". 27

Do not go away until it leaves No so vaya Vd. hasta

que cese
off raining. de Hover.
See whether my umbrella is Mire Vd. si mi paraguas esta
behind the door. d'etras de la puerta.
Put the wine and the fruit on Ponga Vd, el vino y la fruta
the table. encima de la mesa.
The child has thrown its toys El nino ha tirado sus jugue-
under the table. tes ciebajo de la mesa,
Throw it out of window. Tirelo Vd. por la ventana.
Go on with your work there ;
Siga Vd. con su trabajo;
is still a great deal to be todavia hay mucho ^
qu*
done. hacer.
Jt rained a great deal here Ayer llovio mucho aqui.
yesterday.
The weather will soon get Pronto hara mas calor.
warmer.
That is not the way to do it. Ese no es el modo de hacerlo.
"We shall come as soon as Vendremos luego que haya-
we have put our papers mos arreglado nuestros
straight. papeles.
L The servant has disarranged La criada los ha desarreglado.
them.
He has hardly done anything. Apenas ha hecho algo
It is not worth my while to No vale la pena de que'
buy another one. compre otro.
I hopeto see you again to- Espero volverle a ver manana
morrow morning. por la manana.
You do not look well^ Vd. no tiene buena cara. ,

Are you in a hurry ? ^Tiene Vd. prisa ?

I am not very busy to-day. No estoy muy ocupado hoy.
We gave him all that we Le dimos todo lo qiie tenia-
had. mos.
We we could to
did what Hicimos cuanto pudimos para-
persuade them. persuadirles.
Nothing we could say to him Nada de lo que podiamos de-
convinced him. cirle le convencia.
This room is twenty feet long, Este cuario tiene veinte pies
and ten broad. de largo, y diez de ancho.
 28 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

How high is this house ? i Que altura tiene estacasa ?

I am tired of listening to him. Estoy cansado de escucharle.
How do you generally go to I Como va Vd. generalmente

your office ? a su oficina ?

Sometimes by rail, and some" A veces por el ferro-carril, y
times by omnibus. a veces por el omnibus.
Which is the quickest way ? <;
Cual es el caminomas corto ?

There is not much difference. No hay mucha diferencia.

He does not know how the No sabe como se deletrea la
word is spelt. palabra.
When are you going to take <?
Cuando tendra Vd. sus
your holidays ? vacaciones ?
I shall leave England in a Dentro de algunos diassaldre
few days. de Inglaterra.
What do you think of the I Que piensa Vd. del tiempo
weather we have had dur- que tenemos desde hace
ing the last fortnight ? quince dias r
1 cannot promise to lend you No puedo prometer prestarle
both songs, ambas canciones.
The gentleman who called El caballero que vino aqut
here wanted to know why queria saber por que no!
you had not sent the things habia Vd. enviado los arti-
he ordered. culos que pidio.
They used to live here some Vivian aqui hace algunos
years ago. an os.
Let us go on the other side of Vamos por el otro lado de la
the street. calle.
Which is the nearest way i Cual es el camino mas corto
(to go) to the river ? para ir al rio ?

They would not be satisfied. No estarian satisfechos, si hi-

we did what they ask.
if cieramos lo que piden.
What are the four seasons of I Como se llaman en espariol
the year called in Spanish ? las cuatro estaciones del afio?

They are as follow Spring, : Son las siguientes: Prima-

Summer, Autumn, and vera, Verano, .
Otoiio, e
Winter. Invierno.
He could not do it, even if No podria fiacerlo, aunque
he wanted to. quisiera.
 .USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES. 29

I have not had much oppor- No he tenido mucha opor-

tunity of speaking Spanish tunidad de hablar es-
since I came back to panol desde que volvi a
England. Inglaterra.
How long were you in South Cuanto tiempo estuvo Vd.
<j

America ? en Sud America ?

I was there nearly six months. Estuve alii casi seis meses.
You ought to speak Spanish Vd. debe hablar espanol bas-
fairly well. tante bien.
Excuse me
for keeping you Dispenseme Vd. que le haya
waiting so long. hecho aguardar tan to tiempo.
They went home without Se fueron a casa sin pedir
asking leave. licencia.
Have you heard what hap- I Ha
oido Vd. lo que paso
pened last night ? anoche ?
As you were not there, we Como Vd. no estaba ^lli, nos
went away at once. f uimos al instante.
Would you advise me to Me aconsejaria Vd. qne
<?
*

accept the money ? acepte el dinero ?

Write and tell them not to Escribales para decirles que

come. no vengan.
He came after I- Jiad Vino despues que yo habia
started. partido.
I am glad you are better. Me alegro de que Vd. 6e halle
mejor.
I wonder (=who knows) <; Quien sabe lo que traeran ?
what they Tvill bring.
Did anybody call to see me I Vino alguien a verme mien-
while I was out ? tras estaba f uera ?
,A gentleman enquired for Un caballero pregunt6 por
you, but he woqid not tell Vd., perono quiso decirme
me his name. su nombre.
Tell me what you want, and I Digame lo que necesita Vd.,
will give it to you if I can. y se lo dare si puedo.
I was very much surprised Me sorprendi mucho cuando
when you me that.
told Vd. me dijo eso.
He never pays what he owes Nunca paga lo que debe.
Give me some more apples, Deme Vd. mas manzaiias, sj
if there are any. las hay.
 30 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

I slept nearly all day. Dormi casi todo el dia,

You must have been very Vd. debe haber estado muy
tired. cansado.
Do not go out at the same No saiga Vd a la misma hora
time as the other clerk. que el otro
depend iente.
Do not sell it for Jess than No lo venda Vd. por menos
twelve shillings and six- de doce chelines y seis
pence. peniques.
I very much doubt whether Dudo mucho que me den
they will give me so much tan to por esta sortija.
for this ring.
[todavia.
The fire has not gone out yet. El fuego no se ha apagado
This word is not spelt cor- Esta palabra no esta bien
rectly. deletreada.
Whose turn is it ? I A quien le toca ?
Itwas not my turn. No me tocaba a mi.
They have just reached home. Acaban de llegar a casa.
Whom has he married ? I Con quien se ha casado ?

She is going to marry her Ella se va a casar con su

cousin. primo.
It is not worth more thsftTf No vale mas de cinco pesetas.
five pesetas.
How much have you paid for I Cuanto ha pagado Vd. por
this? esto?
I will pay you as soon as I Le pagare a Vd. tan pronto
possibly can. como me sea posible.
"Jake it upstairs at once. Llevelo arriba al instante.
Did you go thereon horseback? i Fue Vd. alii a caballo ?

No we all went on foot.

;
No ; todos f uimos a pie.
They have gone by coach. Han ido en coche.
Everyone said ati the time Todo el mundo dijo entonces
that it was impossible. que era imposible.
Now it appears to be easy Ahora parece ser bastante
enough. facil.
When will the performance t Cuando se celebrara la f un-
take place ? cion ?

You should try to speak Vd. debia procurar

hablar
Spanish oftener. espaiiol mas amenudo.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES. 31

They could not agree among No podian convenir entre si.

themselves.
How long has your brother iCuanto tiempo hace que su
been in Spain ? hermano esta en Espana ?
Where is he going to next ? Adonde va luego ?
,;

He is going to Italy, but he Va a Italia, pero no se que-

will not stay there long. dara alii mucho tiempo.
Read the letter to me again. Vuelva Vd. a leerme la carta.
We were very sorry not to Sentimos mucho no hallarlos
findthem at home. en casa.
It may be so, but I very Puede ser que si, pero lo dudo
much doubt it. mucho.
It was raining very hard when Llovia muy fuerte c'uando
we went out. salimos.
It thundered a great deal last Anoche trono mucho.
night.
Did it lighten yesterday ? I Relampagueo ayer ?
Perhaps it will snow to-morrow. Quizas nevara ibanana.
Did it hail much this I Ha granizado mucho esta
morning ? manana ?

It is freezing hard. Esta helando muchisimo.

I think it will thaw to- Creo que deshelara manana.
morrow.
We do not believe what she No creemos lo que acaba de
has just told us. decirnos.
I have not enough paper to No tengo.bastante papel para
finish my lesson acabar mi leccion,
Unfortunately, you did not Por desgracia, Vd. no lo supo
know it in time. a tiempo.
not very long since it
It is No hace mucho tiempo que
happened. sucedio.
How long did you stay in i Cuanto tiempo se quedo Vd.
Parte ? en Paris ?
This bridge is very old ; it is Este puente es muy viejo ;

hardly safe. apenas esta seguro*

There will not be any difficulty No habra ninguna dificultad
in finding another one. en hallar otro.
Tell me if I may keep it. Digame si puedo guardarlo.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

Do not trouble yourself about No se moleste Vd. por eso.

that.
How soon shall we arrive at i En cuautotiempollegaremos
the house ? a la casa ?
I would not pay so much No queria pagar tanto por
for that picture. ese cuadro.
*
I called on you yesterday, Fui a verle ayer, pero Vd.
but you were out. estaba f uera.
Drink out of this cup ; there Beba de esta taza ;
no 'hay
is no other. otra.
Whose umbrella did you I A quien hapedido Vd. pres-
borrow ? tado el paraguas ?
Is this dog yours, or your Es este perro suyo, 6 de su
brother's ? hermano ?
Did you go to town on foot ? I Fue Vd. a pie a la ciudad ?

No, we went by rail. No ; f uimos por el f errocarril.

My -train is nearly always Mi tren esta casi siempre

i late. retrasado.
I thought the weather would Crei que cambiaria el tiempo.
change.
How cold it is to-day !
i Que frio hace hoy !

She has got a head-ache. Ella tiene dolor de cabeza.

This child had the tooth-ache Este nino tenia dolor de
last week. muelas la semana pasada.
Do not fail to come by half No deje Vd. de venir a eso de
past seven. las siete y media.
I have sent for a porter. He enviado por un mozo.
Go and fetch me a cab. Vaya a buscarme un coche.
I shall leave here to-morrow Saldre de aqui manana por
morning. la manana.
It is
very dusty. Hay mucho polvo.
\ There was not much mud. No habia mucho barro.
Can you speak any foreign i Sabe Vd. hablar algun
language ? idioma extranjero ?
This word is not. pronounced Esta palabra no se pronuncia
as it is spelt. corao se deletrea.
How much does the account i A cuanto llega la coenta ?
come to ?
 COKYBRSATIONAL SENTENCE!.

I hare not seen him for six Hace seis meses que no le he
months. visto.
He is going tocall on his lawyer. Va a ver a su abogado.
You do not visit us very fre- Vd. no nos visita muy
quently. frecuentemente.
There isn't room for so many No cabe tanta gente en este
people in this room. cuarto.
Why did you let him go away I For que le ha dejado Vd.
before having done all the irse antes de haber hecho
work ? todo el trabajo ?
He was carrying) the box on Llevaba la caja sobre la ca-
his head. beza.
Where does this road lead <;
Adonde va (or conduce) este
to? camiiio ?
You ought to take more care. Vd. debieratenermascuidado.
Is this all the wine there is t Es este todo el vino que
left? queda ?
I hope you are not making a Espero que Vd. no se equivoca.
mistake.
[casas ?
When were these houses built? <;
Cuando se edificaron estas
Show the man your ticket as Muestre Vd. al hombre su
you go in. billete al entrar.
We lost our train, although it Perdimos nuestro tren, aunque
was ten minutes late. iba diez minutos retrasado.
The weather was very fine Hacia muy buen tiempo
when the children went out. cuando salieron los ninos.
Afterwards it rained a great Despues llovio mucho.
deal.
I should like to speak to you Quisiera hablarle a Vd. antes
before I go away. de irme.
I never feel well in cold Nunca me siento bien en
weather. tiempo frio.
Why do you not sit down ? For que no se sientan Vds. ?
We are in a great hurry. Estamos muy deprisa.
It is impossible for me to Me es imposible salir de los
leave business earlier. negocios mas temprano.
My father's business compels Lasocupacionesdemi padre le
him to travel a great deal. obligan a viajar muchisimo.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

He was in London at the end Estuvo en Londres a fines del

of last month. mes pasado.
"When you came back, it was Cuando Vd. volvio, era muy
very late. tarde.
How is this phrase translated I Como se traduce esta frase
into Spanish ? en espanol ?
I am afraid it will rain during Temo que llueva durante el
the day. dia.
'
Have you at last been able to I Ha podido Vd. al fin hallar
find his address ? su direccion (or sus senas) ?
I thought you knew French Orel que Vd. sabia frances y
and German. aleman.
I can read books written in Puedo leer libros escritos en
Spanish and Italian. espanol e italiano.
He cannot speak either of the No sabe hablar ninguna de
languages. ambas lenguas.
We do not know whether they No sabernos si tomaran nues-
will take our advice. tro consejo.
I cannot understand why it No puedo comprender por que
is not here. no esta aqui.
It is a pity you cannot Stay Es una lastima que Vd. no
any longer. pueda quedar^e mas tiempo.
What is the reason of that ? ICual es el motivo de eso ?
This rule has several excep- Esta regla tiene varias excep-
tions. ciones.
In myopinion, this chain is En mi opinion, esta cadena
$ie cheapest. es la mas barata.

They will pay me the balance Me pagaran el saldo .el mes

next month. que vjene.
The boys would not be quie^ Los ninos no querian callarse,
although I told them to. aunque se lo mande.
Tell them again, and we will
'

Vuelva Vd. a mandarselo, y

see whether they obey you. veremos si le obedecen.
What is the price of a return Cual es el precio del billete
<;

ticket ? [to travel ? de ida y vuelta ?

By what class are you going En que clase" va Vd. a viajar ?
<j

I generally travel third class. Por lo general, viajo en ter-

cera clase.
 , USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES. 35

It is cheaper,and the carria- Es mas barato, y los coches

ges are very comfortable. son muy comodos.
We should like you to wait Quisieramos que Vd. nos
for us. esperase.
Be careful, or else you will Tenga Vd. cuidado, 6 se
hurt yourself. lastimara.
He seemed very much sur- Parecio sorprenderse mucho
prised at seeing you here. al verle aqui.
Let me carry it for you. Dejeme que lo lleve por Vd.
If you move a little this way, Si Vd. se corre un poco hacia
there will be room for aqui, habra lugar para
everybody. todos.
iThe servant stole this money El criado robo este dinero a
from his master. su amo. [vino.
Those bottles are full of wine. Esas botellas estan llenas de
Put the glass here, near this Ponga Vd. el vaso aqui, cerca
one. de este.
Are there any friends of yours 4 Hay aqui
esta noche algunos
here this evening ? amigos de Vd. ?
What do you think of the I Que piensa Vd. del clima de
climate of tnis country ? este pais ? [f uego.
Sit round the fire. Sientense Vds. al rededor del
Have you ever been in Spain ? Ha estado Vd. alguna vez en
,;

Espana?
I should very much like to Me gustaria mucho pasar al-
spend a few weeks there. gunas semanas alii.
Tell the man to come in. Diga Vd. al hombre que entre.
That is the house we 1
used Esa es la casa en que yiviamos.
to live in.
What is it they are making ? <j Que es lo que estan hacienda ?
This is the smallest watch I Este es el reloj mas pequeno
have seen. que he visto.
Show me the clock you bought Muestreme el reloj que corn-
a few days ago. pro Vd. hace algunos dias.
It only cost me thirty shillings. Solo me costo treinta chelines.
Do- not tell them so on any No se lo diga Vd. de ningun
account. modto.
He knew nothing about it. No sabia nada de tllo.
3G USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

She has gone to the shop her- Ella misma ha ido a la tienda,
self, on account of the a causa del error en la
mistake in the bill. cuenta.
Come nearer the table I should ;
Acerquense Vds. mas a la mesa;
like to show you something.
quisiera mostrarles algo.
I usually work an hour a day Acostumbro a trabajar una hora
at home. [price. en casa cada dia. [cio.
They have gone to enquire the Han ido a inf ormarse del pre-
This way. That way. Por aqui. For alii.
Which way ? i For donde ? [cansados;
You all seem very tired. Vds. parecen estar todos muy
My companion is tired too. Mi companero tambien esta
[tea? cunsado. [de te ?
Will you take another cup of <?Quiere Vd. tomar otra taza
If you lose this piece of paper, Si pierde Vd. este pedazo de
we will giveyou another. papel, le daremos otro.

My brother has obtained a Mi herniano ha logrado una

good situation. [to ?, buena colocacion.
Where is the coachman going I Adonde cochero
.va -el ?
Where do you come from ? ^ De donde viene Vd. ?
We saw him last Sunday Le vimos el' Domingo pasado
morning. .[week. por la manana.
She will come next Tuesday Vendra del martes en ocho dias.
I do not suppose they will be No supongo que vuelvan hasta
back until next month. el mes que viene.
The concert will take place El concierto se celebrara
to-morrow evening. 'manana por la noche..
Did you hear from your father de su pa-
(jRecibio Vd.noticias
yesterday morning ? dre ayer por la manana ?
He will go home again early Volvera a casa a primeros de
next week. la semana que viene.
Where were your cousins last <;
Donde estaban susprimos de
week ? Vd. la semana pasada ?

He never comes before the Nunca viene hasta fines del

end of the month. mes.
Who is there ? It is I. IQuien esta ahl ? Soy yo.
It is not he. Is it they ? No es el. ^ Son ellos ?
It is you. Is it not your uncle? Es Vd. i No es su tio de Vd. ?
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

Do not put on your gloves. No se ponga Vd. los guantes.

Ask what the messenger
,
Pregunte Vd. lo que quiere el
wants. mensajero.
Ask whether you may .keep it. Pregunte si *lo puede Vd.
guardar.
It is not time to leave off yet. No es tiempo de cesar aiin.
Tell the boy to make haste. Diga Vd. al chico que se
apresure.
He would not make haste. No queria apresurarse.
It hardly ever snows here, Apenas nieva aqui, aiin en los
even in the severest winters. inviernos mas crudos.
Are you sleepy ? i Tiene Vd. sueiio ?
I am
very sleepy. Tengo mucho sueiio.
The sun is not shining: No hace sol.
The moon was shining last Hacia luna anoche.
night.
It is not daylight. It is night. No es de dia. Es de noche.
The sun is getting Is the El sol se pone. <;
Sale la
moon rising ? [drawer. luna ?

Nothing is missing from this Nada falta de este cajon.

How much a yard is this silk ? <;
Cuanto vale una yarda de
[walk ? esta seda ? [paseo ?
Are you disposed to go for a ;Tiene Vd. ganas de dar uu
They haye gone to dress Han ido a vestirse.
themselves,
He will change his opinion Al saber eso, cambiara de
when he hears that. opinion.
I am very much obliged to you. Le estoy muy agradecido.
On returning home, I found Al volver a casa, encontre la
the letter. [certain. carta.
He told me he knew it for Me dijo que lo sabia de cierto.
Do not pay any attention to No haga Vd. caso de eso.
that.
It is necessary to pay attention Es necesario prestar atencion
to what the teacher says. a lo que dice el maestro.
The children would not dare Los niiios no se atreverian a
to go into the garden with* entrar en el jardin Bin
out permission. permisO.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

I beg you will show it to us Le ruego que nos lo muestre

at once. al instante.
I cannot pronounce very well No puedo pronunciar muy
yet. [takes. bien todavia.
I am afraid of making mis- Temo equivocarme.
He will probably reply by Probablemente contestara a
re turn, of post. vuelta de correo.
He is in the habit of coming Acostumbra a venir una vez
once a week. por semana.
I used to be in the habit of Acostumbraba a encontrarle
meeting him every day. cada dia.
Come upstairs. Come down- Suba Vd.Baje V4.
stairs.
Please walk upstairs. Sirvase Vd. subir. [del lado.
Mr. N lives next door. El Senor N vive en la casa
Do not fail to be there at No falte Vd. alii al mediodia.
noon.
I seldom used to go to bed Rara vez me acostaba antes de
before midnight. media noche.
Ask this man where the en- Pregunte Vd. a este hombre
trance is. donde esta la entrada.
We could not find the way No pudimos hallar la salida
out for some time. por algiin tiempo.
To-morrow is a holiday. Manana es fiesta.
Did you enjoy yourself i Se divirtio Vd. durante.sus
during your holidays ? vacaciones ?.

You must not stay where you Vd. no debe quedarse donde
are. [umbrella ? esta. [raguas ?
Don't you know your own iNo conoce Vd. supropio pa-
I am not quite sure whether No estoy bien seguro si ed
it is mine, or not. mio, 6 no.
Have you given anything to I Ha dado Vdr algo al mozo ?
the waiter ?

I suppose that the concert Supongo que pronto acabara

will soon be over. el concierto.
Isuppose so too. Tambien lo stipongo yo.
Whose turn is it to pay to-day ? A quien le toca pagar hoy ?
<;

It is yours. Mine, I think. Le toca a Vd. A mi me parece.

f
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES. 39

It is not your brother's turn. Nole toca a su hermano.

We are greatly obliged to you Le agradecemos a Yd* mucho
for this visit. esta visita.
Let me know as soon as you Hagamelo Vd. saber tan pronto
can. [trouble. como pueida.
It caused us a great deal of Nos molesto mucho.
I assure you it is impossible. Le aseguro a Yd. que es im-
posible.
I shall fall asleep directly I Me dormire en cuanto me
down.
lie acueste.
You had better go to bed Es mejor que se vaya Vd. a
soon. la cama pronto.
Tell the children not to go Diga Yd. a los ninos que no se
away yet. [the river. vayan aiin.

We walked along the bank of Andabamos a lo largo del rio.

Your coat is hanging behind Su levita esta colgada detras
the door. de la puerta.

Go on with your work. Siga Yd. con su trabajo (or

Continue Yd. su trabajo).
It is not a question of money, No es cuestion de dinero, sino
but of time. de tiempo.
There must be some better Debe haber algiin otro modo
way of arranging it.
mejor de arreglarlo.
There no doubt about that.
is No hay duda alguna sobre eso.
Repeat these words after the Repita Yd. estas palabrafl des-
teacher. [vice. pues del maestro.
He would not follow my ad- No queria seguir mi consejo.
Everybody was asking after Todo el mundo preguntaba'
you. por Yd.
The child has fallen asleep, in El niiio se ha dormido, a pe-
spite of the noise. sar del ruido.
Have you cut your finger ? I Se ha cortado Yd. el dedo ?
He only writes to us once a Solo nos escribe una vez al
month* mes.
What did she say about that <;Quedijo ella sobre eso cuando
when she last wrote ? escribio la ultima vez ?
Please pass me a clean plate. Sirvase Yd. pasarme u^i placo
limpio.
40 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

It is no use to say that. No sirve de nada decir eso.

See whether you can borrow Vea Vd. si puede tomar.preb-
another copy of the book. tado otro ejemplar del libro.
We have sent him to borrow Le hemos mandado a pedir
a dictionary. prestado un diccionario.
There is no need to make so No hay razon para darse tanta
much haste. prisa.
I was very much surprised Extrane mucho que Vd. no
that you did not come. viniese.
They were looking attentively Se miraban atentamente unos
at each other. a otros.
After all, it does not matter. Al fin y no importa.
al cabo,
I cannot see the necessity for No puedo ver la necesidad
doing it again. de hacerlo de nuevo.
Will you change this cheque <: Quiere Vd. cambiarme este
for me ? cheque ?

I will take half in gold, and Tomare la mitad en oro, y la

the other half in silver. otra mitad en plata.
Thank you. Don't mention it. Gracias. No hay de que.
It is some time since he wrote Hace algun tiempo que me
to me. escribio. [tiempo.
We saw them not long ago. Los vimos no hace mucho
What is there to eat ? Que hay para comer ?
(i

There is nothing ready now. No hay nada listo ahora.

We are in a great hurry. Estamos muy de prisa.
We shall arrive about 2 o'clock. Llegaremos a eso de la dos.
He the same age as his
is Tiene la misma edad que su
cousin. [house. primo.
I saw him as he passed by the Lo vi cuando paso por la casa.
However difficult it may seem, Por dificil que parezca, Vd,
you must try to do it. debe probar a hacerlo.
The more I give him, the Cuanto mas le doy, mas
more he wants. quiere.
The English, as well as the Tanto las cartas inglesas como ^
foreign letters* have been las extranjeras se nan.
posted. echado al correo.
How much is the postage of a <i
Cuanto vale el f ranqueo de
letter from here to Spain ? una carta de aqui a Espana ?
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES. 41

With regard to the assertion Respecto a la asercion que

he made, we must see hizo, hemos de ver si puede
whether it can be proved. probarse.
I tied the parcel tightly, so Ate el paquete fuertemente,
that the things should not para que las cosas no se
come out. saliesen.
Notwithstanding this, the A pesar de esto, el bramante
string broke. [gave him. se rompio. [dabamos.
He always spent what we Siempre gastaba lo que le
You shall be served in five Seran Vds. servidos dentro de
minutes. [ing so fast. cinco minutos. [deprisa.
There is no pleasure in walk- No hay placer en andar tan
The table is almost in the La mesa esta casi en el centro
middle of the room. del cuarto. [mio.
The boy deserves a prize. El muchacho merece un pre-
There are many reasons Hay muchas razones que
\
which would take a long serian muy largas de ex-
time to explain. plicar.
They explained everything to Me lo explicaron todo, a fin
me, so that I might know de que pudiese saber lo que
what I had to say. tenia que decir.
Perhaps they will start during Tal vez partiran durante la
the week. [accident. semana.
According to him, it was an Segiinel, f ue una desgracia.

Can I do anything else for Puedo hacer algo mas por

<?

you? Vd.?
He did it for [instead
of] you. Lo hizo por Vd.
My business willprevent me Mis negocios me impediran
from coming very often. venir muy amenudo.
The result is not generally El resultado no se conoce
known yet. [soon. bien todavia.
I hope you will come again Espero que volvera Vd. pronto.
The numbers in this street Los niimeros de esta calle del
from twenty upwards are veinte para arriba estan en
on the opposite side. el otro lado.
We expect her every moment. La esperamos de un momento
a otro.
They must be somewhere. Deben estar en alguna parte.
 USEFUL CONVERSATIONAL SENTENCES.

There is a great deal of dif- Hay mucha diferencia entre

ference between the mean- los significados de las
ings of the words. palabras.
They are very polite to every- Son muy corteses con todo
body, [he went out. el mundo. [salio.
Tt is not five minutes since No hace cinco minutos que
These cups and saucers are Estas tazas y platillos estaii
partly clean, land partly medio limpios y medio
dirty. sucios. [mala.
,Ita very bad habit of mine.
is Es una costumbre mia muy
You ought lo learn this list of Deberia Vd. aprender de me-
words by heart. moria esta lista de palabras.
I generally see him on Satur- Generalmente le veo los
days. [Sundays. Sabados. [Domingos.
He only wears this coat on olo lleva esta chaqueta' loa
Can you count from one to a I Puede Vd. contar de uno a
hundred without looking ciento sin mirar el libro ?

at the book ?
Put it somewhere else. Pongalo Vd. en otra parte.
The mistake is really very El error es en verdad muy
serious. serio. -[tiempo.
H was here hot long ago. Estuvo aqui no hace mucho
It often happens that no one Sucede amenudo que nadie
comes the whole day. .viene en todo el dia.
Did you stay k>ng in South I Estuvo Vd.
mucho tiempo en
America? la America del Sur ?
I was there for three years. Estuve alii durante tres anos.
It is good practice to read Es buona practica leer en alta
aloud every day. voz todos los dias.
I do not understand Spanish No comprendo el espanol bas-
well enough to do it. tante bien para hacerlo.
Try to express your thoughts Trate Vd. de expresar sus pen-
in the simplest way. samientos de la manera
[phrases. massencilla. [complicadas.
Avoid long and -complicated Evite Vd. las f rases largas y
Choose sentences which can Escoja Vd sentencias que
be translated into Spanish puedan traducirse al es-
for word. panol palabra por palabra.
 USEFUL COMMERCIAL SENTENCES. 43

SPANISH COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.

The Date at the head of letters is written thus :

LondreSj 12 (de) Abril de 1912. Madrid, 1* (de) Agosto de 1911, etc.

(See
*
SPANISH SIMPLIFIED," paragraph 90.)
The date is followed by the name of the person or firm to whom the
letter is addressed.
In the full address on the envelope, the number of the house is put
after the name of the street, thus -^Calle de Quevedo, (num.y 15.
The following are the ordinary methods of commencing letters :

SIK, DEAR SIR Muy sefior mio

GENTLEMEN, DEAR SIRS Muy seftores mios
MADAM, DEAR MAD AM Muy sefiora mia
[The three foregoing are the ordinary business forms of address.]
Sir (writing to a person of title or Excelentmmo senor (abbreviated to
distinction) Exmo. Sr.)
Sir (to a superior holding a high llustrisimo seworfabbrevd.to lllmo.
official position) Senor) ; QiMuy ilustre sefior
Madam, Dear Madam (to a friend) Apreciable 8enor(it )a
Dear Henry, Peter, etc. Querido Enrique, Pedro, etc.
My Dear Sister Querida hermana mia
My Dear Friends Queridos amigos mios
There are various forms for concluding letters, all of them effu-
and so long and cumbrous that the initial letter only of many
sively polite,
of the words is employed. The following ending, which is equivalent to
"YOUBS TBULY" or "YOUBS FAITHFULLY," is the best to employ
in ordinary business correspondence,

Soy de Yd. atto S. S.

Q. B. S. M.
(This is an abbreviation of Soy de Vd. atento seguro servidor, que
" I am
2>esa sus manoe : literally, your attentive faithful servant, who kisses
your hands." Soy and atto. must be changed to somos and attos., and
yd. to Vds., when necessary.
If aflmo. (abbreviation of afectisimo, most loving) is substituted for
atento, or y afectisimo inserted after atento, in the preceding phrase, it
becomes somewhat less formal, and corresponds to "YOUBS SINCEBELY."
" " is
The equivalent to YOTTBS BESPECTFULLY :

Su respetuoso servidor (written in full) Q. B. S. M.

In writing to a superior, when in English "YOUB OBEDIENT
SEBVANT " would commonly be employed, the usual ending (written in
full) is Dios guarde a Vd. muchos anos literally, God preserve your
:

worship many years. In writing to a friend, the usual endifag

is S. S.

y amigo (your servant su servidor *nd friend). For an ordinary letter,

not strictly a formal business one, to a person with whom the writer has
a slight acquaintance only, su atento tervidor is sufficient.
44 USEFUL COMMERCIAL SENTENCES.

COMMERCIAL PHRASES.
I am in receipt of your letter Obra en mi poder su carta del
of the 14th inst. of the ; 14 del corriente del 1 ;

1st ult. del proximo pasado (p.p do ).

Referring to your favor of the Respecto a su apreciable
9th ult,
(apble.) del 9 del mes pasado.
. . .

In reply, I have the pleasure En contestation tengo el gusto

to inform you ... de manifestable . . .

Some of the things were Algunos de los articulos es-

rather damaged. taban algo deteriorados.
Nearly all the goods suffered Casi todos los generos su-
serious damage in transit, frieron gran averia en su
[return of post. transporte. [de correo.
Send it to me without fail by Enviemelo Vd. sinfaltaa vuelta
I hope to receive it by the Espero recibirlo para el *7
7th of next month, at the del mes que viene, a mas
latest. tardar.
I am greatly in want of the Me hacen mucha falta los tres
first three items on the primeros articulos de la
list. lista.

The delay in sending off the El retraso en el despacho de

goods causes me consider- las mercancias meperjudica
able inconvenience. mucho.
In your last letter, you pro- En su ultima, prometio Vd.
mised to allow us a discount concedernos un descuento
of 5 per cent. de 5 por ciento.
You have only taken off 2^ Solo nos ha descontado Vd.
per cent. un dos y medio por ciento.
Our prices are in all cases Nuestros precios se entienden
strictly nett. fiiempre estrictamentenetos.
Your consignment arrived Su consignation llego ayer
safely ^yesterday. sin novedad.
I will send you a cheque as Leremitirea Vd. un cheque en
"soon as I receive the goods. cuanto reciba los generos.
We shall be obliged by your Le agradeceremos nos remita
remitting the balance. el importe del saldo.
Kindly send us your price Sirvase Vd.mandarnossu lista
list, conditions, etc. de precios. condiciones, etc.
 USEFUL COMMERCIAL SENTENCES.

Please let me know your Sirvase Vd. indicarme BUB

lowest terms for cash on condiciones mas favorables
delivery on receipt of the
; para pago al contado al ;

goods. recibo de los generos.

How much will the packing, I A cuanto subiran los gastos
carriage, and customs duty de embalaje, transporte, y
amount to ? derechos de aduana ?
Do your best to see that the Haga Vd. lo posible para que
cost of carriage is as low as los gastos de transporte sean
possible. lo mas reducido posible.

By. book post by parcel post Como impresos en paquete

in a registered letter. postal en carta certificada.
You may draw on us at three Puede Vd. girar a nuestro
months. cargo a tres ipeses.
The bill is payable at sight. La letra es pagadera a la *vfsta.
Kindly send us a cheque at Tengan Vds. la bondad de re-
your earliest convenience mitirnos lo antes posible
for the amount due. un cheque porla cantidad

[overdue. vencida. [meses.

This account is six months Esta cuenta vencio hace seis
We cannot wait any longer ; JJo podemos esperar mas por ;

be .good enough therefore lo tanto le suplicamos que

to forward the amount nos remita el importe cuanto
without further delay. antes.
We shall be greatly obliged Le* agradeceremos infinito nos
by your sending us a remit- remita el importe por uno
tance by an early post. de los primeros correos.
I have several large accounts Tengo que satisfacer algunas
to meet next week. cuentas de consideration la
[dishonored. semana proxirna. [acogida.
The bill has been returned La letra ha sido devuelta mal
I have already applied to you Ya me he dirigido a Vd. en
several times for a settle- dif erentes ocasiones para la
ment. liquidation.
I shall have to take legal pro- Tendre que recurrir a la ley
ceedings to recover the para la satisfaction de la ,
*

amount due. deuda.

YTe think it right to inform you Creemos cpnvenientecomuni-
at once. carselo a Vd. al inoment/o.
 46 USEFUL COMMERCIAL SENTENCES.

Herewith we send you sam- Con la presente le enviamos

pler of both qualities. muestras de ambas calidades*
Your esteemed order is duly Su estimado pedido ha llegado
to hand. debidamente a nuestro poder.
Your instructions shall receive Sus instrucciones seran ob-
our best attention. jeto de nuestra mayor
atencion.
No invoice was enclosed with No acompanaba a los generos
the goods. f actura alguna.
The boxes were nearly all Casi todas las cajas estaban
broken, and their contents rotas, y sus contenidos muy
much damaged by water. averiados por el agua.
The goods -were very care- Las mercancias se embalaron,
lessly packed. con muy poco cuidado.
We charge two per cent, to Cargamos dos por ciento para
cover the cost of packing. cubrir los gastos de embalaje*
"There is always great delay Siempre hay gran retraso en
in the execution of these la ejecucion de estos pedi-
orders. [prompt reply . . . dos. [pronta contestacion.
Awaiting the favor of? a Esperando verme honrado con,
Belying on your promise, I Confiando en su promesa, me
undertook to deliver the comprometi a entregar los
goods by Monday next. generos para el lunes.

[should pay the duty, proximo. [los derechos.

It was arranged that you Se convino que Vd. pagaria
You promised to send the
off Hace una semana, prometio
first part of the order a Vd. despachar la primera
week ago. parte del pedido.
Let me know at once when I Indiqueme Ycl al momenta
may depend on receiving cuando puedo coniar con el
the remainder of the order. resto del pedido.
Mr. ...* of Cadiz, has kindly El ..., de Cadiz, ha tenido-
Sr.
favored me with your ad- bondad de favorecerme
la
dress. con sus senas de Vd.
For references you can apply Para informes pueden Vds*
to the firm of ... dirigirse a la casa de . . .

If you take a gross at a time Si toma Vd. una gruesa de una

we will allow you an extra vcz, le concederemos un des-
2^ per cent, discbunt. cuento extra de^^porciwito.
 USEFUL CGlffMERCIiL SENTENCES. 47

The terms quoted do not in- En las condiciones indicadas

clude carriage. no se incluye el transports
Our agent informs us that the Nuestro agente nos informa
firm has been established que la casa cuenta ya inu-
many years. chos anos de existencia.
It is reported that the bank Se dice que el banco ha sus-
has suspended payment. pendido pagos.
If the tea finds a ready sale, Si el te halla buena salida, en
I shall give you larger lo futuro les hare pedidoa
orders afterwards. de mayor consideration.
There is no demand for such No hay salida para tales arti-
articles in this market. culos en este mercado.
We have recently opened a Acabamos de abrir una sucursal
branch in Barcelona. en Barcelona. [ensayo.
This is only a trial order. Este pedido no es mas que un,
I have been appointed sole He sido nombrado agente ex-
agent for the sale of this clusivo para la venta de
machine in Spain. esta maquina en Espana*
You had better carry it for- Seria mas conveniente que lo
ward to the new account. pasara Vd. a cuenta nueva.
We are quite willing to open Estamos dispuestos a abrir
a monthly or quarterly ac- una cuenta mensual 6
count, if you prefer it. trimestral, si asi lo prefiere
[last invoice.
Vd. [fdctursu
There was a mistake in the Hubo un error en la ultima.
The bill of lading has not yet El conocimiento no se ha re*
come to hand. cibido todavia.
The cheque was payable to El cheque era pagadero al
bearer, not to order. portador, no a la orden.
I cannot make any reduction No puedoconcederninguna re-
in the quoted prices, except duction en los precios coti-
the usual discount for cash zados, excepto el descuento-
at a month. corriente por pago mensual.
I unfortunately have none of For desgracia, hoy no tengo
the common sorts in stock en deposito ninguna de las
at the present time. calidades comunes.
We only supply the trade, Solo surtimos al comercio f
and do no retail busi- y no efectuamos ninguna.
ness. transaction al por menor.
 48 USEFUL COMMERCIAL SENTENCES.

We have debited you with Le hemos adeudado en cuenta

the balance. el saldo.

Kindly credit me with the Sirvase Vd. abonarme en eta. el

value of the returned goods. valor de los generos de vueltos.
We send you a draft payable Le remitimos una letra paga-
one month after date, in dera a treinta dias fecha,
settlement of last month's para liquidar la cuenta del
account. mes pasado.
Please endorse it, and honor Sirvase Vd. endosarla, y aco-
it on maturity. gerla a su vencimiento.
Ship the bales by the next 1
Embarque Vd. las balas por
steamer. el proximo vapor.
Do not send the boxes by No mande Vd. las cajas por
rail, but by steamer the ; f erro-carril, sino por vapor ;
latter means of transit este medio de transporte
comes cheaper. resulta mas barato.
In accordance with your re- De conf ormidad con su deseo.
quest, I ericlose a duplicate adjunto una factura dupli-
invoice. cada.
I trust you will excuse the Espero se servira Vd. dispen-
delay. sar el retraso.
Do you deliver free on board <j
Hace Vd. la entrega franco
in London ? a bordo en Londres ?
We are thinking of chartering Estamos pensando en fletar
an entire steamer, and must un vapor completo y hemos
calculate how much cheaper de calcular cuanto mas
the expenses of freight economico nos tesultaria el
would be than if we shipped precio del flete que cuando
in small consignments. embarcamos por pequenas
partidas
The shares of this company Las acciones de esta compania
are not to be recommended no son muy recomendables
just now. ahora.
It would be wise to wait until 'Seria prudenteaguardar hasta
the publication of the yearly que publiquen el balance
balance sheet. anual.
Our commission 5 per
is Nuestra comision es de 5 % si
cent., if you put the neces- Vds. ponen a nuestra disposi-
sary sums at our disposal. cion las sumas necesurias.
 KEY
TO THE

SPANISH
GRAMMAR
SIMPLIFIED

PHILADELPHIA
DAVID McKAY, Publisher
604-8 S. Washington Square
 SPECIAL NOTICE

To simplify the Irregular Verbs, we have omitted from

the Grammar the Tenses which need not be learnt if our
rules (pars. 52 and on the formation of Tenses have
117)
been mastered. Theserules, which are original and copy-

right, enable the Student to form any other Tense correctly.

 to Lesson I.
[Key
EXERCISE L 1. they (MASC.) have 2. have I ? 3. have ;

I not she has not

? 4. 5. have we (MASC.) ? 6. you ;
(SING.)
have not 7. have they (FEM.) not ? 8. have you
;
(PLUR.) ?
9. we (MASC.) have not.

10. ella tiene 11/7 no tienen ellos ? 12. tiene Vd. ?

; <?

13. yo no tengo 14. Yds. no tienen ; 15. no tengo yo ?

; <;

16. nosotros tenemos ; 17. no tienen Yds. ? 18. ella no tiene. <;

EXERCISE II. 1. padres ; 2. libros ; 3. nueces ; 4,

senores ; 5. lapices ; 6. plumas ; 7. ciudades ; 8. hombres ;

9. luces ; 10. tias ; 11. iglesias ; 12. leyes ; 13. sombreros.

EXERCISE III. 1. un hermano ; 2. una hermana ;

3. unos hermanos 4. unas hermanas 5. el hermano 6. los ; ; ;

hermanos 7. la hermana 8. las hermanas ; 9. las casas 5

; ;

10. el agua 11. un ala 12. lo hermoso

; 13. un padre ; ; ;

14. los libros ; 15. una pluma ; 16. el lapiz ; 17. la tinta ;

18. unos lapices ; 19. una aldea.

EXERCISE IV. 1. I have not a book. 2. Has he. the

pens,? 3. We have a house. 4. You (PLUR.) have some

pens ; we. have some books.
5.Vd. tiene un hermano. 6. El pajaro tiene doa alas,
7. Vds. no tienen los libros. 8. <?
No tiene el la tinta ? 9. La
madre tiene dos casas. 10. Yo no tengo una pluma, pero mi
amigo tiene unas plumas. 11. <;
Tiene el la carta ?,

Key to Lesson II.

EXERCISE I. 1. del hombre ; 2. a un hombre ; 3. de la
iglesia ; 4. del agua del pantano a un libro ; 5. ; 6. de las
madres a las piedras 8.
; 7. las ; de unas cartas 9. de ; alas de
un pajaro 10. a unos libros 11. de unos pajaros
;
12. a una ; ;

casa ; 13. al libro ; 14. de la tinta ; 15. de los hermanos ;

16. de las alas de los pajaros 17. el libro del muchacho ; ;

18. el caballo de un soldado 19. los caballos del soldado. ;

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE. 1. (Nosotros) homos escrito

unas cartas. .2.JVd.jio_ha visto las casas. 3 I No tenemos
(nosotros) los sombreros? 4. & Tiene la iglesia un altar ?
5. (Yo) he visto de la iglesia. 6. Los reyes tienen los
el altar

cal^allos.
7 Quien ha tornado la tinta ? 8. El hombre
<j

tiene un haeha. 9. El buque tiene un ancla. 10. Ha dado

el criado una silla al caballero ? 11. Yo* no tengo un sobre,

pero mi hermano tiene unos sobres. 12. Que han hecho

Vds. ? 13. Ha visto Vd. los jardines del rey ? 14. Los
hombres tienen unos caballos. 15. Por que no ha eserito
Vd. las cartas? 16. Un hombre ha hablado con el criado.
17. No tenemos (nosotros) un libro para la mujer ? 18. Si,
<;

tenemos un libro y dos plumas. 19. (Nosotros). no hemos

visto la casa del hombre. 20. Las inuchachas no han tornado
las plumas. 21. Vd. tiene unas cartas. 22. Vd. no tiene los
libros. 23. El hermano de la muchacha no ha escritb
carta al caballero.
*
This yo, being emphasized, cannot be omitted

Key to Lesson III.

EXERCISE I. 1 mi jardin 2. su , tinta ; 3. su tinta ;

4. su tinta ; 5. nuestro vaso ; 6. nuestra aldea ; 7. mi tia ;

8. mis tiassu gato 10. sus gatds 11. nuestros guantes ;

; 9. , ;

12: sus zapatos 13. sus hermanas 14. sus hermanas

,
15. su >, ;

dinero 16. mi criado

; 17. nuestras manos 18. sus ojos ;
, ;

19. su deseo 20. su deseo ; 21. sus nombres 22. su pluma ; ;

(de VoLf) 23. su libro (de Vd.)

; 24. su casa (de Vds.) 25. ; ;

sus manos (de Vd.) 26. sus manos (de Vds;) ; 27. No ha roto ;

BU pipa. 28. Han tornado los ninos los guantes de Vd. ?

<;

29. Ha tornado Vd. su dinero ?

J

EXERCISE II. -1. we are ; 2. they are not ; 3. am I ?

4. she is not ; 5. are we not ? 6. I am not ; 7. are you ?

8. you (PLUR.) are not.

9, i es ella ? 10. el no es 11. no son ellas ? 12. Vds.
;
?

son ; 13. i no es Vd. ? 14. somos nosotros ? 15. no soy yo ?

<; <j

16. (yo) soy ; 17. ella ; no es 18. (yo) no soy.

f In a complete sentence, the de Vd., de Vds., is seldom required.
 5
'

EXERCISE III. 1. 1 am not ; 2. is he ? 3. are we not ?

4. you are not ; 5. are they ? 6. are you ? you (PLUR.)
7. are.
8. estamos ; 9. <;
no esta Vd. ? 10. ellas no estan ; 11.
i estoy yo Vds. estan
? 12. 13. no. esta el ; <;
? 14. ella no
esta 15. ; estamos nosotros ? 16. Vd. no esta
; ; 17. no estoy ;

18. i esta Yd. ?

EXERCISE IV. 1. No somos obreros. 2. <?

Esta Vd. listo ?
3. (Ellas) estin aqui. Es Vd. soldado ? 5. No estoy
4. <;

escuchancio. 6. Quien esta en la calle ? 7. Es muy laborioso,.

<;

8. Soy inglesa. 9. No soy italiano. 10. Estamos hablando

con su primo. ll.<jNo son (ellos) principes ? 12. Somos
marineros. 13. (El) no esta escribiendo. 14. Es cartero*
15. No estamos fumando. 16. Es Vd. espaiiol ? 17. Son <j

mis tios. 18. Mi tia no esta aqui. 19. (Ella) no esta en casa.
20. Estamos aguardando. 21. Es profesor.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. Niiestros amigos estan en el

jardin, buscando sus perros. Es Vd. el
2. <?
de mi amigo ?
tio
3. No, senor, no soy su tio, soy su padre. Mi amigo esta
4.
en la calle, fumando un cigarro. 5. <; Quien esta alii ? 6. Que <;

estan Vds. buscando Estoy escribiendo una carta a su

? 7,

padre (de Vd.). 8. Sus hijos (de Vd.) estan creciendo mucho.
9. El hermanq de mi amigo no es laborioso. 10. Tiene Vd. <;

un criado ? 11. Nuestra hermana es habil. 12. Su madre (de

Vd.) esta en el jardin. 13. Mis zapatos estan en el suelo, cerca
de la silla- 14. Vds. no son soldados. 15. Mi libro'esta en
el cajon. 16. Esta fumando su herniano de Vd. ?
<;
17. A <;

quien ha escrito Vd. una carta ? 18. No estamos estudiando

nuestras lecciones.

Key to Lesson IV.

EXERCISE (MASC. SING.), buena (FEM.
I. 1. bueno
SING.), buenos (MASC. PLUR.), buenas (FEM. PLUR.) 2. ;

caro (M. S.), cara (F. s.), caros (M. P.), caras (F. P.) ; 3. capaz,
capaz, capaces, capace? 4. aplicado*, aplicada, aplicados,
,

aplicadas ; or laborioso, laboriosa, laboriosos, laboriosas \

 $
5. franees, francesa, franceses, f rancesas ; 6. facil, facil, faciles.

faciles ; * 7. barato, barata, baratos,

; 8. seco, seca, batatas
secos, secas valiente, valiente, valientes, valientes ; 10.
; 9.

frio, fria, frios, f rias ; 11. calido, calida, calidos, calidas ;

12. aleman, alemana, alemanes, alemaaas ; 13. dificil, dificil,
dificiles,dificiles ; 14. ingles, inglesa, ingleses, inglesas ;
15. pesado, pesada, pesados, pesadas ; 16. persa, persa, persas,

persas ; 17. un buen caballo ; 18. buenos caballos ; 19. tina

mala pluma ; 20. malas plumas ; 21. una leccion dificil ;

22.* lecciones dificiles.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE. 1. Sus amigos no son va-
lientes. 2. La modista francesa ha vendido un sombrero
barato. 3. Nuestras lecciones son muy faciles. 4. Tiene <?

Vd. un' buen criado ? 5. No, senor, mis criados no son

buenos. He visto a un soldado valiente. 7. Tengo came
6.

fria. Somos marineros ingleses.

8. 9. For que no estan <;

Vds. estudiando sus lecciones ? 10. Las muchachas alemanas

son f elices. 11. i A quien ha dado Vd. sus libros ? 12. He
dado mis libros espanoles al primo de mi amigo. 13. Nues-
tra leccion es muy dificil. 14. ^ Como esta Vd. ? 15. Muy

bien, gracias; pero he estado enfermo. 16. Su (or la)

hermana de Vd. no esta enferma. 17. Sus tias (de Vds.) son
muy habiles. 18. Sus hermanos estan enfermos. 19. Su

amiga (de Vd.) es italiana. 20. No es italiana, es espafiola.

21. Qu6 ha hecho Vd. con mi
<j
libro ? 22. Est4 sobre la mesa.

Key to Lesson V.

EXERCISE compro; 2. Vd. compra; 3. (el)

I. 1.

compra compramos
; 4. 5. Vds. compran 6. (ellos)
; ;

compran 7. (el) toma

; 8. hallamos ^ 9. hallo ; 10. (ellas)
;

toman; 11. Vd. halla;' 12. Vds. toman; 13. fuma; 14.
fuman 15. Vd. lleva
; 16. llevo 17. enviamos;
18. Vds. ; ;

envian.
EXERCISE II. 1. bebo; 2. Vd. bebe; 3. (el) bebe;
4, babenios; 5. Vds. beben; 6. (ellos) beban; 7. cree;
 creemos ; 9. comen ; 10. como ; 11.Vd. aprende ; 12. Vds.
creen ; 13. aprende ; 14. poseo ; 15. poseen
EXERCISE III. 1. recibo ; 2. Vd. recibe 3. (el) recibe
; ;

4. recibimos ; 5. Vds. reciben ; 6. (ellos) reciben ; 7. escribe ;

8. escribimos 9. Vd. surte

; ; 10. surto ; 11. divide ; 12.
dividimos 13. Vds. escriben
; ; 14. surtimos.
EXERCISE IV. -1. Vd. halla, Vd. no halla; 2. i hall a
Vd, ? 4 no halla Vd. ? 3. los hombres beben, los hombres no
beben 4. % beben los hombres ?
; no beben los hombres ? <;

5. descubrimos, no descubrimos 6. descubrimos (noso- ; <j

tros)? no descubrimos (nosotros) ? 7. recibo, no recibo ;

8. i recibo (yo) ? no recibo (yo) ? 9. la muchacha debe, la

<;

muchacha no debe 10. & debe la muchacha ? no debe la

; <;

muchacha ?
COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. <;Debe Vd. digero a mi
amigo ? 2. No debo dinero a su amigo. 3. El criado espafiol

llama a BU perro. 4. No fumamos cigarros. 5. El discipulo

aplicado aprende facilmente sus lecciones. 6. Que desea <;

BU madre (de Vd.) ? 7. i No trabajan (ellas) bien ? 8. <jQuiea

vive en la casa de su tia ? 9. Mis primes viven alii, pero mi
tio esta en Madrid. 10. El oficial bebe un vino delicioso.
11. Recibimos cartas de los tios de Vd. (or sus tios) cada dia

(better; todos los dias '=' all the days.')

4
12. No deseo un

baston, porque tengo un paraguas. 13. Creemos que sus

'muestras estan en la tienda. 14. Cuanto dinero debemos ?
15. Creo que debemos cuatro chelines al tendero, y tres

(chelines) al criado. 16. Tal vez no fuma. 17. Quien <;

presta dinero a mi amigo ? 18. Yo presto amenudo dinero a

su amigo. 19. <;
A
que hora sale el tren para Londres ? 20.
Mi tren no sale todavia. 21. No temo el castigo no es muy ;

grande. 22. Los muchachos no tiran piedras. 23. Vd. no

bebe cerveza. 24. <:
No comprende Vd. la leccion ? 25.

Comprendo las lecciones muy bien. 26. <( Comprenden

(ellos) su explicaci6n ? 27. 4 D6nde viven sus primos (de
Vd.) ? prima vive en Madrid, y yo (vivo) en Londi-ea,
aS.Jtfi
 8

Key to Lesson VI.

EXERCISE I. 1. ese or aquel muchacho ; 2. estas
mujeres esos or aquellos sobres ; 4. esta mesa ; 5. esa or
; 3.

aquella iglesia ; 6. esas or aquellas calles ; 7. estos caballos ;

8. esta tinta ; 9. este gato ; 10* esos or aquellos cuadros ; 11.
ese or aquel pan 12. esta ciudad j 13. estos niimeros 14. esa
; ;

flenora ; 15. no estamos seguros de eso ; 16. no creo esto.

EXERCISE
II. 1. fumando, fumado; 2. debiendo,
debido viviendo, vivido
; 3. 4. preguntando, preguntado ;
;

5. leyendo, leido ; 6. no ha tenido Vd. ? 7. no estoy

<?

teniendo ; 8. siendo soldados ; 9. estando en el cuarto (or la

habitacion) ; 10. no habiendo escrito la carta ; 11. Ha
estado Vd. en Espaiia ? 12. Jtf o hemos sido marineros. 13.

(Ella) no esta leyendo. 14. <z Que esta (el) bebiendo ? 15.
Donde ha estado el hombre ?
<j
16. i No son valientes los
eoldados ingleses ? 17. No esta hablando esta sefiora (or
<?

no esta esta senora hablando*) ? 18. Mi tio no ha llegado.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE. 1. No ha leido Vd. esa carta ? <;

2. Por que no esta ese muchacho estudiando sus lecciones ?*

(j

3. Esos criados han bebido una botella de buen vino, y cinco

(botellas) de cerveza alemana. 4. Estan fumando cigarros ? <

5. Habiendo leido el librp, lo enviare a mi hermano. 6.

<i
Cuanda sale el buque ? 7. Cuanto dinero ha enviado <J

el comerciante a su banquero ? 8. <?

No han aprendido los
discipulos estas lecciones ? 9. Estos sobres blancos son de mi
tio. 10. Esas senoras son mis sobrinas. 11. El profesor

espanol esta hablando ahora, 12. Estoy leyendo un periodico

frances. 13. Hemos estado en el campo. 14. Estas botellae
no estan llenas. 15. He sido carpintero. 16. Ha tenido Vd. <?

tiempo para leer esta carta ? 17. Ha olvifiado Vd. esto ? 18.

*
As pointed out in par. 32 of the Grammar, the construction in such
sentences is usually optional, and is merely a question* of taste and euphony.
To avoid needless repetition, only one way is given in this Key ; but such
constructions as ^Por qu6 no esta estudiando sus lecciones ese
jnuchaclio ? are quite permissible.,
<?
Estan esae seftorae buscando un coche ? 10. Oreo Yi
cso ? 20. No comprendo esto. 21. No cstando satisfecho
con el libro, lo v^ndere. 22. No es f eo aquel perro ?

Key to Lesson VII.

EXERCISE I. 1. <;
cual caballero ? 2. <;
cuales caba-
lleros ? 3. <;
cual silla ? 4. <;
cuales calles ? 5. <; que
nombre ? 6. cual zapato
<;
? que hombres ?
7. <?
8. | que
ruido ! 9. <;
cual tren ? 10. j que niebla 11. que !
j
lastirna !

12. <<
cual mujer ? 13. <;
cuales dias ? 14. <?
cuales lamparas ?
15. <;cual taza ? 16. \ que sombreros ! 17 De quien es este
cuchillo ? 18. <;
De quien es esta tinta ? 19. ^ De quien son
amigas estas seiioras ? 20. <;
De quien es esto ? 21. Que ;

muchachos tan holgazanes ! 22. \ Que error tan grande ! 23.

<; Cual es el precio de esto ? 24. <;
Cual es el numero ?

EXERCISE II. 1. ha comprado 2. ban comprado ; <;

(ellos) ? no he comprado
3. 4. no ha comprado Yd. ? 5. ; <;

^ han hablado (ellas) ? G. la muchacha ha hablado 7. ha ; <;

escrito el medico ? 8. el comerciante no ha vendido 9. i no ;

han llcgado los buques ? 10. no he comido 11. no ha ;

enviado el tendero ? 12. Td. ha escrito 13. Yds. han visto ; ;

14. no han hallado (ellos) ?

EXERCISE III. 1. Hemos visto a un general muy
celebre. Han hallado Yds. a sus amigos ? 3. Tiene el
2. <;

hermanos ? 4. He visto a aquel seiior en Madrid. 5. Espera ,;

Yd. a sus sobrinas hoy ? 6. No esperamos cartas. 7. Estamos

buscando nuestras llaves. 8. <;
Esta .Yd. buscando a su
eobrino? 9. No he visto hoy al rey.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. Ha hallado Yd. a mi

<:

hermano en jardin ? el
2. Cual libro ha tenido Yd. ?
<?
De quien es ese caballo ? 4. Que hombre no ama a BU"
<:

madre ? 5. <;
De quien es este paraguas ? 6. ,:
Han visto
Yds. a los viajeros ingleses ? 7. ;
tan barato ha
Que reloj
comprado Yd. esta manana ? 8. El dependieute ha recibido
 10

ese dinero. 9. t Quien esta fumando en este cuarto ? 10.

ha enviado los generos a tiempo. 11. j Que leociones tan
faciles tiene Vd. ! 12. Para quien son estas cartas ? 13.
; A quien
ha prestado Vd. su cuchillo ? 14. Quienes son <;

estos hombres ? 15. Que gente hay en la casa ? 16. No ha <:

llamado Vd. a la criada ? 17. Cuales tazas ha roto (ella) ? <;

18. i En cual cuarto ha hallado Vd. la tinta roja ? 19. Que 1

pluma tan mala es esta 20. Cnales desea Vd. ? !21. Cual <:

es el camino a la estacion ? 22. Cual es la causa de su <;

silencio ? 23. <j

Cuales son sus planes ? 24. ;
Que es eso ?

Key to Lesson VIII.

EXERCISE Este baston no es mio. 2. Es esa casa

I. 1. <j

de* 41* ? 3. Estas cartas son nuestras. 4. Sus discipulos (de

Vd.) son aplicadop, y los mios son holgazanes. 5. Estos
lapices son de* ella*. 6. Nuestra amiga esta aqui, pero la de*
ella* no ha llegado todavia. 7. Esa Have es mia. 8. Nuestras
leccibnes son diticiles, pero las de* ellos* son muy faciles.

EXEECISE II. 1. mis mesas de roble y (las de) caoba 2. ;

querida madre mia (simpler y mi querida madre) ; 3. una tia

suya (clearer y una tia de el) 4. mis deseos, los suyos, y los de
;

ellos ; 5. Este es un trabajo suyo. 6. Es un dependiente mio.

7. Es de Vds. este jardin ? 8. Esas Haves no son de Vd., sou
<;

mias. 9. i Es de Vd. este periodico ? 10. Son anngoa

nuestros (or nuestros amigos). 11. Ese no es error mio ; es c
ella. 12. Ni su tienda ni la de su vecino estan abiertas.
EXERCISE III. 1. we shall be ; 2. will he not have, ?
3. will you (PLUR.) speak ? 4. 1 shall not receive 5. you ;

will not drink ; they will write.

6. will she find ? 7.

8. tomare (yo) ? 9. Vd. no tendra 10. seran (ellos) t ; <?

11. no estaremos ; 12. dividira 13. Vd. no habra vendido j ;

14. fumaran 15. i habremos enviado ? 16. tendr6 (yo) ? <j

*
Better than suya, suyos, suya. suyas. Such constructions as i &}
SXlva esa casa ? are correct grammatically ; but the meaning is clearer
li de 4l t de Vd., de ellos, etc, are employed*
 ir

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. El profesor ha corregido

'mis temas, pero no los de Vd. 2. <j
D6nde estara Vd.
manana ? 3. Mi amigo sera medico. 4. No tendre bastarito
dinero. Hablaremos a su padre de Vd. 6.
5. Ouanto <;

recibira Vd. 7. Mi amigo ha vendido su casa, y la de su

?

hi jo ;
vivira ahora en la ima. 8. Comprare una mesa y seis

sillas. 9. Ese error sera muy grave. 10. Romperan aquella

ventana. 11. No comprare esta casa. 12. Habre enviado sus
pedidos y los de sus vecinos. 13. Su hermana ha hallado sus
sortijas de oro y (las de) plata. 14. Aqui esta mi baston ;

d6nde esta el de Vd. 1^. 15. Hemos visto a nuestra madre, y

a la suya, pero no a la de ella. 1-6. Sera falta de el, no de Vd.
17. i For que ha traido Vd. su paraguas, y no el mio ?
18. Guardaremos este reloj, y venderemos el otro.

Key to Lesson IX,

EXERCISE L 1. El cafe esta mas frio que el te. 2. Ese
hombre es mas fuerte que Vd. 3. Las manzanas no estan
mas maduras que las peras. 4. Esta agua no esta (or es,
according to meaning) mas fria que la ptra. 5. Londres es mas
grande que Paris. 6. No es la ciudad de Madrid mas
<;

pequeiia que Paris Esta cerveza es muy buena, pero el

? 7.
Yino es mejor. 8. No recibire menos de cinco chelines..
9. Esta casa es mas barata de lo que Vd. cree.

EXERCISE II. 1. 1 Es el mas holgazan de sus criados de

Vd. 2. Es muy dificil. 3. Ese cuadro es el mas hermoso

de la coleccion. 4. Esta agua es la mas clara. 5. Estas

ventanas son las mas pequeiias. 6. El error mas pequeno

tiene a veces consecuencias muy graves. 7. Nuestra casa es

la mas convenient^

EXERCISE III. 1. Ha recibido Vd. tanto dinero hoy

<>

como ayer ? 2. Su hi jo de Vd. es tan habil como laborioso. 3.

Estas sillas son tan baratas como esas. 4. i Tiene Vd. tantas
pluma's como yo ? 5, Esta senora no es tan alta como Vd.
 12

6. Ha traido tantos regalos como ella. 7. No hemos couuprado

tantos muebles como Vd.
EXERCISE IV. 1. vendi; 2. ^compraron (ellos) ? 3.
Yds. recibieron ; 4. no llego (ella) ? <;
5. no tuvieron ;
6. i estuvo (el) ? 7 temimos. (nosotros) ? 8. fume
<;
9. no ;

hallamos ; 10. Vd. no fue" 11. envio Vd. ? 12. no hube

, <;

(yo) ? 13. escribimos 14. Vds. no hubieron aprendido

, ;

15, No estuvieron (elios) en el cuarto ?

Key to Lesson X.
EXERCISE I. 1. La casa que Vds. ban comprado es mas
conveniente que la mia. 2. Es este el capitan cuyo buque
<j

Vd. ha visto ? 3. El seiior que hablo con los niiios es su tio.

4. No estamos seguros cuales guardara. 5. El muchacho a

quien liemos visto esta enfermo. 6. Ha olvidado Vd, el

nombre del caballero (or senor) con quien vivo? 7. Ha
leido la cartaque recibi, lo que es una lastima. 8. El caballo
que he comprado no es muy f uerte. 9. He traido seis libros,
los cuales prestare esta tarde al hermano de Vd. 10. No, no
es este senor quien esta fumando.

EXERCISE II. Let us drink [some] water. 2. Sell

1.

your horse. 3, Do
not let us wait. 4. Do not buy these
cigars. 5. Do not let us keep these samples. 6. Do not
smoke (PLUR.) yet t 7. Be in time. 8. Have pity I 9. Take
this chair.
10. Presto (Vd.)* suparaguasa miprimo. IL.Deje (Vd.)*
hablar al muchacho. 12. Comamos ahora. 13. Que esperen

(ellos). 14. Que compre el vestido. 15. Este (Vd.)* alii

esta tarde. 16. Envie (or mande) Vd. los paquetes a mi casa.
17. Tenga Vd. la bondad de aguardar un poco,

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. Tome Vd. el paraguas que

jestaen el rincon. 2. No rompa Vd. los platos que compre
ayer. 3. No olviden Vds. de comprar te, cafe, y azucar, 4.
No preste Vd. dinero a ese hombre. 5. Comamos esta fruta.
*
Optional always in Imperative, but better inserted.
 6. Mire Vd. esas tiendas. 7. No rompa Vd. ese vaso. 8. No*
hablemos a ese hombre. 9. La persona para qnien trabaja
esta aqui. 10. Los oficiales a quienes ha hallado Vd. abajo
estaran aqui manana. 11. El pan que Vd. comio es tan bueno
como este. 12. No ban recibido los peri6dicos que envie, lo
que es muy estrano. 13. Adivine Vd. cual de las mucbacbas
es la^nejor. 14. He ballado varies documentos importantes*
los cuales enviare a nuestro abogado. 15. No conteste Vd. a
esa pregunta. 16. Son ellos quienes estan trabajando
<;
?

17. No sea Vd. tan descortes.

Key to Lesson XL
EXERCISE I. 1. Vd. tenia ; 2. noestaban fumando ?or
'

<?

I no f umaban ? 3. no dividia 4. estaba comiendo ? or ; <J

comia ? &. era 6. no estabamos 7. ;

no habian Vds. ; <j

tornado ? 8, no f umaba Vd. ? 9. no eramos

<?
10. i habia ;

comido ? 1L estaba escucbando, or escuchaba ; 12. <j

leia

Vd. ? 13. estabamos tobajando, or trabajabamos , 14. ^ no

estabatf llamando ? 15. Eran amigos mios. 16. No tenia

tiempo. 17. Habiamos olvidado su nombre.

EXERCISEII, J.^ recibirian ; 2. no hallaria 3- ;

Vd. ? 4. tendriamos
creeria 5. no babria vendido ; 6. ;
<;

Vd. no estaria 8. no babrian bablado Vds. ? 9.

i seria ? 7. i ;

10. no escribiria 11. enviariamos ; 1^.

romperiamos ; ;

',;aprenderia Vd. ?

EXERCISE III. -1. para ellaT 2. bacia nosotros ; 3.por

el ; 4. de Vd. ; 5. sin ellas ;
6. con Vds. ; 7. en el ; 8. a mi ;

9. a ella ; 10. de. ellos ,

11. conmigo , 12. por nosotras 5 13.
sin el ; 14. contra Vd. ; 15. entre si , 16. para ellos 17. con ;

ella ; 18. para si.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. Estabamos trabajando con

el. 2. Estudiariamos espanol. 3. La leche estaba en el jarro.

4, i Hablaria Vd. al comercfante ? 5. El papel no era bueno,

pro lag plumas eran muy Duenas. 6,Han estado siempre

 11

conmigo. 7. iQuxen era el capitan de este buque ? 8. No <j

teniamos en este cuarto ?

siete sillas 9. No fu6 Vd. quien
<j

ha traido este regalo para mi ? 10. Las cucharas no eran

nuestras. 11. Fueron estos soldados* quieues ganaron la
batalla. 12. No era temprano cuando llego ? 13. Compraria <j

Vd. estos cuchillos y tenedorss ? 14. No guardaria ese

vestido. 15. Hablaba siempre de si. 16. No viajabamos sin
el. 17. t A qu6 bora comia Vd. ? 18. Lleve Vd. a sus
ninos consigo.

Key to Lesson Xlf.

EXERCISE La tenemos
I. 1. 2. Los ha tornado. 3.

<j
Me comprende Vd. ? 4. Lo coniprare manana. 5, El
tendero no nos cree. 6. f e ha pagado Vd. la cuenta ?

7.Los hemos visto en la calle. 8. No los aguardaria. 9. Lo

habria Vd. vendido ? 10. Mi amigo las guardara. 11. Su tio

(de Vd.) nos habia olvidado. 12. Le hablare esta tarde.

EXERCISE II. 1. Me lo enviaban cada dia. 2. t Nos los

ha enviado ? 3. Le ha escrito a ella y a su madre. 4. Su
tia me ha hablado a mf, pero no a Vd. 5. Se lo leyo ayer ? <j

6. El banqnero se lo prestara a ellos r pero no a su abogado.

7 ^ Se lo ha explicado Vd. (a ellos) ? 8. No se lo he

explicado todavia, pero se lo explicare esta noche. 9. Les

vendemos a Vds., no a ellos. 10. Nos la vendera manana.
11. El dependiente no me las ha explicado.

EXERCISE III. 1. Leamelo Vd. 2. Leame Vd. la carta.

3.Leanos Vd. esa carta. 4. No nos las lea Vd. 5. Vendales
Vd. su reloj. 6. No le envie Vd. la carta. 7. C6mprenlo
Vds. 8. i Estaba hablandole (or Le estaba hablando) a Vd,*
6 a su padre ? 9. Presteselo Vd. 10. No le preste Vd.
dinero. 11. No es facil comprenderle. 12. Ensenenselo Vcb.
13. No se lo eneenen Vds. 14. Que me escuche.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. Mirele Vd. a el, no a mi.

2* D6jerne Vd. tenerlo. 3. i For qu6 le ha vendido Vd. su
 15

sortija ? 4. No los olvidara. 5. <j

Nos lo deben ? 6. Nole
escuche Vd. 7. No nos las ha traido. 8. Le prestaba

dinero a Vd., pero no a mi. 9. & Cuando lo compraran Vd& ?

10. Quien lo ha hecho ?
<j
11. Cuanto dinero le debemos ?
<j

12. Se los he prestado a ella, 13. Los tendra maiiana. 14.

Vendanselos Vds. 15. No me lo envie Vd. 16. Nos lo
debe ? 17. Guardemoslo.
<;
18. Le espera Vd. hoy ?

Key to Lesson XIII.

EXERCISE seguramente I.2. baratamente

1. 3 ; ;

pesadamente 5.
; habilmente
4. valiente-
frianiente
6. ; ;

mente 7. alegremente 8. doblemente 9. purainente.

; ; ;

EXERCISE II. 1. Copie Vd. cuidadosamente los nom-

bres. Estan escuchando aiin ?

2. 3. Ayer compre un reloj,

y maiiana lo vendere. 4. Este hombre no trabaja siempre,

bien. 5. Apenas habia acabado mi trabajo, cuando mis

amigos llegaron. 6. Bebemos siempre te y cafe. 7. Maiiana

recibh*emos ocho libras.

EXERCISE III. 1. No tendre ninguna dificultad. 2. Ni

mi esposo ni mi hijo estan arriba. 3. El criado no ha traido
ni cafe ni -te. 4. Nadieesta abajo. 5. No encontre a nadie

en el jardin. 6. Ninguna casa seria bastante grande. 7.

Nada es mas seguro. 8. Este muchacho no comprende nada.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. Tengo aqui un vestido azul.

2. Apenas aguardo un minuto. 3. Tal vez recibire manana

unos regalos. 4. Ese parroquiano ya ha comprado la lampara.

5. Les hablare de seguro esta noche. 6. No hallo Vd. aqui mi <;

paraguas ? 7. Nadie esta escuchando. 8. Rehuso firmemente

continuar. 9. A veces bebo cerveza, pero nunca bebo vino.
10. Deseo principalmente hablarle a el, no a su socio. 11.
Hablo clara y energicamente. 12. Espera Vd. hoy una carta ? <;

13. No es de ninguna conftecuencia. 14. No cfee nada. 15*. No

hallaron a nadie en casa. 16. Nunca he leidtf libro mejor
H.K.S.S..
 m
Key to Lesson
EXERCISE I. 1. treinticinco (or tremta y cinco) nifios ;

2. diecinueve dias; 3. seissemanas ; 4. doce meses*; 5.

gchentiocho aiios ; 6. un minuto ; 7. una semana ; 8.
noventisiete libras ; 9. veintitres chelines ; 10. dieciocho
peniques 11. cuarentidos duros
; 12. ciento siete libros ; ;

13. quinientos setentitres chelines 14. mil trescientas ;

cincuentiuna casas 15. cinco mil doce horas

; 16 dieciseis ,

mil setecientas sesenticuatro millas 17. cien millones de ;

libras,; 18. cien escuelas ; 19. cinco millones doscientos

ochentiseis mil cuatrocientos quince habitantes.
EXERCISE II. 1. las once ; 2. las ocho menos vein-
ticinco ; 3. las diez y media 4. las once menos cuarto 5. la
; ;

una y cinco ; 6. las ocho menos diez 7. Son las nueve y ;

8. ^ Es la
cuarto. una ? 9. No son las doce todavia. 10. Son
menos diecinueve.
las tres

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. Que hora es? 2. No se <?

,que hora es. 3. Son las doce y media. 4. El tren sale a las
ocho y veintitres. 5. Ha viajado doscientas ochentiuna
millas. 6. Tenemos en el banco mil novecientas cinouenti-
cuatro libras diecisiete chelines y seis peniques. 7. Este pais
tiene cien millones de habitantes. 8. Les he prestado mil
ochocientas cincuenta libras. 9. No hay cien buenos soldados
!

en el regimiento. 10. Estara aqui a la una menos diez. 11.

Son las doce menos cuarto. 12. Ese comerciante tiene

quinientas mil libras. 13. Catorce mil ochocientos cincuenta

goldados pelearon en esa batalla. 14. No son las tres y cuarto
todavia. 15. Han enviado noventidos paquetes ; no es
verdad ? 16. Cuantos dias hay en una semana ? 17. Hay
siete dias, ciento sesentiocho horas, 6 diez mil ochenta
minutos en una semana. 18. Cuales son los nombres de log
<j

dias ? 19. Lunes, Martes, Miercoles, Jueves,

Domingo,
Viernes, Sabado. 20. Hay doce meses, 6 trescientos
eesenticinco dias en un aiio. 21. Los meses son : Enero
Febrero, Marzo, Abril, Mayo, Junio, Julio, Agosto, Sep
tiembre, Octubre, Noviembre, Diciembre,
 n
Key to Lesson XV.
EXERCISE 1. los
primeros habitantes ; 2. la octava
I.

parte 3. el decimo error

; 4. la quinta tienda 5. las
;
;

segundas clases 6. la septima calle a la derecha

; 7. la
;

tercera ventana a la izquierda ; 8. el quince (15) de Octubre

;

9. el primero (1) de Mayo 10. el veinticinco (25) de Agosto;

;

11. Pio nono ; 12. Isabel segunda 13. Carlos doce;

14. ;

Paris, 18 de Junio 1907, or Junio 18 de 1907.

EXERCISE No
he hallado nada. 2. Un hombre
II. 1.

rico tiene siempre inuchos amigos. 3. Lo miraban cada diez

minutos. 4. Cuantas libras le debo a
<;
Vd. ? 5. No beba VcL
toda el agua. 6. Ha comprado Vd. hoy algunos libros ?
<?

7. Hay alguien arriba ? 8. Se lo vendimos (a ellos) el

<j

otro dia. 9. Vd. tiene demasiados perros.

EXERCISE III. 1. un mal viaje 2. un gran ruido ; ;

3. una chimenea grande 4. un gran favor 5. San Pablo ;

; ;

6. el tercer muchacho en la primera clase 7. Hay un poco ;

de cafe, pero no tengo ni azucar ni leche. 8. Nunca gasta

dinero aqui. 9. Tengo una mala pluma, pero buen papel.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. Alejandro primero murio el

primero de Diciembre de 1825. 2. Cuanta tinta hay en los
tinteros ? 3. Este es' un buen muchacho, pero los otros no
han hecho ningun primero de su clase, la
trabajo. 4. Es el
cual es muy grande. 5. Mis primas son casi siempre las
primeras en la lista, y mi hermana es la ultima. 6. Quien <;

fue el primer rey de Espaiia? 7. Copie Vd. cada cuarto

renglon. 8. Cuantas palabras han escrito Vds. ?
<j
9.
Catalina segunda nacio el dos de Mayo de 1729, y murio el
diecisiete de Noviembre de 1796. 10. Esta es la primera vez

que he hallado a alguien en casa. 11. La segunda leccion es la

mas dificil. 12. Al contrario, cred que las primeras lecciones
son muy faciles, y que la octava es la mas dificil. 13. i No
cree Vd. que los ultimos capitulos de este libro son muy
divertidos ? 14. Fue una gran reina. 15. Este es el primer
 18

error que he hecho hoy. 16. He llenado este tintero, y ml

hermano ha llenado todos los otros. 17. Cuantos hermanos <?

tiene Vd. ? Tengo solamente uno.

Key to Lesson XVI,

EXERCISE Prestele Vd. algunas herramientas. 2.

I. 1.

Tenemos (un poco de) sal, pero no tenemos ni mostaza ni

pimienta. 3. No ha encontrado Vd. a nadie ? 4. Ha traido
<?

el mozo pan y queso ? 5. Mi esposa (or seiiora) ha com-

prado algunos muebles. 6. No ha visto Vd. hoy unas <;

nmestras ? Este discipulo no tiene tinta.

7. 8. Esa criada

ha roto algunos platos, pero no ha roto ningun vaso. 9. Me

ha dado algunos regalos para mi hija.

EXERCISE II. 1. me Iavar6 2. no nos estamos lavando ;

;

3. 1 no se han lavado ? 4. Vd. se cansara 5. se felicitarfa ;

;

6. no Be cansen Vds. ; 7. se ha lastimado ? 8. no se han <;

lastimado Vds. ? 9. se felicitan ; 10. lavense Vds. ; 11. los

obreros se cansaban ; 12. nos f elicitaremos.

EXERCISE III. 1. no Vd.

se queje ; 2. mi amigo ha se

equivocado ; por que

3. <j
se mete Vd. ? 4. me metere no ; 5.

se metian ;6. se ha escapado el hombre ? 7.

<? ]
levantese Vd.
inmediatamente 8. me estoy cansando ;
! 9. no se ha
<:

apeado todavia ? 10. nos levantariamos 11. alegremonos ; ;

12. apeese (or bajese) Vd. aqui ; 13. se han casado.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. Ese dependiente es muy

descuidado, pero cree que nunca se equivoca. 2. Se apearon
a la puerta de la iglesia. 3. No me quejo de esto, sino
de eso. 4. Por que no se lava ese muchacho ? 5.
No me he equivocado esta vez. 6. Nos levantamos cada dia
(BETTER, todos los dias) a las seis y media. 7. No nos
meteremos en eso. 8. Los ninos se han comportado muy
bien. 9. Su amigo de Vd. se felicito demasiado pronto.
10. No se cansen Vds. 11. No deseamos cansarnos. 12.

Ape&nonos en esta estacion. 13. Me veudieron (a mi) un poco

'ttobuen tabaoo, y a el algunos cigarroi muy buenos. 14.
Eete es un buen discipulo raramente se equivoca. 15. ^ A ;

que bora se levantan ? 16. Nos apearemos a la puerta del

hotel. 17. Se levanta siempre demasiado tarde. 18. No se
meta Vd. en estos asuntos. 19. Cuando se casaran ? 20. Ya <?

&e ban casado. 21. i For que no se levanta Vd. ?

Key to Lesson XVII.

EXERCISE I,- 1.
2. no son creidos
no es Vd. temida ? ; <;

3. fuimos llamados 4. es araada ? 5. los vasos seran rotos

; <; ;

6. la ventana f ue rota por el criado 7. la reina es amada ; ;

8. i no oy creido ? 9. no son amados.

EXERCISE II. -1. Se Gambia dinero extranjero en esa

tienda. Se prestan estos libros para leer ? 3. Se cree
2. <;

que la reina esta muy enferma. 4. Se venden estas naranjas

a seis peniques la docena. 5. Esos amos son respetados de
sus criados. 6. Aqui se vende leche. 7. Aqui se venden
cigarros. 8. La caja fue hecha por este carpintero. 9. Se
teme que el accidente sera grave. 10. Se presta dinero.
11. Las cartas seran, escritas por el dependiente. 12. Se
espera que llegara manana.
EXERCISE III. 1. creyeron; 2. paguemos; 3. no lo
recojamos ; 4. alcance ; 5. toquemos ; 6. que lo recoja ; 7.

I venzo ? 8. leyo ; 9. no lei ; 10. goce ; 11. toquelos Vd. ;

12. no toquen Vds.

los 13. no llegue Vd. demasiado tarde
; ;

14. p&gueme Vd. 15. que pague; 16. toque 17. Venzamos ; ;

esta dificultad. 18. Recoja Vd. esa manzana, 19. Busquemos

un coche. 20. Dirija Vd. las cartas. 21. No toque Vd. esos
libros.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE. 1. Aqui se vendon periodicos.

2. Pague Vd. al carpintero. 3. Esta ventana no f u6 rota ayer.*

4. Llegue el diez de Diciembre. 5. Luego que le alcanc6, le

*
=nobody broke it yesterday. Esta ventana no estaba rota,
etc.*s the window was not broken (when I saw it),
 20
r
fiable. Recoja Vd. esa piedra deseo examinarla. 7. Ore-'
'6. ;

yeron que me habia equivocado. 8. Sin duda los paquetes

seran hallados por el muchacho. 9. El parte fue enviado a los
capitanes. 10. Cojamos esta barandilla ; la escalera no esta
muy segura. 11.
papeles, porque los No toquemos los

desarreglaremos. 12. Se dirijio a su amigo, pero no recibio

ninguna contestacion. 13. Se cree que ha naufragado un

buque. 14. Una buena madre es amada de sus hijos.
15. Fueron heridos por los soldados. 16. Se duda si tendra
bastante paciencia. 17. Avance cuidadosamente hacia la
cabeza del caballo. 18. Se creia que el parte habia llegado.
19. No se reciben equipajes aqui.

Key to Lesson XVIII.

EXERCISE I. 1. cerremos ; 2. no cierre Vd. ; 3. cuesta ;

4. costaran ; 5. no muevo ; 6. <<

movemos
pierden ; 8. no ? 7.

perdemos 9. llueve ; ; 10. no esta lloviendo ? 11. volvere ;

<j

12. no contaba Vd. ?

<j
13. muestra el nino ?
<j
14. no nos
muestre Vd. pensariamos ;16. piensa Vd. ?
15. 17. no ;

lo niego 18. muestreme Vd.

;
19. sentemonos ; 20. Por ; <j

que no se sienta Vd. ? 21. Cree Vd. que helara manana ? <?

22. Volvamos a casa pronto llovera. 23. Si le encuentro, le

;

Volverian a las nueve y media. 25. Ahora no

^ablare. 24.
truena. 26. Por que no vuelve su criado ? 27. Si lo niegan,
<j

no les creere. 28. No ha encendido el fuego todavia ?'

<j

EXERCISE despues de haber

II. 1. en trabajar; 2.

3. 5. hijos 6 hijas ;
u oro ; 4. hijos e hijas
aguardado ; plata ;

6. antes de salir ; 7. sin beber ; 8. antes de prestarlo ;

9. herinanos y hermanas ; 10. despues de haberme mostrado

su musica e instrumentos 11. en mostrarselos 12. diez u ; ;

once chelines 13. Cambie Vd. esta taza por la otra. 14. No
;

es culpa mia, sino de el. 15. El buque no ha llegado hoy,

pero tal vez llegara manana.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. Su amo no aprueba su
conducta. 2. Antes de recomendar e\ libro, lo examinare.
 21

3. Lo compraron sin examinario. 4. Grei que lloverfa. 5.

Despues de haberme sentado, conte los hechos e incidentes

de mi viaje. 6. Es su cuarto de Vd. claro u obscure ? 7. No
<;

me mostro a mi su billete, sino a Vd. 8. Niega Vd. que los <

descubrimientos e invenciones de este siglo han sido muy

\itiles ? 9. Empecemos ahora. 10. No empiece Vd. todavia ;

no estoy listo. 11. No encienda Vd. el fuego en mi cuarto,

pero cierre las ventanas. 12. Si vuelvo a tiempo, explicare

todas mis opiniones e ideas. 13. Muestreme Vd. lo que tiene
en la mano. 14. Tengo siete u ocho chelines en mi bolsillo.
15. Me
vendio su sortija por sesenta duros. 16. Volvio la
semana pasada. 17. No vuelva Vd. sin hablarle. 18. Calientese
Vd. antes de salir. 19. Cuanto recibio Vd. por su reloj ? <?

20. Despues de haber hecho su trabajo, volveran. 21. Nos

recomendo una gramatica, pero hemos oMdado el titulo. 22.
Mi almuerzo me cuesta aproximadamente dos chelines cada
dia. 23. El mio me cuesta mas.

Key to Lesson XIX,

EXERCISE ; I. 3. i sabe Vd. ? 4. no
1. di 2. no dare ;

fue ; 5. no doy 7. supieron 8. vamos 9. no

sabran ? 6. ; ; ;

ee ;10. yendo 11. voy 12. Vd. no daba

;
13. sabian ? 14.
; ; <;

ivayase Vd. 15. se va !Vd. ? 16. no damos

<j
17. no den ;

Vds. 18. ] sepa Vd.

; 19. vayanse Vds. 20. Demosle
! esta \
!

gramatica. 21. El profesor esta dando una leccion. 22.

Vayan Vds. a su casa pasado manana. 23. Denoslo Vd.

pronto. 24. Se lo dimos a Vd. la semana pasada. 25. No ,;

ira su primo de Vd. esta noche ? 26. Lo sabe Vd. ? <j

27. No se quien ha ido a comprarlos.

EXERCISE II. 1. veamos ; 2. dijeron ; 3. no veo ; 4. no

diremos ? 5. dicen ; 6. veia ; no vemos
7. ; 8. <; que esta

diciendo ? 9. Vd. vio 10. ; hemos dicho ; 11. no diga Vd-

12. viendo 13. i dijimos ?
;
14. no vea Vd. ; 15.no digo ;
^

16. Vaya a ver quien esta en el jardin. 17. Digame si esta

Vd. cansada. 18. No me ha dicho nada.

 22

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE. 1. El capitan no dio nada

a los marineros. 2. Me dijeron que su dependiente no tenia

ninguna experieixeia. 3. Digamosles lo que pensamos. 4.
No se si van todos los dias (better than cada dia) por ferro-
carril. 5. Cuando voy al campo, los veo. 6. Veamos quien
ha ido a casa. 7. No comprende lo que estan diciendo. 8.

Voy a explicarselo. 9. Vamos a ver a nuestro tio. 10. Vaya

Vd. a ver quien esta a la puerta. 11. Sabia varios idiomas,
pero los ha olvidado. 12. Digame Vd. cuando volvera.
13. i Por que no nos dicen la verdad ? 14. Vaya Vd. a casa ;

eu padre desea verle. 15. Si veo al hombre, le dire lo que Vd.

desea. 16. Fuiuios a Londres el aiio pasado. 17. Iban
amenudo al teatro. 18. Nunca vemos a nuestros amigos
hasta la noche. 19. i Por que no le da Vd. una silla ? 20.
I Quien le ha dicho eso ? 21. Le digo que es verdad.
22. Cuando le vi, iba a casa. 23. Lo sabre pronto. 24.. Nunca .

se lo doy. 25. Ire manana a la estacion, 26. No se lo d6 Vd.

a el, sino a mi.

Key to Lesson XX.

EXERCISE I. 1.pondria ; 2. no hago ; 3. hagamos ; 4. no
pongan Vds. ; 5. valgo ? 6. no valen ; 7. Vd. ha puesto
<j ;

8. haremos 9. ; <j
valdra ? 10. poniendo ; 11. no hicieron ;

12. hacemos 13. ; puso Vd. ? 14. no pongo ; 15. valgamos :

16. i no valdria ? 17. <;

Donde los
pondremos ? 18. No lo

haga Vd. todavia. 19. Pongalos Vd. en el rincon. 20. Pone <;

aqui sus cartas ? 21. No los hacia. 22. Que ha hecho Vd.
<

esta manana ? 23. No estoy haciendo nada.

EXERCISE II. 1. hace veinte anos ; 2. valdria mas;
3. no hay mnguna dificultad ; 4. alii esta su sombrero ;

5. hacia calor ?
<;
6. No habia ninguna silla ; 7.<j
habia un
tren ? 8. no valdra ? 9. hace una hora ;
<
10. alii estan
nuestros primos ; 11. ^ no es seguro ? 12. hari, viento ? 13. <*

no habrd bastante pan ; 14. no hace calor hoy ; 15. no habia

ningun error ; 16. hace f rio ? 17. no valia mas ? 18. hay
<: <j <i
 28

agua ? 19. alii esta la estacioiy, 20. hace ecis mtses ; 21.
Necesitaba dinero, pero no lo tenia.

EXERCISE III. 1. son muy estimados ; 2. <?

esta Vd.
fatigada no mucho ? un mal muchacho
; 3. 4. un mu- ;

chacho muy malo 5. ;

hace tanto viento como ayer ? 6. no
como Vd. 7. un pintor muy celebre
estoy tan satisfecho ; ;

8. Kara mucho frio. 9.

Nc^hacia mucho calor ? 10. No fue
muy aplaudido. 11. i Es muy amada la reina ? 12. No tengo
tanto dinero. 13. Fue tan odiado como su padre.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE. 1. Haga(me) Vd. el favor de

esperar un poco. 2. Vale este cuadro tanto como el otro ?
<?

3. Habia varios niiios que estaban haciendo ruido. 4. Ponga

Vd. vino sobre la mesa. 5. Espero que no hara taiito viento.

6. Lo hare manana, si tengo tiempo. 7. Estos hermosos

muebles se hicieron cien anos ha. 8. Pondra .flores en la

ventana. 9. El rey no es tan estimado como la reina. 10.
Creo que manana hara mucho calor. 11. Los puse en la caja
hace una semana. 12. No hay sitio para poner nuestros
sombreros. 13. Lo ha puesto Vd. aqui ? 14. Alii esta el
<;

foaston ; deselo Vd.

habra bastante tiempo para15. No
hacerlo. 16. Nunca
17, Habia un cuadro que fue
lo hago.

muy admirado. 18. Esos son los cuadros que fueron tan
admirados. 19* Los viajeros estaban cansados pero no
2

mucho. 20. No he puesto nada en las cajas. 21. Que esta <j

poniendo dentro del cajon ? 22. for que no hace su <?

trabajo ? 23. Lapongo

Key to Lesson XXI.

EXERCISE I. 2. no quiero
1. 3.
queriendopudo-? ; ; ,;

4.no querremos puede ? 6. no querran ? 7. quiso

; 5. <; <; <?

Vd. ? 8. pudimos 9. podriamos 10. pudiendo

; 11. no ; ; <;

quieren Vds. ? 12. podia 13. no queremos 14. no podra

; ; ;

15. i querria ? 16. ^ podemos ? 17. Vd. no puede ; 18.

querian 19. i quiere Vd. ? 20^- no podria ? 21. no podemog ;

;
 24

22. Vd. no puede dudarlo. 23. No pude llegar a (or en)

tiempo. 24. No sabia hablar espanol. 25. No sabe leer el
nino ?

EXERCISE II. 1. Los hemos convidado a comer con

nosotros. 2. Empezo a
Hover. 3. No puedo contegtar. 4.

I Quiere Vd. darme su tarj eta ? 5. Le escribi ayer, para

decirle .que Vd. habia llegado. 6. Fuimos a ver a su tio (de

Vd.) ayer. 7. Parece ser imposible. 8. No intento mirarlos.

9. Ha traido la carta a casa para leerla. 10. Ensenaba a nadar

a mis niiios. 11. Hagame Vd. el favor de darme un vaso de

agua. 12. Cesen Vds. de hablar.

EXERCISE 1. Debemos ir a casa.
III. 2. Vd. no .debiera
hacer eso. Vd. tendra que aguardar hasta la tarde. 4.
3.

I Cuanto trabajo tiene Vd. que hacer (or ha de hacer Vd.) ?

5. Tenian (or Tuvieron) que salir sin comprar sus billetes. >

6. Debe Vd. copiarlo ? 7. Tiene varias cosas que hacer.

<;

8. No tendriamos que pagar tanto dinero como Vd. 9. No

debieran f umar tanto.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.!. Los soldados debieran obe-

decer pero no lo hacen siempre. '2. Por que no
al oficial, <j

quiere Vd. mostrarmeel cuadro ? 3. No quiero ponerloaqui.

4. Quiere Vd. decirle su nombre ? 5. No puedo prestarle
este libro no es mio. 6. No tenia nada que hacer.
; 7. Debo

enseiiarle a hablar mas correctamente. 8. Pudimos

acabarlo ayer. 9. Podriamos acabarlo manana. 10. No han

podido hallarlos todavia. 11. Lo hemos dicho para per-

suadirle. Quisieron aprender a hablar espanol.
12. 13.
Corra Vd. a ver quien esta a la puerta. 14. No podiarnos (or

pudimos) aguardar para verle ; teniamos que irnos. 15.

Queria guardar todo el dinero para. si. 16. No querra volver
sin recibir una respuesta. 17. Vd. debiera darme mas tiempo.
18. & Pudo el abogado comprender ? 19. Esperamos recibir
una respuesta manana. 20. Me escribio para decir(me) que se
habia. equivocado. 21. Podria Vd. enviarnos los generos
hoy ? 22. Debemos preguntar ahora 'a nuestro amo. 23.
 25

Toy a darselos, para demostrarle que no estoy ofendido. 24.

Vd. no debe cantar tan alto^ 25. No sabe hablar aleman <:

su amigo (de Vd.) ? 26. No deberia Vd. convidarlos a ,;

comer ? 27. Cuando sabre dibujar tan bien como Vd. ?

28. No se tocar el piano.

Key to Lesson
XXII.
EXERCISE I.3. i anduvieron ?
1. oigo no
; venga Vd.
2. ;

4. Vd. no saldra ; 5. vendran

7. andabamos ; 6. vine ; ;

8. salido 9. viniendo 10. i oimos ?

; 11. no salgamos ; ;

12. andando 13: no vengo 14. vienen Vds. ?

; 15. no ; <;

oyeron 16. Vd. oira

; 17. oyendo ; 18. veniamos 19.
; ;

oigamos 20. % no sale ? 21. venimos ? 22. vendria 23. no

; ;

salgan Vds. ahora. 24. He venido a verle (a Vd.). 25. Me ha

oido hablar. 26. Anduvo muy deprisa. 27. Salgo a ver la
ciudad. 28. Vendremos la semana que viene. 29. Me oyo

perf ectamente, porque hable despacio. 30. Vengo a explicar-

selo a Vd. 31. Trate Vd. de oir lo que se dice. 32. ^No se

oye amenudo el ruido desde aqui.

EXERCISE IT. 1. jugamos 2. no juega Vd. ? 3. es- ; <;

cribia; 4. ^ han abierto ? 5. no traemos ; 6. no traigan Vds. ;

7. cabe 8. no cabian (or cupieron)

; 9. no hemos impreso ; ;

10. no caiga Vd. 11. Vd. no ha traido 12. esta cubierto ; ;

13. no ha vuelto todavia ? 14. imprimamoslo 15. no los ;

abro 16. no cabra

; 17. he traido ; 18. no traigo ;
19. Vd. ;

caera 20. no juegue Vd.

; 21. cubralos Vd. 22. caigo 23. ; ; ;

Todo el dinero cabe en esta caja. 24. Traigamelo Vd. ahora.

25. Espero que caeran. 26. Quiere Vd. abrir la ventana ? <;

Ya esta abierta. 27. No quepo en este -coche. 28. Aqui se

imprimen toda clase de libros extranjeros. 29. Traiganos
Vd. la contestaci6n lo antes posfble. 30. For que no se <;

cubre Vd. ?
EXERCISE III. segurisimamente ; 2. felicisimo
1. ;

3. felicisimamente ; 4. 5. bonisimas
rarisimos 6. muy ; ;

honorables ; 7. con muchisimo gusto 8. Mis perros son ;

 26

fidelisimos. 9. Estos nines son bonisimos. 10. Su contestaci6n

es utilisima. 11. Es un trabajo facilisimo.
COLLECTIVE EXERCISE.--!. Traigamelos Vd. lo antes
posible. 2. Nunca viene muy temprano. 3. Debieramos
darselo. 4. Vd. debiera esperar un poco. 5. No volvera
antes de las seis. 6. Volvieron el mes pasado. 7. Volveremos
manana por la mafiana. 8. Tendremos que abrir todas las
ventanas enseguida los cajones.
9. Abra Vd.
10. Las cosas
cabran en esta caja. Espero que volveran pronto.
11. 12.
Debera (or Tendra que) traermelo manana por la manana.
J.3. A que hora volverd el coche ? 14. Tengo que salir a
comprar varias cosas. 15. Por que anda Vd. tan despacio ?
16. Espero que vendran a vernos la semana que viene. 17. Es
casi imposible oic el ruido. 18. Los ninos estan jugando

ati&jo. 19. El tren sale siempre a las ocho y media. 20.

Nunca los trae bastante temprano.

Key to Lesson XXIII.

EXERCISE I. 1. Vd. pidio 2. no repetimos 3. reira ? ; ; <j

4. no elijan Vds. 5. sonriendo

; 6. Vd. reia 7. no rige ; ;

Vd. ? 8. seguimos 9. No se sabe si puede impedirlo.

; 10.

I Por que esta Vd. riendo ? 11. No ria Vd. 12. Siganos Vd.
EXERCISE II. 1. consintio ? 2. no sugeri
<;
3. i que ;

sugirio Vd. ? 4. no herimos 5. consentiran ta'mbien 6. No lo

; ;

difiera Vd. ; 7. Cual de los dos prefiere Vd. ? 8. No mentia ?

9. Ahora se arrepiente (or se esta arrepintiendo). 10. No
sintio Vd. el golpe ? 11.
Arrepintamonos. 12. Lo sentimos
mucho. 13. Siento much$ molestarle.

EXERCISE 1. contradecira
III. 2. no se duerma Vd. ; ;

3. dormimos murieron
; 4. 5. no convinieron 6. mu-; ;

riendo 1, dormi
; 8. Vd. moriria;
9. i no dormian Vds. ? ;

10. i habia supuesto ? 11. no contrahagamos 12. Muri6 algo ;

joven, 13. Duerme Vd. alguna vez por la tarde ? 14. No

,; <J

estan durmiendo los ninos ? 15. Supongo que si.

 27

EXERCISE IV. 1. compra ; 2.temed; 3. hallas ; 4.

I debeis ? 5. no temes ; 6. enviabais ; 7. romperas 8. no ;

harias ; 9. habeis venido ; 10. 1 estas lista ? 11. no has puesto ?

,;

12. que tienes ?

i 13.- fuisteis ; 14. escribid ; 15. <;
estais
escuchando ? 16. quereis venir
<;
? 17. no tendreis ; 18. no
tuviste ;
19 <;
habiais esperado ? 20. muestramelo ; 21.
hacedlo ; 22. <;
no eres ingles ?^ 23. no sois obreros.i

EXERCISE V.
tomad; 2.-notomeis; 3. escribe-; 4. no 1.

escribas idos v 7. hablame

; 5. vete 8. no nos babies
; 6. ; ; ;

9. no te canses 10. no os canseis 11. aprended;

; 12.no ;

aprenduis. 13. Compra este reloj. 14. No veridas este reloj.

15. Prestadme vuestro paraguas. 16. No leas la carta. 17. Leela.

COLLECTIVE EXERCISE,!. Me pidio cinco chelines. 2.

Se los dare esta tarde. Muestreme lo que Vd. h$i elegido. 3.
4. Sirvase Vd. tomar asiento. 5. Cuando llegue, los ninos
estaban durmiendo (or dormidos). 6. Le pedire algo. 7.

Repitalo Vd. 8. Qliiere Vd. seguirme ? 9. Nunca nos<j

corrige, cuando nos equivocamos. 10. Sirvanse Vds. esperar un

poco. 11. Uno de los dos ha mentido, pero no se cual. 12.
Lo encuentro dificilisimo. 13. Siente mucho que no podra
venir esta noche. 14. Cuando murio ? 15. Sirvase (Vd.) <;

decirme la hora exacta. 16. No puedo decirselo (or decir-

sela) ; mi reloj no anda. 17. Siento mucho ese accidente.
18. Nohaga (Vd.) ningiin ruido ainbos estan dormidos ;

(or durmiendo). 19. Supongo quellegaran pronto. 20. Repita

io que Vd. ha dicho. 21. Consintio enseguida. 22, Se rieron
cuando les dijimos eso. 23. Nos impidio de verlo.

Key to Lesson XXIV.

EXERCISE I.-l. crezco; 2. no crece? 3. no lucio 4 ;

4. i cnecen ? no reconozca
5. Vd.
no conozco
7.
;
6. ;

nacieron 8. produjimos; 9. traduzcamos 10. no cuezo ? ; ; <

11. i luzca Vd. 12. dedujeron 13. cocia Vd. ? 14. Cuando
! ; <;
;

cio Vd. ? 15." Parezco estar cansado ? 16: Tra^uciran ertft

/;
 28

en media hora. 17. No conozco el precio, 18. <*

Conoce
Vd. a este seiior ? 19. No le reconozco.

EXERCISE II. 1. distribuye Vd. ? 2. huyeron ; 3.

;
%

siguiendo no atribuyo 5. sigo 6. no seguimos 7. Vd.

; 4. ; ; ;

destruira 8. no distinguirian Vds. ? 9. arguyo ; 10. Vd. no

;

distribuia ; 11. Sirvase Vd. seguirlos (or seguirlas). 12. No

destruya Vd. estos documentor

EXERCISE III. 1. PRES. SUBJ. tenga, tengas, tenga ;

tengamos, tengais, tengan. IMPF. SUBJ. tuviese, tuvieses,
tuviese; tuviesemos, tuvieseis, tuviesen. FUT. SUBJ.
tuviere, tuvieres, tuviere ; tuvieremos, tuviereis, tuvieren.
CoND. SUBJ. tuviera, tuvieras, tuviera ; tuvieramos,
tuvierais, tuvieran.

2. PRES.
haya, hayas, haya ; hayamos, hayais, hayan.
IMPF. hubiese, hubieses, hubiese ; hubiesemos, hubieseis,
hubiesen. FUT. hubiere, hubieres, hubiere hubieremos, ;

hubiereis, hubieren. COND. hubiera, hubieras, hubiera ;

hubieramos, hubierais, hubieran.

3. PRES. seamos, seals, sean. IMPF. f uese,

sea, seas, sea
;

f ueses, f uese fuesemos, f ueseis, fuesen. FUT. f uere, f ueres,

;

f uere ; f ueremos, f uereis, f ueren. COND. f uera, f ueras,

fuera ; f ueramos, f uerais, f ueran.

4. PRES. este, estes, este ; estemos, esteis, esten. IMPF.:

estuviese, estuvieses, estuviese ; estuviesemos, estuvieseis, es-
tuviesen. FUT. estuviere, estuvieres, estuviere ; estuvieremos,
estuviereis, estuvieren. COND. estuviera, estuvieras, es-
tuviera ; estuvieramos, estuvierais, estuvieran.

5. PRES. tome, tomes, tome ; tomemos, tomeis, tomen.

IMPF. tomase, tomases, tomase ; tomasemos, tomaseis,
tomasen. FUT, tomare, tomares, tomare; tomaremos,
tomareis, tomaren. COND. tomara, tomaras, tomara ; toma-
ramos, tomarais, tomarao.
 29

6. PRES. beba, bebas, beba

bebamos, bebais, beban-
IMPF. bebiese, bebieses, bebiese ; bebiesemos, bebieseie,
bebiesen. FUT. bebiere, bebieres, bebiere ; bebieremoe,
bebiereis, bebieren. COND. bebiera, bebieras, bebiera ;
bebieramos, bebierais, bebieran.

7. PRES. -de, des, de ; demos, dels, den. iMPP. diese,

dieses, diese diesemos, dieseis, diesen.
; FUT. diere, dieres,
diere dieremos, diereis, dieren. COND. diera, dieras, diera
; ;

dieramos, dierais, dieran.

PRESENT. IMPERFECT. FUTURE. CONDIT.
8. escriba, etc. escribiese, etc. escribiere, etc. escribiera, etc.
9* vea, etc. viese, etc. viere, etc. viera, etc.
10,. venga, etc. viniese, etc. viniere, etc. viniera, etc.
11. pueda, etc, pudiese, etc. pudiere, etc. pudiera, etc.
12. vaya, etc. f uese, etc. fuere, etc. fuera, etc.
13. diga, etc. dijese, etc. dijere, etc. dijera, etc.
14. muera, etc. muriese, etc. muriere, etc. muriera, etc.

Key to Lesson XXV.

EXERCISE L 1. Desea que (ella) lo lea? 2. Desean
<j

que Vd. acepte esto. 3. No desearan que lo 4.

^guardemos.
Desea que nos quedemos alii. 5. No deseamos que nos oigan.
6. Desea Vd. que cierre la puerta ? 7. Que desea (el) que <;

haga ? 8. Desean que paguemos la cuenta enseguida.

EXERCISE II. 1. No es necesario que nos pague mucho.
2. Es necesario que saiga al instante. 3. Es posible que el

dinero sea suyo. entimos que no nos haya hallado.

4. 5.

Teme que venga. Es necesario que les escribamos ? 7.

6. <;

^ Quiere" 'Vd. que abra las ventanas ? 8. i Quiere (el) que

lo pongamos aqui ?

EXERCISE III. 1. despuesque venga a vernos ; 2. para

que no cueste demasiado; 3. antes que hagan el trabajo.
4. Cuando reciba su contestacion, se la en^enare (or mostrare).
 80

5. Le esperare (a Vd.),amen6cJ que llueva. 6. Cuando llegue,

le hablare. Les enviaremos los generos cuando tengamos
7.

tiempo. 8. Aviseme cuando este Vd. desocupado. 9. Espere

Vd. hasta que esten listos. 10. Les pagaremos antes que lo

hayan terminado (or antes que lo terminen). 11. Pagaran su

cuenta cuando tengan mas dinero. 12. Cuando viene a verme,
nunca permanece (or se queda) mucho tiempo. 13. Cuando
vuelvan, se lo explicare. 14. Siempre me habla cuando me ve.

EXERCISE IV. 1. No creo que desee salir. 2. No dijo'

si podi'ia hacerlo. 3. No creenaos que reciba ningiin premio.
4. i No es probable que puedan verlo ? 5. No espera Vd. que
su primo venga pasado manana ? 6. No esperamos que lo

traigan. 7. No es necesario que copiemos las direcciones que

nos did.

Key to Lesson XXVL

EXERCISE I. 1. No crei que hubiese venido. 2. De-
seariamos que no hubiesen empezado (or comenzado). 3.

Desearia que no estuviese aqui. 4. Deseaba (el) que lo hi-

<j

ciese ? 5. No fue necesario que hablasen. 6. Hubiera negado

que su hermano estuviese alii. 7. Quisiera tener mas dinero.

EXERCISE II. 1. Le ayudaria, si estuviese menos

ocupado. 2. Lo copiaria, si tuviese mas tiempo. 3. Les
pagariamos enseguida, si tuviesemos bastante dinero. 4. Si

estuviese aqui, se los daria. 5. Trabajaria mejor, si tuviese

mejores herramientas. 6. Pregiinteles Vd. si estaran en la

estacion esta noche. 7. Sabe Vd. si vive en Madrid ahora ?
<*
 HOME USE
CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT
MAIN LIBRARY
This book is due on the last date stamped below.
1-month loans may be renewed by calling 642-3405.
6-month loans may be recharged by bringing books
to Circulation Desk.
Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior
to due date.
ALL BOOKS ARE SUBJECT TO RECALL 7 DAYS
AFTER DATE CHECKED OUT.

REG. Cut, '75

AIITfl DISC SFP 1 1 '0(1

LD2 1 A-40m-8,' 75 General Library

(S7737L) University of California
Berkeley
U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES

'
'!
Mill IK

COD3323037